Titel

Critical Examination of some Arabic-German and Arabic-English Dictionaries

Inaugural-Dissertation

in der Philosophischen Fakultät II (Sprach- und Literaturwissenschaften) der Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg

vorgelegt von

Ahmed Jneid

aus

Aleppo/ Syrien

D29

Tag der mündlichen Prüfung: 6.11.2007

Dekanin: Universitätsprofessor Dr. Mechthild Habermann

Erstgutachter: Universitätsprofessor Dr. Franz Josef Hausmann

Zweitgutachter: Universitätsprofessor Dr. Wolfdietrich Fischer

Contents

Introduction ...... 1

1 Terminology...... 3

1.1 Macrostructure and microstructure...... 3

1.2 Active and passive bilingual dictionaries ...... 3

1.3 Language pair...... 4 1.3.1 Word structure and parts of speech ...... 7

2 Arabic- German lexicography ...... 9

2.1 Hans Wehr dictionary...... 9 2.1.1 Editions...... 9 2.1.2 Corpus...... 11 2.1.3 Macrostructure...... 12 2.1.3.1 Problems of the root system ...... 14 2.1.3.2 Range of vocabulary...... 17 2.1.4 Microstructure ...... 19 2.1.4.1 Meaning discrimination...... 20 2.1.4.2 Phonetic system...... 22 2.1.4.3 Grammatical information ...... 23 2.1.5 Phraseology ...... 24 2.1.5.1 Genitive combinations...... 24 2.1.5.1.1 Range of genitive combinations ...... 25 2.1.5.1.2 The arrangement and representation of genitive combinations...... 25 2.1.5.2 Collocations...... 26 2.1.5.2.1 Verb-noun collocations...... 26 2.1.5.2.2 Adjective-noun collocations...... 29 2.1.5.2.3 Noun-adjective collocations...... 29 2.1.5.3 Idioms ...... 30 2.1.6 Conclusion...... 30

2.2 Langenscheidt Handwörterbuch...... 32 2.2.1 Editions...... 32 2.2.2 Corpus...... 33 2.2.3 Macrostructure...... 33 2.2.3.1 Advantages of the macrostructural arrangement...... 34 2.2.3.2 Disadvantages of the macrostructural arrangement ...... 35 2.2.3.2.1 Disadvantages of the alphabetic arrangement ...... 35

2.2.3.2.2 Disadvantages of the root system...... 36 2.2.3.3 Range of vocabulary...... 41 2.2.4 Microstructure ...... 45 2.2.4.1 Microstructural similarities ...... 45 2.2.4.2 Microstructural differences...... 48 2.2.5 Lexicographic presentation of equivalents...... 51 2.2.5.1 Ways of specifying equivalents...... 53 2.2.5.2 Usage labels...... 56 2.2.6 Pronunciation, orthography, grammar and morphology ...... 57 2.2.6.1 Pronunciation and orthography ...... 57 2.2.6.2 Morphology and grammar...... 58 2.2.6.2.1 Morphological and grammar information ...... 58 2.2.6.2.2 Syntactic information ...... 59 2.2.6.2.3 Grammatical model ...... 60 2.2.6.2.4 Presentation of the information ...... 61 2.2.7 Phraseology ...... 62 2.2.7.1 Genitive combinations...... 62 2.2.7.2 Collocations...... 65 2.2.7.2.1 Verb-noun collocations...... 65 2.2.7.2.2 Adjective-noun collocations...... 68 2.2.7.2.3 Noun-adjective collocations...... 69 2.2.7.3 Idioms ...... 70 2.2.7.3.1 Presentation of idioms ...... 70 2.2.7.3.2 Arrangement and range of idioms ...... 71 2.2.8 Conclusion...... 72

3 Arabic-English lexicography...... 74

3.1 Al-Mawrid: Arabic-English dictionary...... 74 3.1.1 Editions...... 74 3.1.2 Corpus...... 74 3.1.3 Macrostructure...... 75 3.1.3.1 Range of vocabulary...... 75 3.1.4 Microstructure ...... 77 3.1.5 Meaning discrimination...... 79 3.1.6 Pronunciation, grammar and morphology...... 80 3.1.6.1 Pronunciation...... 80 3.1.6.2 Morphological and grammar information ...... 80 3.1.6.3 Syntactic information ...... 81 3.1.7 Phraseology ...... 82 3.1.7.1 Genitive combinations...... 82 3.1.7.2 Collocations...... 83 3.1.7.2.1 Verb-noun collocations...... 83 3.1.7.2.1.1 Range of verb-noun collocations...... 83 3.1.7.2.1.2 Arrangement of verb-noun collocations...... 86

3.1.7.2.2 Adjective-noun collocations...... 87 3.1.7.2.3 Noun-adjective collocations...... 88 3.1.7.3 Idioms ...... 88 3.1.8 Conclusion...... 90

4 Résumé ...... 92

5 Annex...... 95

5.1 Plural information in the HW and the LS...... 95

5.2 Cross-reference system in the LS ...... 175

Bibliography: ...... 218

Introduction Lexicography was an important and very highly esteemed branch of Arabic Scholarship in the medieval Period. The main impulses for it have come from poetry and religion, both of which played a large part in the cultural life of the Arabs. The latter was, however, the decisive factor behind the compilation of dictionaries in the languages of other Islamic peoples such as Persian and Turkish. For example, some works were primarily compiled and designed to explain Arabic words used in those languages. The compilation of the first bilingual Arabic Persian dictionary by al-Zama‰šari was to help non-Arab Muslims to understand the Koran.1

The first confrontation between the Islamic world and Europe came after the Islamic conquests in the 7th century. This brought the Islamic religion and Arabic language to the attention of the world and made it part of the European experience. After the conquest of the Iberian Peninsula (711 AD), the Arabs brought a lot of Greek medical and philosophical writings with them which were unknown in the West. In this way, Europe got in touch with a part of its heritage that it had lost in the fall of the Roman Empire. After the fall of Toledo in 1085 AD these writings began to circulate in Latin translations of the Arabic versions. These translations were carried out by a small group of translators, often Jews. The turning point was when people in Islamic Spain started to show an interest in learning Arabic. They needed Arabic in order to understand both the Islamic holy book and the precious Greek writings. The first bilingual glossaries of the language: the Glossarium latino-arabicum (12th century) and the Vocabulista in arabicum (13th century) appeared in this environment. Later on, the interest in the study of Arabic was promoted by two factors: namely the use of Arabic for polemical purpose, and its use for the study of the Hebrew Bible. However, there have been scholars whose interest was primarily philological or historical such as the Dutch scholar Erpenius (1584-1624). The latter’s successor in the Chair of Arabic at the university of Leiden was Golius (1596-1667) who made the first real dictionary of Arabic in the West (Lexicon Arabico-Latinum).2 Other figures contributed to bilingual lexicography with Arabic such as Edward Castel (1608-1685), Georg Wilhelm Freytag (1788-1861) and Edward Lane (1801- 1876).

The aim of this research is to give an overview of some bilingual dictionaries of Arabic- German and Arabic-English. What kind of dictionaries are they and what are their

1 John A. Haywood (1960) Arabic Lexicography: Its History, and its place in the general History of Lexicography (Leiden: E. J. Brill), p.116. 2 Kees Versteegh (1997) The Arabic Language (Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press), p.5. distinctive features? What are the types of user situations connected with these dictionaries? What is the dictionary’s target user group, his needs and competence? What are the arrangement patterns in these dictionaries or how is the material distributed in the macro and microstructure? What are the problems in these dictionaries and how could they be improved? Did the compilers establish relevant text corpora?

However, there are some restrictions to the scope of this research which are necessary so that it will remain manageable. First, the emphasis will be on general bilingual dictionaries widely used at departments of oriental studies at universities or higher institutions of education. Second, specialized and multilingual dictionaries will be excluded from this work. Third, it is not the aim of this work to examine the history of Arabic bilingual dictionaries. That is to say that this research is not to be seen as a historical study tracking every dictionary in these two pairs of languages. The focus will be on the present situation of this bilingual dictionary in its basics. The main source of information about these dictionaries is the dictionaries themselves i.e. the front, middle and back matter. The lexicographers usually provide information in the introduction about their concepts and the arrangement of the dictionary. They talk about the resources for the vocabulary, about the criteria for the selection of the lemmata, and about the linguistic assumptions they make. Moreover, the lexicographers do tell about the conditions and objectives of their lexicographic works as well as the course of work.

2 1 Terminology To avoid any misunderstanding and to give clarity and unity to the work, there is a need to define some terms in a way which will serve the purpose of this work.

1.1 Macrostructure and microstructure These are the basic terms used for the structure of information in dictionaries. This will enable us to study and analyse and discover their distinctive features.

The macrostructure of a dictionary is the “ordered set of all lemmata.”3 The term ‘lemma’ will be used throughout the work because it implies no assumptions about content or lexicological status. Moreover, the term ‘paradigm’ will be used in some cases to refer to the lemma of entries containing different verb forms.

Microstructure is “an order structure made up of classes of items which have the same function.”4 It is a way of showing how various information categories are arranged within entries so that the user will be able to find the information in a systematic way. It provides detailed information about the lemma, with comments on its formal and semantic properties such as equivalents, spelling, pronunciation, grammar, orthography, and information about phraseology. Dictionaries vary in the amount of information they provide, and in the presentation of this information in the entry. Users need to have sufficient reference skills to follow the intricacies of the microstructure. Moreover, they may need explicit guidance and instruction to find and extract the required information.

1.2 Active and passive bilingual dictionaries The active passive typology is the most important issue in the making of bilingual dictionaries. The Russian linguist Ščerba was the first to draw the attention to the necessity of user oriented typology though he did not use the terms passive and active dictionaries. One of Ščerba’s six contrasts is the contrast between a defining dictionary (e.g. a monolingual dictionary) and a translation dictionary (such as a bilingual or multi-lingual dictionary).5 The distinction is between those dictionaries which explain foreign words and those which help one to translate something into a foreign language. In other words, the

3 Franz Josef Hausmann/ H. E. Wiegand (1989) “Components Parts and Structures of General Monolingual Dictionaries: A survey,“ in: Wörterbücher. Dictionaries. Dictionnaires. Ein internationales Handbuch zur Lexikographie, ed. Hausmann et al. p.328. 4 Ibid., p.344. 5 Werner Wolski, (ed.) (1982) Aspekte der sowjetrussischen Lexikographie: Übersetzungen, Abstracts, Bibliographie Angaben. Tübingen. 3 distinction is between dictionaries designed for text reception (decoding) and those designed for text production (encoding).

This active-passive principle has a considerable influence on the macro- and microstructure of the dictionary as well as on the metalanguage of the dictionary. The dictionary’s function, i.e. monofunctional or bifunctional influences the selection of the lexicon in the dictionary, the shape of the entry, the division of distinct senses of a word or phrase, the choice of the language of the glosses and the amount of information to be given to make up for the loss of meaning resulting from the differences between languages and the question of equivalency. For example, an Arabic German dictionary designed for the native speakers of one of those two languages should look different from that designed for the native speakers of the other language. A passive Arabic German dictionary for German users should provide maximum of grammatical and phonetic information on the Arabic foreign side and less on the native equivalent side. An active Arabic German dictionary for Arabs should give more information on the German foreign side and less on the Arabic native side. Moreover, a passive dictionary, unlike an active one, can dispense with grammatical and idiosyncratic constructions insofar as they are transparent to the target- language users. However, in a bifunctional active-passive dictionary there should be a priority for the demand on the active dictionary over those of passive dictionary.6

1.3 Language pair The making of bilingual dictionaries depends to a great extent on the language pair. Are these languages culturally different or do they have a common origin? What is the direction of the translation? Are there any special problems related to one of the two languages?

Contrary to German and English which are Indo-European, Arabic is one of the Semitic languages spoken in many countries from the Middle East to Morocco. Many of the problems peculiar to Arabic lexicography have their roots in the tangled socio-linguistic phenomena of the well known diglossia between classical Arabic usually called fuœ‡Þ and the vernacular, usually called ‘Þmmáya. These two varieties divide among themselves the domains of speaking and writing. The standard language which people learn when they go to school is used for written speech and for formal spoken speech and it is almost uniform

6 Hans P. Kromann et al. (1991) “Grammatical Constructions in the Bilingual Dictionary,” in: Hausmann et al. (eds) Wörterbücher. Dictionaries. Dictionnaires. Ein internationales Handbuch zur Lexikographie, p. 2772. 4 throughout the Arab world. The spoken form or the colloquial language includes numerous spoken dialects, some of which are mutually unintelligible. This diglossia has several immediate consequences for the author of an Arabic dictionary.

Firstly, the lexicographer has to make up his/her mind whether to make a dictionary for the written form or the spoken form of Arabic. If the lexicographer chooses the spoken form, the question is which dialect will be dealt with or concentrated on.

Secondly, it is usually argued that the Arabic lexicon is less standardized than other European languages. This assumption should be relativized, especially if we consider the richness of the language, which many Arab writers like to take advantage of. Moreover, it could be seen that in the last two decades a kind of normalized journalistic style has evolved for reporting of news or discussing matters of political and topical interests in the mass media. This uniform style reaches large sections of the population in the Arab world on a daily basis.

Thirdly, many authors like to use archaic words, quotations from the Koran and from classical literature to achieve an aesthetic or rhetoric effect, although these no longer form part of the living lexicon. This could pose a problem for the reader who may encounter them in the middle of a newspaper article as well as for the lexicographer who will not be able to distinguish between the living and obsolete usage. However, it could be said that this is going out of fashion and there is a trend in more recent literature towards a more uniform and readably style.

Fourthly, many orientalists dealing with Arabic complain about the absence of good monolingual dictionaries in Arabic, or at least ones which are as good as those of European languages. This criticism could be questioned because a bilingual dictionary should not be based upon a monolingual one. Moreover, it could be said that this criticism is more or less unjustified because Arabic lexicography has produced a huge number of classical dictionaries and glossaries such as al-Mu‡áó by Ibn ‘AbbÞd, aœ-Ïi‡Þ‡ by al-Àawhará, al- ‘UbÞb by as-Si‚‚Þni, LisÞn al-‘arab by Ibn Man÷ãr, al- QÞmãs al-Mu‡áó by al-FairãzabÞdá and TÞ‚ al-‘Arãs by al-MurtaæÞ z-Zabádá.

Although these classical dictionaries suffer from a number of problems, they could be still considered as a huge reservoir of classical Arabic lexicon. In addition to classical dictionaries, there are many dictionaries of modern standard Arabic which depend heavily on the Arabic lexicographical tradition. For example, Buórus al-BustÞná compiled his Mu‡áó al-Mu‡áó in the nineteenth century in Lebanon, and it is still available in modern printings

5 (e.g. Beirut, 1987). Two other dictionaries were compiled under the auspices of the academy of Arabic language in Damascus: Matn al-luèa al-‘arabáya by Ahmad RiæÞ in 1958 and the two-volume dictionary al-Mu‘‚am al-Wasáó in 1960. Two other dictionaries are worth mentioning: al-Mu‘‚am al-‘Arabá al-’AsÞsá (Beirut: Larousse, 1989) was edited by ‘Ali al-QÞsimi;7 and al-mu‘‚am al-madrasá was edited by Mu‡ammad Êair ’Abu Éarb and published by the Ministry of Education in Syria in 1985.

Lastly, it should be admitted that there is no generally accepted terminology for many fields of knowledge, especially those which have developed outside the Arab world. There was and still is no consensus among Arab linguists about the way to deal with the influx of western notions into the Arabic language. On the one hand, purists strive for the complete elimination of all foreign loans from Arabic language, believing that Arabic is the perfect language and that the Arabic lexicon is sufficient in itself to express anything needed in this modern age. On the other hand, many other linguists are willing to admit these foreign loans on the condition that they are adapted to the structure of Arabic, both in their phonetic shape and in their morphological pattern.

The academy of Arabic language in Damascus, Cairo and Baghdad plays a central part in the process of modernization of the language. Its goal is to guard the integrity of Arabic language and preserve it from dialectal and foreign influence. It tries to adapt the Arabic language to the needs of modern times by coining terms for almost every field of knowledge according to productive Arabic patterns. However, it follows a restrictive policy, only allowing loans in scientific terminology. Political loans were replaced eventually by Arabic terms such as šuyã‘áya (communism).8 However, it should be, noted that many of the terms suggested by this academy did not gain acceptance.

In addition to the work done by the academy of Arabic languages, there have been different individual attempts to standardize the terminology in different fields of knowledge. For example, the nineteenth century witnessed many attempts to reform the Arabic lexicon. The activities of language reformers such as FÞris aš-ŠidyÞq and Buórus al- BustÞná, gave an impetus to the much needed modernization of the lexicon. The latter tried in his large scale dictionary of Arabic, al-Mu‡áó, to incorporate all exciting new ideas and concepts in an Arabic garb.9

7 Kees Versteegh, op. cit., p.177. 8 Ibid., p.178. 9 Kees Versteegh, op. cit., p.177. 6 Moreover, there have been some individual lexicographic works which contribute to the norming of the scientific lexicon in the different fields of knowledge. These were mainly English-Arabic dictionaries trying to fix the medical, geographical, geological, political and diplomatic terms. For example, Hittá's new medical English-Arabic dictionary with an Arabic-English glossary and al-Baalbaká’s English-Arabic dictionary are getting popular and becoming indispensable for many students.

1.3.1 Word structure and parts of speech It is very important to deal with the word structure or the root system in Arabic, because this system is used for the arrangement of many European dictionaries of the Arabic language. Moreover, there will be brief information about Arabic grammar and parts of speech, which will help us examine the kind of information given for Arabic in bilingual dictionaries.

Arabic shows the fullest development of typical Semitic word structure. An Arabic word consists of the root and the pattern. The root consists generally of three radicals (consonants) and provides the basic lexical meaning of the word, whereas the pattern consists of vowels and gives grammatical meaning to the word. For instance, the root ktb combined with the pattern -i-ā- gives kitāb (book), whereas the same root combined with the pattern -ā-i- gives kātib (writer). The vast majority of Arabic verbs are triliteral, though quadrilateral verbs are by no means rare. Several other forms are derived from the ground form of trilateral and quadrilateral verbs by the use of prefixes and suffixes in regular conjugation. The derived forms of the trilateral verbs express various modifications of the idea conveyed by the first. These forms are usually reckoned fifteen in number, but the last four with the exception of the twelfth are of very rare occurrence.

Arabic has perfect and imperfect tenses, imperative forms, an active participle, a passive participle and a verbal noun. The perfect tense is used to express past time and it is formed by the addition of suffixes and it is often used to express the past. The imperfect is often used for expressing present or future time.10 It is formed by the addition of prefixes and it contains sometimes suffixes indicating number and gender.

In terms of their origin, nouns in Arabic are either primitive or derivative. The primitives such as ra‚ul (man) are all substantives. The derivatives may be substantives or adjectives,

10 The imperfect could be also used to express the past as in the example: lam yaf’al. 7 and are either deverbal, derived from verbs, such as taqsám (division), or denominative, derived from nouns such as kulaib (little dog) derived from kalb (a dog).

These deverbal nouns are of significant importance because they constitute an essential part of the lexicon. The majority of verbs admit one form, though few of them admit more than two or three. They are of three kinds: nomina verbi (al-maœdar) which could be translated with the ‘to infinitive’, nomina agentis ('asmÞ’ al-fÞ‘il) and nomina patientis ('asmÞ’ al-maf‘ãl). Nomina verbi are abstract substantives which express the action, passion, or state indicated by the corresponding verbs, without any reference to object, subject or time ('asmÞ’ al-‡adaõ). These forms are usually derived from the basic form of the ordinary trilateral verb as well as from other measures of the verb.

Arabic has three number categories: singular and dual and plurals. Nouns can have either regular or broken plural forms or sometimes both. The regular is formed by adding the suffixes -ãn or -āt depending on the gender of the noun. In terms of gender, Arabic nouns are divisible into three classes; those which are only masculine, those which are only feminine and those which have double gender. The gender of some nouns could be predicted sometimes by its designation or form. Nevertheless, there are still some irregular cases or deviations which special attention should be paid to. For instance, there are many nouns which are feminine by usage, though a double gender is also possible.

8 2 Arabic- German lexicography

2.1 Hans Wehr dictionary “Arabisches Wörterbuch für die Schriftsprache der Gegenwart” is one of the most commonly used Arabic German dictionaries among students and teaching staff at departments of Arabic studies. As it could be understood from the title, this one volume dictionary is designed for the understanding of “modern” written Arabic. However, it is not to be considered “modern” in the real sense of the word, especially if we consider the purpose, circumstances and the time of its compilation. A remark was made in the introduction to the supplement of the fourth edition that the purpose of the dictionary was only to understand prose produced after the First World War. This could also be challenged by the fact that the dictionary includes a lot of items which have nothing to do with prose literature such as technical and scientific terms.

2.1.1 Editions The first edition of this dictionary was first published in Leipzig in1952. The second and the third editions were published in 1956 and 1958 without any changes. A supplement of 144 pages to the dictionary appeared first in Wiesbaden 1959. This supplement was annexed to the main body of the third edition, which consisted of 986 pages, to make the fourth edition of the dictionary. This supplement contains various additions and corrections of grammatical, phonetic and semantic information. The supplement could be considered as an enlargement of and improvement at the dictionary, but at the same time, it should have been integrated better into the main body. The user is forced to check the main body of the dictionary first and then the supplement. This happens not only in case where the user does not find the information needed, but the user must also check if there are any corrections to the information he/she got in the main body of the dictionary. The fifth edition, with 1,452 pages, is an enlarged and amended edition of the fourth. It was completed and published in 1985 by Lorenz Kropfitsch after the death of Hans Wehr 1981. The main feature of this edition is the incorporation of the above mentioned supplement in the main body of the dictionary, the inclusion of many lemmata from different dialects, the adding of new senses of the existing ones and the removal of many obsolete words or old senses. This has been verified throughout this research in many cases by comparing some pages of the fourth and the fifth edition. It is stated in the dictionary

9 that the fifth edition includes 45,000 items, but the grounds for this estimation are not stated. The metalanguage of all German editions is German. All editions only include an introduction as front matter, but no middle matter, back matter or indices are included. The introduction sheds light on the process of making the dictionary, the obstacles encountered by the lexicographer and states what kind of information is given and what is omitted. Moreover, all editions lack a short introduction of the root system in Arabic and the difficulties connected to it, a short introduction of Arabic grammar and a list of the transliteration symbols used in the dictionary. Moreover, they include no separated lists for weights, measures, ordinal and cardinal numbers, countries of the world and the nationalities or adjectives derived from them.

The layout of the page in all editions is the same. It consists of two columns with wide margins and generous spacing. Running titles are included at the top of pages to enable the user to find the necessary information quickly, especially in the longer entries. No boldface is used for lemmata or for other parts of the entry.

The front matter of the fifth edition, in contrast to the fourth, includes some improvements such as a table of contents, a list of abbreviations and a preface dedicated to the edition. As well as this, it states the ten verb forms and the improvements which have been carried out in the English edition concerning the treatment of homonyms and adopted in this edition.

Hans Wehr’s dictionary has been welcomed in English speaking countries as a starting point for an Arabic-English dictionary. A translation of the dictionary into English was edited by J. Milton Cowan 1961, which was followed by three editions in 1966, 1971 and 1979. The latter or the fourth edition, with more than 40,000 items, is an enlarged and amended edition of the first which contained approximately 28,000 items. Again here, the grounds for these estimations are not stated.

Surprisingly, both fourth editions of the dictionary i.e. the German and the English versions were licensed and published in Beirut 1974 and 1976.11 As it will be clear later, the publication of this dictionary in an Arabic country could also be questioned, because the dictionary is intended for the users of the target language only i.e. either German or English!!

11 Hans Wehr (1976) Arabisches Wörterbuch für die Schriftsprache der Gegenwart und Supplement: Mu‘‚am al-luġa al-‘arabiyya al-mu‘āœira. ‘arabī- ’almāná. Licensed Edition. Beirut/ London: Libraire du Liban. 10 2.1.2 Corpus We are told that the description of the lexical combinations in Arabic was based on a collection of approximately 45,000 slips containing citations from Arabic sources. The major portion was collected between 1940 and 1944 in cooperation with native speakers from both languages. The assistance ranged from collecting and collating the vast materials to preparing and correcting the manuscript. Furthermore, many word lists were contributed to the corpus by the compilers of the dictionary. However, it is not stated, apart from two contributions, how many of the total number of the lexical units were delivered by the compilers of the dictionary. The first of these two consisting of 1,500 lexical units was submitted by Muhammad Khmeri and the other contribution, consisting of about 3,000 entries, was presented by Lorenz Kropfitsch. One of two other contributions of lexical units, whose number is not known, was presented by one of the Egyptian participants Fahmá Abu l-Faæl. The other one was presented by Eberhard Kuhnt, Götz Schregle and Karl Stowasser as a part of the supplement.

The primary source of the materials consisted mainly of selected works by prominent Egyptian literary figures and few writers from other Arab countries. In addition, numerous Egyptian newspapers, magazines, specialized books and the Egyptian state almanac, Taqwám Miœr (for 1935) and its Iraqi counterpart Dalál al-‘irÞq (for 1937), were thoroughly examined. The following could be said about the corpus.

Firstly, the language of corpus is that of the accepted literary canon, the fact of which involves a normative way of thinking of lexicography, although the dictionary makers claim to have descriptive approach in mind.

Secondly, the basis materials of corpus are those of Egyptian writers. This places a kind of emphasis on the Egyptian literature and neglects other countries, although an attempt was made later to widen the perspective of the dictionary by including the writings of some Lebanese and Syrian writers and by including materials from newspapers and periodicals from all Arab countries. It was argued that this emphasis is due to the availability of the materials and sources from Egypt unlike other Arab countries. However, this emphasis could be seen as part of a trend within oriental studies towards devoting a lot of attention to dialectology in general and Egyptian in particular.

Thirdly, the evaluation of the corpus depended mainly on the intuition of the compilers to parse the corpus, whose qualifications are not stated. Furthermore, the evaluation of the corpus reveals the existence of marginal lexis which has not been included in the

11 dictionary. It is claimed that the decisive word frequency needed for the inclusion of the lexical units in the dictionary was more than one occurrence. The secondary sources were a number of bilingual dictionaries. For example, the first Lexique Arabe-Français by L. Bercher (1938) provided materials from the Tunisian press in a form of a supplement to J. B. Belot’s Vocabulaire arabe-français (1938), G. S. Colin’s Pour lire la presse arabe (1937) and The Glossary of Modern Arabic Chrestomathy by C. V. Odé-Vassilieva (1929), and the third edition of E. Elias’ Modern Dictionary Arabic-English (1932). Several lexicographical works became available to the author in the following years such as the second edition of Bercher (1944), the fourth edition of Elias (1947), D. Neustadt and P. Schusser’s Arabic-Hebrew dictionary: millon ‘Arabi ‘Ibri (1947), Charles Pellat’s L’arabe vivant (1952), and C. K. Baranov’s Arabic Russian dictionary Arabsko- Russkiy Slavor (1957). It is claimed that the secondary sources were only used to check the material in the primary sources. Apart from the primary and the secondary sources, the author consulted a number of reference works in European languages on diverse subjects to ascertain the correct translation of many terms. In addition, some available indices and collections of Arabic terminology in different fields were also helpful to the author.

2.1.3 Macrostructure One of the main obstacles in Arabic lexicography to Arab and European lexicographers is the arrangement of the dictionary. The Arab lexicographers understood the principles of the derivation of words from roots, but they were not able to solve the issue of arranging the derivatives properly. The first one to solve this issue was Edward Lane in his famous dictionary.12

The macrostructure is arranged according to the root system, whereby paradigms and lemmata (in case there is no root) are arranged according to the Arabic alphabetical system. The perfect form of the third person singular masculine, being the simplest form of the verb, is commonly used as the paradigm, which is rendered for shortness’ sake in English and German by the infinitive form. However, the decisive element for the arrangement of the macrostructure is the root of the verb preceding the paradigm and given in brackets. The paradigm is followed by the first ten derived forms and, in some

12 John A. Haywood, op. cit., p.127. 12 exceptional cases, the twelfth form of the triliteral verb, all of which are arranged in accordance with the number of the letters of increase they contain. This ‘root entry’ is then followed by entries of related derivatives. The dictionary states that derivatives, with the exception of the verbal substantives and participles which are always given at the end, are arranged according to their length. This arrangement according to length has not been implemented consistently as the compilers claim. It is enough to consider the arrangement of derivatives under the roots ‡sn and ‰tb. It could be said that the arrangement system is a combination of two criteria: form and morphology. This system of grouping the different verb forms and following them by the derivatives saves a lot of space, because it does not require the lemmatization of all forms such as the different verb forms and broken plural forms. However, it could lead to long and non transparent entries, especially those of verb entries. The separation of these different roots as it has been done with ‡‚r, lèm, brd, ‡bb, ‡bl is beneficial. However, the separation of the different verb forms of the root entry into independent entries and providing their derivatives after them could prove more beneficial. It would reduce the entries’ length, make them more transparent and help arrange the related derivatives in a more transparent way. The separation could also be applied to other roots such as tlq, ‚ld, œrr, š‘r, ‡ll, drs, qœr, lbs, f‰r which could have different senses depending on the vowel of the imperfect marked by the use of dash and depending on the verbal nouns. This applies, for example, to the root f‰r which has two antonymous senses (to despise< verachten) or (to be proud of< stolz sein) as well as to the root srr which could mean either (to tie up< einpacken) or (creak, squeak< quietschen, knarren) depending on its present form (i.e. yaœirru or yaœurru).

The root vowelling verbal substantives

transliteration Vowelling followed by substantive in brackets

Hans Wehr 5th edition

13 This applies also to the root ‡ll which has four different semantic fields (solve, settle down, bleach, permit). This depends on its different verbal nouns (‡all, ‡ulãl, ‡ill) and its present perfect forms (ya‡ullu: ‡all), (ya‡illu or ya‡ullu: ‡ulãl) (ya‡illu)( ya‡illu: ‡ill).

transliteration vowelling Verbal substantive

The root

Vowellings followed by verbal substantive in brackets

vowelling Vowelling followed by verbal substantive in brackets

Hans Wehr 5th edition

2.1.3.1 Problems of the root system The root system suffers from major problems especially those concerned with deciding the root, though there are standard conventions about which affixes may have to be removed from a word stem to determine the root. The determination of the root is difficult not only for the users but also for the dictionary compilers. For example, the dictionary included

14 nubãwa, nabáy, nabawá under the root nbw and not under the root nb', though their meanings do not cover with the meanings given under the root nbw but with those of nb'. If we consider the noun ’iqÞla, it can be seen that there are three possible roots (qwl, qyl, qll) depending on the number of letters of increase. The letters of increase in Arabic or what it is called ’‡ruf az-ziyÞda which can be applied to Arabic vocabulary only are ten in number (s, ’alif, l, t, m, waw, n, yÞ’, h, Þ). Firstly, these problems could be posed by weak verbs (verba infirma) which differ in some parts of their inflexion, from strong verbs. These weak verbs include one or more weak radicals (wāw or yā’) which are subject, on account of their weakness, to transformation or rejection. The decisive question concerning these weak verbs is where to place them in the macrostructure and whether the user has the necessary reference skills to use the dictionary in order to find them easily. It could be said that the dictionary deals with such cases properly by separating different root forms of these weak verbs such as œÞra (œwr, œyr), œÞba (œwb, œyb), ‚Þba (‚wb, ‚yb),‘Þda (‘wd, ‘yd), èÞõa (èwõ, èyõ), qÞla (qwl, qyl).

root paradigm

root paradigm

Hans Wehr 4th edition

15 This is a very important feature because the two different roots may have the same paradigm. It could be criticized that the dictionary does not explain these cases in the front matter. It apparently assumes that the user has the necessary linguistic competence and the necessary reference skills. It is recommended to explain these cases in the front matter in order to get the utmost utility of the dictionary.

In addition, there are some cases where it may be difficult for the user to guess the relevant root of the following derivatives: itti‡ād, máõÞq, ittisÞ‘, itti‚Þh, ittihām, muttaham, milÞd, õiqa, œifa, ‚iha, œila, tuhma and the verb forms ittahama, ittaœala and itta‚aha. The compilers were apparently aware of this problem and have only included two of the derivatives listed above õiqa and tuhma, according to the alphabetic order. Even the dictionary’s treatment of these examples is a different one. It provides õiqa only with a cross reference to the root wõq, while it gives full information for tuhma but without any indication of the root. This shows us that the dictionary is not consistent in its treatment. All such cases need to be included consistently according to the alphabetical order, whereas a cross reference to the root would suffice.

Secondly, some strong verbs izdahara, iæóarra, iœtala‡a, iæóala‘a, iætaraba, iœtalaha, and their derivatives: izdihÞr, iæóirÞr, iœóilÞ‡, iæóilÞ‘, iæóirÞb, iœóilÞ‡, which include the letters æ, d could pose a problem. The two letters are the result of a phonetic assimilation process and they do not belong to the ten letters of increase. As the number of these cases is limited, it would be recommended to include these verb forms and derivatives according to the alphabetical order, whereas only a cross reference to the root would suffice.

Third, loan words could also pose a problem because they could be mistaken to be Arabic and to have a root where they could fit easily. The dictionary lists these cases in straight alphabetical order by letters of the word as well as under the roots (fairãz, ’aólas, film,’ifráz, kÞfãr, ’ibráq). This applies even to loan words with different alternant orthographic forms. This system of providing the information needed under one (or more) of these two possibilities, and giving a cross reference to the other is an effective one.

However, it could be criticized that there is no consistent rule where to give the main information. It is recommendable to give it consistently under either the alphabetical order of the word or the root. The first possibility would be of much more advantage than the second because it could be applied to other lemmata such as huwaμÞ, kullamÞ, lammÞ, limÞ, lÞkin, ‘ammÞ, which the dictionary user is more likely to check using the alphabetical order rather than looking for the root. In addition, it would be more appropriate to dispense

16 with cross references in some cases and to provide the information immediately, especially if this will not consume much space. For example, the dictionary provides the lemma bušt with a short piece of information and refers the user to the lemma ‘abÞ’a for additional information. In this case, the user will have to check up two roots (‘b', ‘bw) to get the information required. It is important to state the relevant root, so the user does not need much time for checking.

2.1.3.2 Range of vocabulary The macrostructure of the fifth edition of Hans Wehr is more comprehensive than that of the fourth. Both include many regionalisms, neologisms and loan words. Some daily Arabic newspapers such as the Saudi aš-Šarq al-’Awsaó, the Syrian Tišrán and al-Itti‡Þd from the United Arab Emirates and a number of internet websites have been used in this research to check the range of vocabulary of the dictionary. However, it could be said that both editions suffer from some occasional as well as structural omissions.

First, some occasional omissions could be discovered by someone using the dictionary intensely for some time. For example, some roots are not included in the dictionary such as wlf, although two common verbs wallafa (to blend, to synthesize, to tune< abstimmen, einstellen) and wÞlafa as well as the nouns tawláfa (blend< die Mischung), tawláf (tuning< Abstimmen) could be derived from it. Moreover, the dictionary lacks some nouns such as ’arqam (snake< die Schlange), safar‚al (quince< die Quitte) sa‡‚a (abrasion< die Schürfwunde), barrÞd (fridge< der Kühlschrank), hanwa (defect, fault, mistake, flaw< der Fehler, der Defekt), ‡Þwiya (container< der container), šará‡a (social class< die Schicht), inóilÞqa (takeoff, start< der Start), qaóras (albatross< der Albatros), dafá'a (greenhouse< das Gewächs-, Treibhaus), miœdÞqáya (credibility< die Glaubwürdigkeit), mádÞn (square, field of war< das Kriegsfeld), šatÞt (diaspora< die Diaspora), marwa‡áya (helicopter< der Hubschrauber), muwÞóana (citizenship, nationality< die Staatsbürgerschaft), summáya (poisonousness< die Giftigkeit). It also lacks some verb forms such as istaórafa (to find funny< lustig finden), istaóraqa (to touch on a subject< ein Thema anschneiden), talÞsana (to dispute, to quarrel< streiten), ista‰Þæa (to deal with, to treat a subject< ausführlich erzählen) and their derivatives etc.

Some senses or some old senses of old nouns and their derivatives are not given such as ‘unf (violence< die Gewalt), su‘lÞt (Ghoul< leichenschändendes Monster), taškál (military regiment< das Regiment), ’iqrÞr (to pass a law< ein Gesetz verabschieden), intiœÞr li (support< die Unterstützung), ta‰œáb (uranium enrichment< Urananreicherung), ta‡liya 17 (desalination< die Entsalzung), intiqÞœ min (criticism< Bemängeln), taswiya (destruction< die Zerstörung), i‡taæana (to hold a conference< Konferenz veranstalten), istaškala (to become difficult< schwierig werden), ista‰Þæa (to address a subject or an issue< auf ein Thema eingehen), taqÞdum (laps of time< die Verjährung), óaur (composure, behavior< die Fassung), miõlá (homosexual< homosexuell), mu‰aæram (experienced< versiert), iltifÞf ‡aula (support for somebody< die Unterstützung), ‘unœur (person< das Mitglied, die Person), èadÞt (when< als), nÞšió (activist< der Aktivist), muwÞkaba (getting along with somebody or something< Schritthalten, Begleiten), ma‰lã‘ (toppled, overthrown< gestürzt),’i‡lÞl (bringing about, causing< Herbeiführung). In addition, the dictionary lacks modern coinages and the vocabulary of recent cultural developments like those from the computer industry.

Second, the dictionary does not include many deverbal nouns of the stems as separate items, though they constitute an essential part of the Arabic lexicon used in everyday language. This has been done to reduce the size of the dictionary. The inclusion of nomina verbi (maœÞdir), the nomina agentis (’asmÞ’ al-fÞ‘il) and nomina patientis (’asmÞ’ al- maf‘ãl) as separate items in the dictionary depends on two criteria. Firstly, it should be possible to find a noun or adjective equivalent for them. Secondly, the meaning should not be immediately obvious from the meaning of the verb. The first criterion is a legitimate one. The second criterion could be criticized for not being user-friendly, because it assumes an almost utopian language competence on the side of the user. Furthermore, the dictionary ignores many derivatives such as istiš‘Þr, tabyáæ, isti’nÞs, tarœáœ, namaóáya, tašarμum, fiœÞm, infirÞó, isti‘dÞ’, istidrÞ‚ and tamÞhin, whose meaning is not covered by the meanings listed under the root or not easy to guess.

The dictionary’s treatment of quadriliteral verbs and denominatives from nouns of more than three letters is done properly. They are arranged according to Arabic alphabetic system. This applies to quadriliteral verbs with bilateral roots such as œarœara, qalqala, ‰aš‰aša, ‰ar‰ara èarèara, baqbaqa and to quadriliteral verbs derived from loan words such as falsafa, qalnasa, qaórana, manóaqa and baióara. However, it is still possible to find inconsistency in the treatment of the latter, where only the noun is mentioned but not the verb as it is the case with ‚aurab and sirwÞl.

Other quadriliteral verbs such as za‡lafa, ‚almaóa and šam‰ara, where a fourth letter, generally a liquid or a sibilant is prefixed, affixed to, or inserted in the middle of a triliteral

18 verbal form are not included in the dictionary.13 It could be argued that the dictionary makers assume that the user should know about these cases and therefore look under the triliteral forms of the verb. If this is so, then it will be necessary to include the relevant triliteral root as it is the case with ‚ló which has been included in the fifth edition but not in the fourth one. The inclusion of these quadriliteral roots ‚lmó, z‡lf and šm‰r is recommended especially if they have their own substantives such as zul‡ufa, ‚almaóa and šam‰ara.

2.1.4 Microstructure The use of the root system for the arrangement of the macrostructure in the dictionary has some implications on the arrangement of the microstructure. Two types of entries can be distinguished.

The first type groups the different verb forms or sublemmata, which are marked by the boldface Roman numerals II through X. This way of presentation requires from the user to remember all these forms by heart or to check them in the front matter every time. These triliteral verb forms are stated only in the front matter of the fifth edition but they are not clearly separated, which means that checking the front matter will be time consuming. It could be also criticized that the user, even with the help of these forms in the front matter, may not be able to guess the right spelling.

Transliteration is given for quadriliteral verb forms such da‡ra‚a, harwala tada‡ra‚a, ta‘afrata, for some verbs such as izdahara or iæóarra, iæóaraba and for some rare verb forms of the triliteral such as the XII form: i‰æauæara, i‰æauæaba. This information is welcome, but it could still be argued that all verb forms should be provided with their transliteration or to give them in Arabic script with vowel signs (diacritic symbols) and to print them in boldface. In addition, it would be desirable to list the quadriliteral verb forms in the front matter of the dictionary.

The paradigm is sometimes preceded by the root of the verb and followed by the transliteration indicating the vowelling, by the vowel of the imperfect and, in parentheses, by the verbal nouns (maœādir). All this information is essential to determine the meaning, although verbal nouns are sometimes left out (consider the entry of ‡ll in page 15).

The presentation of this information is not satisfactory. Though it is marked and separated by a dash, it is still not printed in bold face. The dictionary should explain such cases in the

13 Carl Paul Caspari (1981) A Grammar of the Arabic Language, Beirut. p.47. 19 front matter and should make sure that there is no contradictory information of verbal nouns given within the verb entry and those following it. For example, it was stated in the entry of the root (lbs) that the verbal noun of the first verb form is lubs. However, it can be seen that the semantic information given in the entry of this verbal noun lubs does not correspond with the one given under the first form of the verb. This contradiction in information is not desirable as it confuses the user.

The second type of entry is that of substantives. Such an entry consists of the lemma, its transliteration, grammatical information, its equivalent(s) and some examples.

2.1.4.1 Meaning discrimination HW piles in the entries equivalent or near synonyms and different meanings, the latter of which are separated by semicolons. Meaning discrimination is given in the form of syntactic information on the complementation of each of the lexical items in both languages, occasional indication of typical subjects and objects and by stating whether verbs are usually used in the passive voice. Meaning discrimination is also given in the form of pragmatic information by marking usage, dialectal words, regionalisms, neologisms and occasional marking of the origin of loanwords as well as in the form of semantic information by giving corpus based examples. These examples could be phrases, genitive combinations, collocations and idioms, all of which exemplify the contextual relations of the lemmata or the sublemmata (the verb forms) with other lexical units and provide implicit information about the equivalent.

All this information is necessary for the dictionary user to help him/her find the right equivalent. However, there are two cases which deserve special attention in order to achieve maximum benefit. The first case is if the source word has one meaning for which the target language has a polysemous equivalent. The second case is if the source word is polysemous and for each of its senses the target language has two or more polysemous words. There are some examples of such cases, where the equivalents are not given any meaning discrimination at all as it is the case with diõÞr, qafza, sitÞra, èilÞf, ‡i‚r, harÞwa, mi‚dÞf, qimma, qaid, wÞriõ, mail, ‘ard, sahm, risÞla, ‡aráq, rabba and kás. The user is left on his own to choose the right equivalent, which could be criticized, especially if we consider the conclusions made by Duda, Frenzel, Wöller, Zimmermann (1986, 21) and Herbst, Stein (1987, 122). In accordance with al-Kasimi’s views (1977, 69), meaning discrimination should be provided consistently in such cases.

20 If we consider the following entry, it could be seen that there is only one equivalent ‘Decke’ for the lemma and that there is no meaning discrimination at all to distinguish the different sense of ‘Decke’.

Hans Wehr 5th edition

The following entry could be considered as a typical one. As it is stated in the introduction, commas are used to separate the different synonymous equivalents, and the semicolon is used to separate equivalents with different meanings. Accordingly, the first two German equivalents ‘Fessel’ and ‘Kette’ are separated by comma and the other equivalent ‘Band’ is separated by semicolon. Considering the fact that the German equivalent ‘Band’ has too many senses, it is recommended to provide meaning discrimination to help the user choose the appropriate sense.

Hans Wehr 5th edition

In the following entry of tÞlib it is stated that the equivalent for tÞlib zawÞ‚ is ‘Freier.’ The dictionary should provide meaning discrimination to avoid any misunderstanding due to the two different senses of “Freier” in German. Whereas the Arabic genitive combination means only “somebody who makes a marriage proposal”, the German equivalent has an

21 additional sense “punter, client, John” which came as a result of meaning change, and which should be distinguished.

Hans Wehr 5th edition

2.1.4.2 Phonetic system The transliteration system is one of the main features of the dictionary. Transliteration systems were generally introduced in the 19th century to find Romanized equivalents for the writing systems of various ‘exotic’ languages.14 The scheme used for Arabic was recommended and approved in 1935 in the international conference of orientalism. The system in its original form had some problems when it comes to sounds not included in the traditional inventory of classical Arabic phonemes. For this sake, the inventory of symbols used in the early editions of the dictionary was extended in the later ones to include the following: à, â, g, ə, o, ü, Ý, p and ¡.15 This makes it possible to treat loan and colloquial words which are regularly pronounced with these symbols, not with the corresponding classical Arabic sounds. If we consider the linguistic variation in the Arab world, this system could be considered an advantage. In addition, it makes the hamzat ul-qaó‘ clear, although its usefulness in a passive dictionary could be questioned. However, the use of this system restricts the scope of potential users of the dictionary and its degree of benefit, especially if we consider that no list of the transliteration symbols was included in the front matter. Two other alternative systems can be used instead.

Firstly, the use of the IPA system would be adequate. It is widely used and it provides phonetic transcription for all words including loanwords and other words, which are not

14 Tom Mcarthur (ed.)(1996) The Oxford companion to the English language. (Oxford/ New York: OUP), p. 964. 15 This has been done following a suggestion made by Charles A. Ferguson in his review of the dictionary’s first edition. 22 pronounced with corresponding classical Arabic sounds. However, its use would consume a lot of space in the dictionary.

Secondly, the system of Arabic vowel signs (diacritic symbols) could prove of utmost importance for foreign learners of Arabic, although these symbols are not usually given in Arabic newspapers. This system was dispensed with in the past for cost or technical reasons, both of which are no longer justified, especially if we consider the development in printing and the price of the dictionary. In contrast to the transliteration system, which provides partial transcription for many categories and leaves others without any, the use of these vowel signs (diacritic signs) could provide vowelling for all lexical items. This would help the less trained user or the novice clear the syntactic relation of many genitive combinations, collocations and idioms. In addition, this would reduce the size of the dictionary, make it much more user-friendly and widen its range of users.

2.1.4.3 Grammatical information The dictionary provides irregular gender and broken plural information. This kind of information, which is only given for the lemma i.e. the foreign side, is welcome. This is in accordance with the general opinion that grammatical information in bilingual dictionary can also be useful even for decoding purposes.

Firstly, the gender information is treated in different ways. Some nouns which could be either feminine or masculine such as ’ibhÞm, 'arnab are given only one form; others are given no gender information at all ‘asal, bašar, ba‘ár, ‡Þnãt, ‘a‚uz, sãr, ‘ankabãt, ‘urs, mulk, æirs, œirÞó, œÞ‘, sullam, markab and ‰ayÞl. Some nouns like ‘ár, na‘l, ‘aœÞ and ‘arãd are given no gender information, although they have only one gender form. This applies also to nouns such as ‰aláfa, rÞwiya,‘allÞma and dÞhiya which could be mistaken for feminine because they deviate from the rule. It would be better to provide gender information consistently and to provide all forms, even if one form is more common than the other. This would be consistent with the descriptive method the dictionary claims to use.

Although there are examples where plural information is not given at all such as æaèó, nab‘, œifr, šam‘a, mušarrad, tarwáqa, ridda, ri‡la, mar‚Þt, duwwÞma, dawwÞsa, da‰l, ma‰rãt, ‰urm, tardád and taraddud, it can be seen that the plural information given in the dictionary is mainly restricted to broken plural form. However, through consistent checking one can find out that some broken forms are lacking such as kurãn (kura),

23 ‘umdÞn (‘amãd), æubu‘ (æab‘), ’aærÞs, ’aærus, (æirs), dilan, ’adlin (dalã), ‡uqãb (‡iqbÞ), buzÞt (bÞz), qiraóa (qiró), kiwaza (kãz), èiœana (èiœn), ‘aqÞbán (‘uqÞb), ’azmina (zaman), 'aμ’ub (μi’b), ’arqub (raqaba), ’ÞbÞl (’ibl), óuhhÞr (óÞhir), 'abri‚a (bur‚), nawÞhid (nÞhid), suqfÞn (saqf), qutalÞ’ (qatál), ‘ãrÞn (‘ãr), ÷irba (÷irbÞn), ‰aóÞya (‰aóóiya), ‡alaqun (‡alaq), ‡arasun (‡Þris), ‰adam (‰Þdim), balÞwá (balwÞ), šakÞwá (šakwÞ), ‰anÞnáq (‰unnÞq), kasÞsira (kisra), baóÞrika (baórak), tarÞ‚ima (tur‚man), qanÞóár (qanóara) and ‰arÞ’ib(‰ariba).

Moreover, it can be seen that the dictionary sometimes provides both regular and broken plural forms as it is the case with nÞ’im: niyÞm, nuwwÞm, nÞ'imãn. However, this has been carried out inconsistently as the dictionary dispenses sometimes with regular forms, the practice of which could be understood in a passive dictionary. In spite of this, it is still recommendable to provide both forms in order to avoid confusion and to give the user the maximum grammatical information (Consider 5.1). It is worth mentioning that the dictionary provides the different plural forms for the different senses. Many examples can be found in the dictionary such as šÞhid, bait, ‘ain, ba‡r, etc. For example, ‘ain has many different senses, one of which has its own plural form i.e. 'a‘yÞn (prominents). The other senses have the two following plurals ‘uyãn and 'a‘yun (eye, spring). This separation is welcome as a kind of meaning discrimination which helps the dictionary user choose the right equivalent. However, it could be seen that this has not been carried out consistently as it is the case with buq‘a, buqa‘ and biqÞ‘.

2.1.5 Phraseology It is well known that the dictionary user usually seeks information about the ability of the lemma to combine with other lexical units. In the following there will be an attempt to shed some light on the presentation of these lexical relations. The dictionary includes many genitive combinations (compounds), collocations and idioms as part of the examples, but it does not provide any instructions about their arrangement.

2.1.5.1 Genitive combinations Genitive combinations are common syntactic ways of combining two substantives (nominal combinations) or of combining a substantive and an adjective (adjective or nisba combination).16

16 It is sometimes possible to have a nominal combination such mubád ‡ašarÞt and a nisba combination such as mubád ‡ašará which have the same meaning or equivalent (insecticide). However, it would be dispensed with the difference throughout the work for practrical reasons. 24 2.1.5.1.1 Range of genitive combinations Genitive combinations are given extensively in the dictionary, but the dictionary still lacks some non transparent ones such buq‘a nifóáya (oil slick< der Ölteppich), ‡ukãma æaiyyiqa (minority government< die Minderheitsregierung), šu‡na nÞsifa (explosive< der Sprengstoff), ‡aiwÞn ‚urÞbá(marsupial< das Beuteltier), al-waqt al-’iæÞfá (play extra time< die Nachspielzeit), rÞ‚imatu œawÞrበ(launcher< der Raketenwerfer), as-sakta d-dimÞèáya (cerebral apoplexy< der Gehirnschlag), ÷Þhiratu l-baiti l-zu‚Þ‚á (green house effect< der Treibhauseffekt), inbi‘Þõ ‡arÞrá (green gas emissions< Treibhausgas- emissionen), muæÞddÞt 'aræáya (air raid defences< die Luftabwehr), infilÞt ’amná (anarchy, die Anarchie), hašÞšatu l-‘i÷Þm (osteoporosis< die Osteoporose), óÞ’ir muhÞ‚ir (migrant< der Zugvogel), ‚ihaz tanaœœut (listening device< das Abhörgerät), iõnÞ ‘ašara (duodenum< der Zwölffingerdarm), al-ši‘ru n-namaóá and ši‘ru t-taf‘ála (free verse, blank verse< der Blankvers), æarbatu ‡a÷÷ (lucky strike< ein Glücksfall) šarika qÞbiæa (holding company< die Holding), i‡tibÞs ‡arÞrá (green house effect< der Treibhauseffekt).

2.1.5.1.2 The arrangement and representation of genitive combinations The arrangement of genitive combinations in the macrostructure is inconsistent. Many are included only under the lemma of the first component i.e. the base as ra’ás ‘ummÞl, ra’ás al-baladáya, ‚ahÞz al-'amn, ’abu l-yaq÷Þn, ’abu l-naum, ‘ilm aœ-œa‡‡a, ‘Þlam al-wu‚ãd, ‡aywÞn óufaylá, ‡aywÞn mu‚tarr, ‘umla zÞ’ifa, ‡iœÞn al-ba‡r, badal al-ištirÞk, bÞóin al- qadam, bÞóin al-kaff, ‰ayÞl a÷-÷ill and waláy al-‘ahd. Others are included only under the lemma of the second component as šÞhid ’iõbÞt, ‘ilm aó-óufailáyyÞt, ‘ilm aó-óabá‘a, muzayyif ‘umla, tahráb ‘umla, ‡iœÞn as-sibÞq,‘ilm al-badá‘, aó-óibb al-bÞóiná, maraæ bÞóiná, iltihÞb kulwá, ti‚Þrat ar-raqáq, 'ahl aμ-μimma, qalam al-mu‰abarÞt, sÞ‘at yad, ta‘lám ibtidÞ’i, šahÞda ibtidÞ’áya, ‡a‚aru ‘aõra and ’abã ‘uμr. Moreover, there are many examples where these combinations are given under the lemmata of both components such as ‚ahÞz al-‡afr, a‚-‚ihÞz al-‘asabá, óÞlib ‘ilm, ‘abu sa‘n, ‘abu l-haul, ‘ilm al-ma‘Þdin, ‘ilm at-tarbiya, ‘ilm al-‡ayawÞn, ‘ilm al-‡isÞb, ‘ilm al-‡ayÞt, ‘ilm al-luèa, ‘Þlam an-nabÞt, madrasa ibtidÞ’áya, ma‡kama ibtidÞ’áya, lam‡ al-baœar, sana kabása, raf‘ al-'aõqÞl, qunbulat al-yad, ‘Þlim aó- óabá‘a, šahr al-‘asal, ‡usn as-sulãk, ‡usn at-taœarruf, ‡usn a÷-÷ann and ‡usn a l-qaœd.

Apparently there are no clear reasons for the different treatments of these genitive combinations. It would be better to include these compounds consistently under the lemma of the second part or component in order to save space. The maximum choice should be provided only in some cases where it may be difficult to determine the root of the base. 25 The presentation of genitive combinations suffers from two other problems. As said earlier, they are given either partial transcription or no transcription at all. Moreover, the tilde is not used to avoid the repetition of the lemma and to save space. However, it should be said that the use of the tilde would prevent the giving of vowel signs (diacritic symbols), which may help the user clear the syntactic relations.

2.1.5.2 Collocations The presentation of collocations in the dictionary is worth examining. In terms with Hausmann (1985), collocations will be seen as: “lexical combinations consisting of a base and a collocator which are not on the same hierarchical level.” The main problem in Arabic is the difficulty to distinguish some noun-adjective collocations such as ‚uhãd muænáya (great efforts< große Anstrengung), ‚uhãd ‡aõáõa (rapid efforts < ehrgeizige Bestrebungen) ‡arb ša‘wÞ' (ferocious war < heftiger Krieg) and adjective-noun collocations such as õaqál al-fahm (dimwitted< schwer von Begriff), õuql al-fahm (the state of being dimwitted < der Zustand, schwer von Begriff zu sein) from genitive combinations which could have the same structure. The clearest examples of collocations in Arabic are verb-noun collocations such as óara‡a su’Þlan (to ask a question< eine Frage stellen), óaraqa mauæã‘an (to touch upon a subject< ein Thema behandeln), naœaba kamánan (to prepare an ambush for< jemandem einen Hinterhalt legen) and šaqqa t-óaráqa (to pave the way< den Weg bahnen).

2.1.5.2.1 Verb-noun collocations Verb-noun collocations are included as part of the examples given at the end of the subentries or the entries. It can be seen that the dictionary dispenses with many collocations which are not really transparent such as 'a‡kama qabæatahã ‘alÞ (to get something under control< im Griff haben), daqqa nÞqãsa l-‰aóar (to sound the alarm< Alarm schlagen), qara‘a óubãla l-‡arb (to beat drums of war, declare war< die Trommel des Krieges schlagen), 'adlÞ biœautihi (to vote< abstimmen), 'a‘Þda ‚adwalata d-duyãn, lamlama œufãfahu (to close the ranks, to move together< Reihen stärken, zusammen ziehen, zusammen rücken), qaæÞ fatratahu (to serve one’s time< seine Strafe absitzen), marraèa 'anfahu fi t-turÞb (to humiliate< demütigen, erniedrigen), rafa‘a l-mirsÞt (to weigh the anchor< den Anker lichten), 'alqÞ l-mirsÞt (to drop anchor< vor Anker gehen), rÞwa‡a makÞnahu (to standstill< auf der Stelle treten, ins Stocken geraten, stehen bleiben), rafa‘a l-‡a÷r (to lift embargo< Blockade aufheben), rafa‘a muμakkara (to make a request,

26 to appeal against< eine Eingabe machen, Beschwerde führen), ‘aqada muntadan (to hold a discussion forum< ein Diskussionsforum einberufen, abhalten), hayya’a l-manÞ‰a l- munÞsib (to offer more favorable conditions

However, it should be mentioned that the dictionary dispenses with many transparent or open collocations such as qÞma bihu‚ãm (to carry out an attack< einen Angriff durchführen), qÞma bi ‘amaláya (to carry out an operation< eine Operation durchführen), fakkaka ‘ubãwatan (to diffuse a bomb< eine Bombe entschärfen) and naœaba fa‰‰an (to set a trap for< eine Falle stellen). In some cases the dictionary provides the verb (collocator) with one or two typical objects which cover the semantic field of the base. For example, the following collocations were treated in this way: naœaba ‰aimatan (to set up a tent< ein Zelt aufstellen), nasa‰a l-‘aqd (to abrogate a contract< einen Vertrag außer Kraft setzen), sakka l-nuqãd (to mint or to coin money< Geld münzen). This way of presenting collocations which can be seen as consistent with the guidelines for passive dictionaries, proves useful for decoding purposes and it saves space. However, this presentation still assumes and requires a high level of language competence on the part of the user to guess the right equivalent.

The arrangement of verb-noun collocations in the macrostructure is inconsistent. Although they are usually included under the root of the collocator (verb), it is still possible to find many examples which are included only under the lemma of the base (noun) such as qaddama isti’nÞf, rafa‘a l-iltibÞs, mÞta ‡atfa ’anfihi, sakana rau‘uhã, hada’a rau‘uhã, ‰aóara birau‘ihá, qaœada šaórahu, kasara ‘ãdahã, kasara ‘ainahã, kasara qalbahã, óalaba yada l-mar’a, ‘aææa bi l-nawÞ‚iμ, šaqqa óaráqahu, ‰ara‚a ‘an óaurihá and ‘a‰ra‚ahã ‘an óaurihi.

It should be again emphasized that the consistent arrangement of these combinations under the lemma of the base or the root of the collocator is very important. The inclusion under both possibilities i.e. maximum choice makes the dictionary much more user-friendly, but it consumes too much space and increases the size of the dictionary. Again, the maximum choice could only be recommended for cases where there may be any difficulty to determine the root of the base or the collocator. Although the inclusion of such collocations under the collocator would be consistent with the guidelines of passive dictionaries, their inclusion under the lemma of the base could

27 prove better. This would help arrange and group the different kinds of collocations in one entry which have the same base but different collocators together. For instance, sa’ala su’Þlan, óara‡a su’Þlan, and 'alqa su’Þlan (to ask a question) could be arranged under su’Þl and the following collocations rabaóa ‚a’šahã, rabÞóat a‚-‚a’š, rÞbió a‚-ğa’š and õÞbit a‚- ‚a’š could be arranged under the lemma of the base ğa’š. The same applies to the collocations ‘Þda ‘alÞ ‘aqibaihi, ra‚i‘a ‘alÞ ‘aqibaihi, irtadda ‘alÞ ‘aqibaihi, nakaœa ‘alÞ ‘aqibaihi and their plural forms: ‘Þdã ‘ala a‘qÞbihim, ra‚i‘ã ‘alÞ ’a‘qÞbihim, irtaddã ‘alÞ ’a‘qÞbihim and nakaœã ‘alÞ ’a‘qÞbihim which are given in the maximum choice under the roots ‘wd, r‚‘, rdd, nkœ and under the lemma: ‘uqb. This could be seen in the following entry:

Hans Wehr 5th edition

28 This also applies to the two collocations lÞ yuèni fatálan and lÞ yu‚di fatálan which are also given in the maximum choice i.e. under the root èny, the root ‚dÞ and under the lemma of fatál. Again, it would be enough to group both under the lemma of the substantive fatál.

The arrangement under the base has some advantages. Firstly, it makes the dictionary much more uniform, especially if we consider that compounds and idioms could also be arranged under the substantives they include. Of course, this would require the inclusion of all nouns and derivatives of the different verb forms, which means that no assumptions about the language competence of the user should be made as the dictionary does. Secondly, it would be possible to group together collocations which have the same base. The different collocators should be listed in brackets, a practice which will save space in the dictionary.

2.1.5.2.2 Adjective-noun collocations Adjective-noun collocations are also treated inconsistently. Many are included under the lemma of the first component (collocator) such as õÞqib an-na÷ar, õÞqib al-fikr, õaqál as- sam‘, õaqál ad-dam, õaqál al-fahm, ‰afáf ad-dam, ‰afáf al-yad, ‰afáf al-‘aql, raqáq aš-šu‘ãr, raqáq aó-óab‘, raqáq al-mizÞ‚, raqáq al-‡Þl, ‡Þdd aó-óab‘, ‘aráq an-nasab, ‡Þsir al-baœar and ‡Þsir ar-ra’s. 17 Others are included only under the lemma of the second component (base) such as qaœár al-baœar, ‡Þæir al-badáha, æa‘áf al-bunya, œa‡á‡ al-bunya, qawáy al-bunya, óawál an-na÷ar and sayyi’ at-tab‘. In addition, a considerable number of these collocations are included under the lemmata of both components as in the following examples rÞbió a‚- ‚a’š, õÞbit a‚-‚a’š, ra‡b aœ-œadr, æayyiq aœ-œadr, salám al-bunya, ba‘ád an-na÷ar, õaqál ar- rã‡, ‰afáf ar-rã‡, ‰afáf al-‡araka, õaqál a÷-÷il, raqáq al-‡Þšiya, šÞμμ aó-óab‘, óÞhir aμ-μimma and ‡adáõ al-‘ahd. Similar to genitive combinations, these collocations should be included under the lemma of the second component or the base. This would give the dictionary some kind of unity concerning the arrangement of the different types of phraseology.

2.1.5.2.3 Noun-adjective collocations Noun-adjective collocations which are attributive combinations are also dealt with inconsistently for they are sometimes included under the lemma of the base, or under the lemma of the collocator such as hu‚‚a wÞhiya, sarára ‡asana, badáha ‡Þæira, μimma óÞhira, masÞ’il mu‘allaqa, ‚uhãd muæniya, kalima nÞbiya, 'as‘Þr bÞhi÷a, masÞ‘á ma‡mãma,

17 The collocations õÞqib an-na÷ar corresponds to the German ‘einen scharfen Blick habend.’ 29 náya mubayyata, ‡arb æarãs and ‡arb ša‘wÞ’. It would be more appropriate to include these cases consistently under the lemma of the second component i.e. the collocator and to dispense with the maximum choice.

2.1.5.3 Idioms The dictionary includes a considerable number of idioms, although it may still lack some such as óafa‡a l-kaylu (the pitcher goes often to the well, but is broken at last< der Krug geht so lange zum Brunnen bis er bricht) naza‘a fatála l-‡arb (to end war< den Krieg beenden), 'hlu makka 'adrÞ bi-ši‘ÞbihÞ, etc. The given idioms are usually, but not necessarily, included in the utmost possible number of entries. The following idioms taraka l-‡abla ‘ala l-èÞrib, zÞda ó-óána billatan, kašafat al-‡arbu ‘an sÞqihÞ, ’aslama rã‡ahu, yad baiæÞ’, œa‡áfa baiæÞ’ are given in the maximum choice. Other idioms like aœ- œaifa æayya‘ti l-labana, ’alqÞ bihá ‘uræa l-‡Þ'it, qaóa‘a dÞbira š-šai', al-‰aióu l-'abyaæ, baiæatu l-‰iær, ‘aææa ‘ala nÞ‚iμaih, æaraba ‘alÞ l-witri l-‡assÞs, waqa‘a fá ‡aiœ baiœ, ra‚a‘a bi‰ufai ‡unain, iætaraba ‡abluhã and many others are not. The maximum choice could be recommended in such cases, although it consumes space and increases the size of the dictionary. Similar to the presentation of compounds and collocation, these idioms are usually given partial transcription. Moreover, it could be seen that these idioms suffer from the lack of marking which should be provided.

2.1.6 Conclusion Hans Wehr’s dictionary is a monofunctional and monodirectional bilingual dictionary designed for German users to aid them in the decoding of Arabic texts into German. The main feature of the dictionary is that it is corpus based, although some objections to its compilation and evaluation could be made. The second important feature is that the dictionary is purely philological. It uses the root system, which suffers from the many assumptions made by the compilers of the dictionary. Firstly, they assume the user a good knowledge of Arabic morphology, and dispense with the explanation of this system and the problems related with it (e.g. weak verbs). Problems which are related to loan words and words derived from weak verbs could be solved easily by consistent arrangement of these cases according to the alphabetic arrangement as well as under the root. Secondly, the dictionary does not provide all derivatives of the roots, although their meanings do not cover with those under the verb forms. Thirdly, the dictionary suffers from inconsistency

30 in the arrangement of collocations, compounds and idioms as well as in providing grammatical information and meaning discrimination. Fourthly, this transliteration system is a disadvantage especially we consider that it is only known to some professionals or to students of Arabic at faculties of oriental studies. The compiler should have provided at least a list of the transliteration symbols used in dictionary.

31 2.2 Langenscheidt Handwörterbuch

“The Langenscheidt Handwörterbuch Arabisch-Deutsch” is a general Arabic German one- volume dictionary. It could be seen as a new attempt after the famous HW or as its successor. This could be verified by the fact that the compiler of the dictionary is Lorenz Kropfitsch, who completed the fifth edition of the HW. It is stated in the introduction that the dictionary is designed to meet the needs of translators, students and teachers and to help them understand scientific, literary texts, or journalistic texts of exalted style. Accordingly, it could be assumed that the dictionary is designed to serve German users learning Arabic or those who work on Arabic texts. The following will be an attempt to describe this dictionary comparing and contrasting it to the HW to find the similarities and differences.

2.2.1 Editions The first edition of this dictionary was first published in Berlin and Munich 1996. The second edition with an annexed supplement of 32 pages was published 2003.

The second edition of dictionary has a total of 630 pages. The main body consists of 570 pages containing 45,000 items and an annexed supplement consisting of 32 pages containing about 3000 new additions. One could criticize that the LS, like the HW, does not state the grounds for his vocabulary estimate. Further, it could be seen that the LS does not integrate the supplement in the main body of the dictionary. This method which has been used in the fourth edition of HW is problematic. However, it should be said that the supplement of the LS is still less worse than that of the HW, because it contains only additions but no corrections at all as it is the case in HW.

Unlike HW, the LS edition includes a front matter and a back matter. The front matter of LS includes a table of contents, some rules about how to use the dictionary, a brief idea about the Arabic phonetic system and a list of the abbreviations used in the dictionary, all of which are given in German as well as in Arabic i.e. the dictionary uses Arabic and German as two metalanguages. This allows us to assume that the compiler has two different groups of users in mind or that he aims implicitly at promoting his dictionary among Arab users! However, it should be said that the use of Arabic as a metalanguage is suspicious because this contradicts the compiler’s statement in the introduction that the LS is designed to serve users aiming at understanding Arabic texts. The back matter includes a short introduction of the Arabic grammar and some tables about the conjugation of Arabic verbs. It also includes also a list of the transcription symbols used in the dictionary, a list of 32 Arabic cardinal and ordinal numbers and a list of the days of the week and of the months of the Islamic calendar as well as of the Christian one. All these kinds of information were not provided in the HW. Another common feature of both dictionaries is that they do not provide separate lists for weights and measures, countries of the world and the nationalities or adjectives derived from them.

2.2.2 Corpus The only information available about the corpus is that it came as a result of the compiler’s work with modern Arabic texts for 30 years and as a result of his 25 years experience of teaching Arabic at the faculty of applied linguistics and cultural studies at the university of Mainz in Germersheim. This information is very scarce if we contrast it to that of HW, which provides more details about the literary canon and the origin of the texts used for the corpus. Moreover, the LS presents no information about the people who participated in collecting the corpus, about the basis for the choice of vocabulary and about word frequency. In addition, it should be mentioned that there is no information about the secondary sources such as reference works and bilingual dictionaries used to verify the information given in the LS. Due to the fact that the compiler of LS participated in the last edition of HW, it is very likely that the corpus of the LS is a combination of HW’s corpus and some additions which the compiler collected through the years of teaching. However, it should be noticed that the compiler included vocabulary which he considers as up-to-date and left out those which he considers as old or obsolete. It could be argued that the compiler depended on his intuition to decide the relevant vocabulary as he does not state the basis or the criteria on which he made such decisions.

2.2.3 Macrostructure The LS uses strict alphabetic order to arrange all lemmata and all paradigms. In contrast to the HW, which arranges derivatives after the related ‘root entry’ using two criteria: form (length) and morphology, the LS arranges derivatives irrespective of their roots according to a strict alphabetic system i.e. according to form without making any assumptions about the user’s competence. However, it should be said that the LS, like the HW, arranges the different verb forms under the paradigm, which could be considered as an exception to the use of the strict alphabetical system. The arrangement of the different verb forms according 33 to the root system could clarify semantic evolution, etymological relationship and derivational affinities within each root. This would enable the user to have a better understanding of word formation in Arabic and to understand new verb forms of a root. This arrangement could be seen as a contradiction to the alphabetic system which assumes the user no command of Arabic morphology or at least less command than that required for the root system

2.2.3.1 Advantages of the macrostructural arrangement Taking the user’s competence into consideration, this system would be very beneficial to those users with less language competence of Arabic. In contrast to the root system, the strict use of the alphabetical system has some apparent advantages.

First, it is used for practical reasons allowing quick check up. For example, it solves the problem of arranging derivatives (verbal substantives and participles) whose roots begin with w and therefore could pose a problem to the user of dictionaries based only on the root system: itti‡ād, máõÞq, ittisÞ‘, itti‚Þh, ittihām, muttaham, málÞd, õiqa, œifa, ‚iha, œila, tuhma. Moreover, it solves the problem of derivatives such as: izdihÞr, iæóirÞr, iœóilÞ‡, iæóilÞ‘, iæóirÞb, from which the HW suffered (consider 2.1.3 on page 16).

Second, it solves the problem of arranging loan words with different alternant orthographic forms and of arranging those loan words such as: fairãz, ’aólas, film,’ifráz, kÞfãr and’ibráq, for which the user may assume there is a root. The HW solved this problem by lemmatizing them under the root as well as alphabetically giving a cross reference at one place and the information under the other. However, it has been criticized that the HW does not have fixed rule or a consequent treatment where to provide the information. The HW’s way of thinking is purely philological and does not take the user aspect into consideration. In addition, the alphabetic system solves the problem of arranging some lemmata such as huwaμÞ, kullamÞ, lammÞ, limÞ, lÞkin,’ammÞ, for which there are no roots.

Third, the alphabetic system arranges properly the quadriliteral verbs with bilateral roots such œarœara, qalqala, ‰aš‰aša, èarèara, baqbaqa and those derived from loan words such as falsafa and qaórana. It should be emphasized that the arrangement of these quadriliteral verbs does not constitute a problem neither in the LS nor in the HW.

At last, this system solves the problem of homographs such as maraæ, muræin, ‚Þff and ‚Þfin. The alphabetical arrangement of these items requires from the user less language

34 competence than their arrangement according to the root system, where the user could face some real difficulties, because these homographs could have different roots (weak as well as strong roots). The HW included these homographs under the related roots providing the information either under both possibilities or at least under one of them, whereby a cross reference is given under the other. Since this treatment has not been carried in a consistent and consequent way, the user could still have some difficulties. Though both dictionaries separate and mark homographs with raised number, they still differ in their arrangement and in the information given about their arrangement. The LS indicates in the introduction that homographs are arranged in a certain order beginning with the paradigm (or the verb lemmata) followed by homographs with fat‡a, then by those of æamma and then by those of kasra. This arrangement and the information given about it in the introduction could be considered an advantage, although the advantage of this system to either group of users is relative. Similarlay, the HW has also applied this to some cases, although no information is given about this in the introduction.

2.2.3.2 Disadvantages of the macrostructural arrangement Considering the macrostructure in the LS, it has been noticed that the dictionary suffers from problems related to the use of both systems of arrangement.

2.2.3.2.1 Disadvantages of the alphabetic arrangement In contrast to the advantages mentioned above, the alphabetic system has many fundamental disadvantages which could affect the use of the dictionary.

First, the alphabetical order breaks things into fortuitous pieces. Moreover, it could be argued that the strict use of the alphabetical system throughout the dictionary would necessitate the lemmatisation of many different kinds of items such as broken plural and elative forms. This would require a consequent cross reference system which the LS does not have and claims to have (Consider 5.2).

Second, this system consumes a considerably huge place, which induced the compiler of the LS to dispense with the lemmatisation of many plural forms to save place. For example, the compiler does not lemmatise broken plural forms which have the first two initial letters of the singular assuming that the user will be able to find these plural forms due to their similarities to the singular form. Furthermore, the LS does not lemmatise many other broken plural forms whose singular form could be found according to some rules stated in the appendix at the end of the dictionary. This treatment is not satisfactory at all

35 and it is not user-friendly, especially if we consider that there are still many cases which do not match the rules and are not lemmatised. In some examples the user may not even be able to guess the singular form. This adds to some casual mistakes in cross reference as in the entry of ’aryÞm, where the user finds a cross reference to the entry of ri’m3 which does not exist. This also adds to mistakes in the arrangement of the macrostructure. For instance, the lemma œábÞn which is arranged after the lemma œoyÞ and before œiyÞ‡ should be arranged after œiyÞna and before œát.

Likewise, it could also be criticized that the LS dispensed with the lemmatisation of many feminine forms such as èabšÞ', qar‘Þ', samrÞ', wabrÞ', wuõqÞ’, warqÞ', warhÞ' and waófÞ'. It could be argued that these cases should not be lemmatised because they usually come directly after the lemma of the adjective they are derived from. There are, however, many examples which could prove that it is not always the case. This assumes again some kind of language competence from the user similar to that requested from the user of the HW. This would question the use and the ultimate advantage of the alphabetic arrangement in the dictionary.

2.2.3.2.2 Disadvantages of the root system Although the alphabetical system solves the problem of arranging some derivatives whose roots begin with w such as ittihÞm, ittiœÞl, itti‚Þh, it does not solve the problem of their verb forms ittahama, ittaœala, itta‚aha, or the imperfect verb forms (yahibu, yariõu, yali‚u and ya’idu ) of such verbs, from which the HW also suffered. In such cases the user should have the competence or should guess that all these verb forms begin with w. The compilers of the HW and the LS were aware of this problem, whose only solution is lemmatisation and making a cross reference to the root. Similar to the HW, the LS has not carried out this treatment for some examples such as: ittaša‡a, ittaõaqa and ittakana. Neither these verb forms have been lemmatised nor their other verb forms taša‡a, taõaqa and takana, which the user may consider as the root. However, it has been found that the compiler treated a similar example waqÞ partially in a successful way, which allows us to say that the LS is not consequent in his treatment. The LS has lemmatised the verb form taqÞ which could be mistaken as the root but it has not done that for the verb form ittaqÞ. As the following entry shows, the LS provided a cross-reference to the root wqÞ which is welcome from the user perspective.

36

LS 2nd edition

Moreover, the LS suffers from problems resulting from the arrangement of some verbs according to the root system. The user of the LS will encounter the same problems which the user of the HW has, when it comes, for example, to strong verb forms whose root could be confused with that of weak verbs. For example, the dictionary user could think that the verb forms’aqalla, istaqalla, istaqÞla, ’aqÞla and qÞwala have the same root. The first two verb forms are derived from the strong root qll while the last three are derived from weak roots qwl, qyl. In addition, it is necessary to distinguish the different roots of the weak verbs such as ‘Þda (‘wd, ‘yd), œÞra (œwr,œyr), qÞla (qwl, qyl). There are some rare examples which have been treated properly i.e. by providing a cross reference, but it could be criticized that the LS is not consistent in his treatment of such cases. Only the last example qÞla (qwl, qyl) of the above three has been treated in this way as it could be seen in the following entries. The compiler provides a cross reference to the other entry in each of them, a kind of information which is very useful to the user.

LS 2nd edition LS 2nd edition

It could be criticized that LS does not explain these cases in the front matter. Moreover, the benefit of the brief view of grammar and the conjugation tables for verbs could be doubted, because they do not explain in an explicit way the difficulties resulting from the use of the

37 root system. Considering this aspect, one could say that the LS, like the HW, takes the user’s good linguistic competence and good reference skills for granted.

At last, the LS does not treat some quadriliteral verbs where a fourth letter, generally a liquid or a sibilant is prefixed, affixed to, or inserted in the middle of a triliteral verbal form in a proper way.18 The three examples za‡lafa, ‚almaóa and šam‰ara which have been checked in the HW were also examined in the LS. The latter example has not been included under the relevant trilateral root, but it has been lemmatised separately, a solution which could be accepted.

LS 2nd edition

In addition, similar to HW, the LS does not include even the derivatives zul‡ufa, ‚almaóa and šam‰ara of the above verbs.

All problems related to the arrangement of different verb forms could be solved by their separation, their lemmatisation and arrangement according to the alphabetical order (i.e. according to form). This is the easiest way to have a quick check, especially if we consider that the resulting verb entries are short and transparent ones. However, there are two possible strong objections to the separation and lemmatisation of these verb forms.

1. Unlike the root system which contributes to the distribution of the lemmata and paradigms, the strict use of the alphabetic system for all items will lead mainly to the concentration of lemmata in some chapters, especially if we consider that three verb forms (fa‘ala, fa‘‘ala and fÞ‘ala) of the ten common begin with the radical f and two verb forms (tafa‘‘ala and tafÞ‘la) begin with the letter t and the rest (’af‘ala, infa‘ala, ifta‘ala, if‘alla, istaf‘ala and if‘aulala) begin with the letter ’alif . Moreover, this will add to the immense number of the different lemmatised substantive forms such as taf‘ál, taf‘ila, taf‘Þl, tif‘Þl, tafa‘‘ul, tafÞ‘ul, infi‘Þl, ifti‘Þl, if‘ilÞl and istif‘Þl which are derived from the verb forms.

18 Carl Paul Caspari (1981) A Grammar of the Arabic Language, p. 47. 38 2. It might be argued that the strict use of the alphabetical system throughout the dictionary, even for the different verb forms would require a considerably huge place. Considering, for example, the huge number of the broken plural forms which should be lemmatised, one could rightly criticize the strict alphabetical system for not economising with place. However, it should be said that the combination of both systems is a kind of compromise, which requires less language competence than that of the root system.

It should be mentioned that the LS dispenses with the separation and the lemmatisation of senses of some verb roots such as brd, ‡‚r, lèm, ‡bb and ‡bl. The LS does not need such treatment because the arrangement of derivatives is carried alphabetically and has nothing to do with the root. Comparing the treatment of brd in the HW as well as in the LS, it could be seen that the LS separates in the following example the sense ‘feilen’ of the first verb form within the microstructure.

LS 2nd edition

In contrast to the LS, the HW should separate and lemmatise such cases and follow them by their derivatives as the following excerpt shows. This is an indispensable strategy which should be carried out throughout the dictionary without any exception. The user of the HW has no other choice than to find the right root and requires, therefore, some orientation to find the needed information in a much easier and quicker way.

39

Hans Wehr 5th edition

40 2.2.3.3 Range of vocabulary The LS states in the introduction that the compiler’s intention is to provide a balanced and comprehensive selection of lexical and semantic items which are relevant to different fields of knowledge at the present time. Checking the range of vocabulary using the same sources used for the HW, one could verify that the LS includes vocabulary of new development in different fields of knowledge. Moreover, it could be said that the LS includes more names of countries and their nationals, more colloquial and loan words (See 5.1). However, this does not imply that the macrostructure of the LS is more comprehensive than that of the HW, because the HW includes many items which the LS dispensed with. The author of LS dispensed with many items or vocabulary which he considered old or not in use anymore, a step which could be criticized because it is not easy to decide the relevant items i.e. whether an item is still in use or not. On the one hand, this evaluation or opinion is in line with the concept of the LS intended to provide only current and up-to-date vocabulary to help users understand texts ranging from general to middle difficult professional ones. This is to be contrasted to the concept of the HW which is designed to meet the needs of students of higher levels studying classical texts. On the other hand, this could be criticized because the LS does not have a corpus or at least it does not state the grounds for his choice of the relevant vocabulary.

The LS includes many items which are not given in the HW such as: wlf, wallafa (to tune< einstellen), tawláfa (blend< die Mischung), tawláf (tuning< abstimmen), safar‚al (quince< Quitte) sa‡‚a (abrasion< die Schürfwunde), barrÞd (fridge< der Kühlschrank), ‡Þwiya (container< der Container, der Behälter), šará‡a (social class< die Schicht), inóilÞqa (takeoff, start< der Start), dafá'a (greenhouse< das Gewächs-, Treibhaus), miœdÞqáya (credibility< die Glaubwürdigkeit), mádÞn (field of war< Kampfplatz), šatÞt (diaspora< die Diaspora), marwa‡áya (helicopter< Hubschrauber), muwÞóana (citizenship, nationality< Staatsbürgerschaft), ta‡liya (desalination< Entsalzung), ta‰œáb (uranium enrichment< Uran Anreicherung), i‡taæana (to hold a conference< eine Konferenz veranstalten), iltifÞf ‡aula (support for somebody< Unterstützung), iltifÞf ‘alÞ (evasion of the law< Umgehung des Gesetzes), mu‰aæram (experienced< versiert), intiqÞœ min (criticism< Bemängeln), muwÞkaba (to get along with somebody or something< Schritthalten), óaur (composure, behavior< die Fassung), ‘unœur (person< die Person), èadÞt (when< als), istaórafa (to find funny< lustig oder kurios finden), summáya (poisonousness< die Giftigkeit), ‘unf (violence< die Gewalt) and tamanóaqa (to belt< sich gurten), mutabbal (a dish made of

41 aubergine puree< Gericht aus Auberginepüree), novotàh (a shop for fancy articles< ein Geschäft für Modeartikel). However, it should be pointed out that the dictionary still lacks some items which the HW also lacks such as ’arqam (snake< die Schlange), hanwa (defect, fault, mistake, flaw< der Fehler, der Defekt), qaóras (albatross< der Albatros), istaóraqa (to touch on a subject< ein Thema anschneiden), si‘lÞt (Ghoul< leichenschändendes Monster), talÞsana (to dispute, to quarrel< streiten), baióara (to provide veterinary treatment for animal< Tiere medizinisch behandeln), ista‰Þæa (to detail< ausführlich erzählen), fabraka (to make up< erfinden), mulÞ‡aq (wanted< polizeilich gesucht), mu‡Þœaœa (liquidation< die Auflösung), mizÞ‚áya (mood< die Laune), lÞsana (to quarrel< streiten), mulÞsana (quarrel< der Streit), taèrár (leading astray< Irreführen), ‰uz‘a (biopsy, take sample tissue< die Biopsie, die Gewebeentnahme), tawaææa‘a fi (to settle< absetzen), musawwaè (justified, allowed< gerechtfertigt, erlaubt), miõlá (homosexual< homosexuell), if‡Þm (confutation, dumfounding< die Widerlegung), istifrÞd (isolation< Isolierung, Trennung), dallã‘a (spoiled girl< verwöhnte(s) oder verzogene(s) Mädchen bzw. Frau), muõ‰an (severely< schwer), mustaqdam (brought< geholt), raææá (bruise< die Quetschverletzung), mamsak (proof< der Beweis), ’amÞzáèáya (the language of the Berber < die Sprache der Berber), ‡an‚ãr (tiny bottle< ein Fläschchen), ‡inna (henna< die Henna), ta‰allul (rarefaction, rarity

19 The user could find out the meaning of some of these items such if‡Þm and istifrÞd depending on the information given in the entries of the related verb form. This requires, however, some kind of competence from the user and contradicts the compiler’s claim that all such items have been lemmatized. 42 (confiscate< beschlagnahmen), istinsÞ‰ (cloning< das Klonen), maqsãm (predestined< prädestiniert), mi‡raqa (holocaust< der Holocaust), maómãra (piggy bank< das Sparschwein), ma‘dãm (hanged< aufgehängt), ‘allaqa (to stop< einstellen).

The LS lacks some items which are included in the HW such as sudda (throne< der Thron), qaæma (bite< der Biß), ‡uqãqá (jurist< der Jurist), manqã‘ (soaked or watered< in etwas Flüssiges eingelegt), ‰ozÞq (stake< der Pfahl), æÞ‚a‘a (to cohabit, to have sex with< Sex oder Beischlaf mit einer Frau ausüben), istaœra‰a (to shout for help< um Hilfe rufen), mÞriq (apostate, defector, renegade, secessionist< der Abtrünniger, der Ketzer, der Renegat, der Überläufer), mubarri‡ (hard, sever< heftig), mu‡Þœaœa (proration, allotment< die Zuteilung, die Teilhabe), èaõayÞn (nausea, feeling of sickness< die Übelkeit, der Brechreiz), ÷a‘n (departure, travel< der Aufbruch, die Reise), qiæÞma (roasted beans< die Kichererbsen), turba (cemetery< der Friedhof) and musÞ’ala (interrogation, enquiry, questioning< die Befragung, das Verhör), ‰ÞwÞ (to fraternize somebody with somebody< jdn. mit jdm. verbrüdern). The LS lacks also some senses of some items which have been given in the HW such as na‚á‘ (blood< das Blut), munÞzala (fight< der Kampf), mašfÞ (hospital< das Krankenhaus), ‘iræ (honour< die Ehre).

However, it should be said that the LS has some advantages over the HW concerning the lemmatisation of many items, the fact which contributes to the user-friendliness of the dictionary. Firstly, the LS includes some dialectal items such as colloquial verbs. This trend which could be seen as an attempt to give a kind of descriptive approach of the language is welcome, though the user’s chance to find such items in a newspaper or a literary article is very rare. Secondly, the LS lemmatises verbal maœÞdir which are in actual use in a massive way, although some occasional omissions could be still found such as tarœáœ, namaóáya, fiœÞm and isti‘dÞ’. The lemmatisation of these nouns is very advantageous to the user, because it does not assume any language competence on the part of the user. It also makes the dictionary much more user-friendly and widens the scope of the dictionary users. However, it should be said that the inclusion of such items without using any criteria fritters away place and results in the unnecessary tremendous increase of the size of the dictionary.20 Therefore, it would be recommendable to include them using some kind of criteria.

20 It has been seen earlier that the HW has some criteria about the inclusion of such verbal derivatives. These criteria could be considered as a good starting point for their inclusion. The HW and the LS need only to apply these criteria in a consequent way. 43 Thirdly, the LS includes more proper names than the HW. For example, the LS lemmatised ‘umar, ‰Þlid, ya‡yÞ, ya‘qãb, muhammad and lailÞ, the last three of which are included in the HW. It should be said that the LS differs from the HW by marking these proper names. The inclusion of proper names in a bilingual dictionary is very advantageous as it contributes to the general usefulness of the dictionary and makes the dictionary much more user-friendly. However, it could be criticized that there are no clear rules about the inclusion of such items in both dictionaries. Fourthly, similar to the HW, the LS provides also different orthographic varieties of the same word (qáõÞra, qátÞra, batrÞ’ and baórÞ’). Moreover, it provides national varieties and marks them as such, a procedure which the HW has carried out in his dictionary but in a lesser degree. The inclusion of the different varieties and their marking could be seen in terms with the guidelines of passive dictionaries. This allows us to assume that both dictionaries have a passive function. ,such as ibtidÞ’áya األسماء المنسوبة At last, the LS lemmatises many relative adjectives or i‡ti‚Þ‚á, i‡timÞlá, ’adriyÞtáká, irtiqÞ’á, izdiwÞ‚á, istiõmÞrá, ismÞ‘ilá,’imlÞ’á and óufailá which to the words from which they are derived, and denote -ى are formed by adding the suffix that a person or a thing belongs to or is connected therewith (in respect of origin, family, etc.).21 It also lemmatises many feminine forms of the relative adjectives formed by adding This feminine form serves in Arabic to denote the abstract idea of the .-ية ,-ة the suffix thing, as distinguished from the concrete thing itself; and also to represent the thing or things signified by the primitive noun as a whole or totality. It corresponds therefore to German substantives in -heit, -keit, -schaft, -tum.22 The inclusion of such items in the dictionary is beneficiary to the user and could be considered very user friendly. For instance, there are good examples where the meaning(s) of some derived items deviates from those of the base word as it is the case with èairá, èairája, óardá and œibèá. The meanings of these derived items are not included in the bases èair, óard and œibè which they are derived from. There are also some instances where the meaning of the derived item is restricted to one meaning of the base word as it is the case with ÷arfá derived from ÷arf. This applies also to some cases such as œafrÞwá, œa‡rÞwá and œafawá where the derived item deviates in its form from the base i.e. a radical is changed. Moreover, there are some good and advantageous examples which the dictionary lemmatised. The LS provided collocates for such examples, which could be an advantage to the user. However, it could be criticized that there should be clear rules and guidelines about the lemmatisation

21 Carl Paul Caspari (1981) A Grammar of the Arabic Language. Revised edition. Beirut. p.149. 22 Ibid. p.165 44 of such items, because there are many examples such as œÞrã‰á, œÞbãná, œilœÞlá, landaná (Londoner) and œa‰rá whose meaning is clear and transparent and could be guessed without any difficulty. This applies also to many examples such as óabába, muhandisa and is appended to the masculine forms in order to form feminine -ة mu‘allima where the suffix ones. Even if the dictionary does not lemmatise these examples, this would not affect the general usefulness of the dictionary or its user-friendliness. Moreover, this would lessen the problem of space from which the LS suffers and would save space needed for the lemmatisation of some forms. Here again it would be recommendable to have clear -ي principles such as lemmatising those feminine forms which are formed by appending whereby the feminine form deviate from the base. For example, the dictionary ,-آء and groups together in one entry different forms which should be better lemmatised as it is the case with the entry of ‘aóšÞn.

LS 2nd edition

The entry contains the feminine form of the lemma and three plural forms all of which have not been lemmatised. This violates the strict alphabetical order and implies that the user should have good knowledge of the root system to find these forms. This treatment could be justified if the dictionary has at least explained these cases in the introduction or drawn the attention of the user to it.

2.2.4 Microstructure 2.2.4.1 Microstructural similarities Comparing the microstructure in both dictionaries, it could be said that both dictionaries use the same entry structure i.e. dividing the entry in a lemma as well as information about it, equivalents and examples. Similar to the HW, the LS has two types of entries. The first type has a lexeme as a lemma, which is followed by the related information i.e. its phonetic transcription, grammatical information (gender and plural form) and, its equivalents(s) and some semantic information (examples, genitive collocations and idioms). This could be seen in the following two entries.

45

LS 2nd edition HW 5th edition

The second type groups together the different verb forms or sublemmata under the paradigm (root), whereby these verb forms or sublemmata are given in bold Roman numbers II through X.23 The paradigm is sometimes preceded by the root of the verb and followed by transcription indicating the vowelling and by the vowel of the imperfect. Moreover, it could be seen that the LS and HW indicate the different vowelling which is introduced by the use of the hyphen, without differentiating that typographically from the equivalents. This information is followed by the equivalents given to all verb forms and by some semantic information separated by the vertical slash. Here again, it could be criticized that no information has been given in both dictionaries about this way of arrangement.

LS 2nd edition HW 5th edition

23 It should be noticed that it is not clear whether the LS includes some rare verb forms such as the XII because there is no information about that in the introduction. Some examples such as i‰æauæara, i‰æauæaba have checked up and it has been found out that they have been arranged neither separately according to the alphabetic nor under their roots. 46 The LS does not provide any information or instructions about the arrangement of the entries and their structure except for that of the ten verb forms. Comparing the arrangement of entries, it could be said that both dictionaries use implicit semantic and formal criteria to arrange the entries. Moreover, it could be said that both do not have clear rules for the arrangement of the semantic information (collocations, genitive compounds and idioms), although many entries such as ‘aræ, èudda, qÞnãn,‘alÞma and ‘Þlim containing genitive combinations are arranged alphabetically.

LS 2nd edition

47 The existence or the absence of the definite article in one or both parts of the compound does not and should not affect the arrangement of such items (although the meaning could be different). Moreover, even the fact that one part (usually not of the lemma) or both parts of the compound is stated in the plural form does not affect this. The strict mechanical arrangement of these genitive combinations is user-friendly and welcome. However, it should be noticed that this arrangement has not been consistently carried out throughout the dictionary and not even for all genitive combinations within the same entry. For example, the two genitive compounds ‘ilm al-qiyÞs and ‘ilm al-maqÞyás in the preceding entry of ‘ilm show some irregularities in the arrangement which could be solved without any problem.

Moreover, the LS does not apply this arrangement to examples containing prepositions (preceding or following the lemma) as in the entries of fauqa, ‘uræ, qaráb and fá. The mechanical alphabetical arrangement is problematic in such cases. The alternative could be to arrange examples and idioms according to the most important word next to the lemma. However, it should be said that alternative could also prove problematic due to different evaluations. The compiler of the LS could have applied this to the following entry of ‘uræ which includes two prepositional phrases and one idiom.

LS 2nd edition Moreover, the LS could apply that to the arrangement of some examples and idioms containing no preposition as it is the cases with entries such as óáb, ‘aœÞ, quœÞrÞ and qaul.

2.2.4.2 Microstructural differences There are differences in the structure of the entries as well as in the information given. Unlike the HW, the LS dispenses with providing verbal nouns (maœādir) after the lemma or the paradigm. Though the LS lemmatises these verbal nouns separately, which is user- friendly, it could be still argued that it is more user-friendly to provide them after the lemma as well, because they are essential for deciding meaning (Consider 2.1.3.1).

48 Regarding structure, it has been found out that the LS subdivides sometimes entries or subentries (representing verb forms), if these lemmata or these verb forms have a different origin or if the relation between them is not obvious i.e. using semantic criteria as in the following entry of sá‡.

LS 2nd edition The HW 5th edition

The compiler separates and subcategorises the semantic senses of the first verb form ”fließen, (zer)schmelzen, zergehen” and “reisen, umherziehen” and marks them using bold Arabic numbers. This entry could be contrasted to its counterpart from the HW, which has carried out this subcategorisation and marked it by the use of the hyphen.

Comparing the following entry of šakkala from the LS to that of the HW, it could be seen that the first is more transparent than the second. The LS separates the senses ”zweifelhaft sein” and “vokalisieren” of the first verb form and uses Arabic numbers for their categorization. It could be argued that the use of numbers is more clear and advantageous than the use of the hyphen, which the HW uses.

LS 2nd edition HW 5th edition

49 However, it should be said that the LS is again inconsistent in his treatment of such cases. Many examples such as õl‚, ‚ld, ‡zm, ‡œr, ‡ff, 'azr and ’anf have not been treated in the same way.

LS 2nd edition The HW 5th edition

Considering the above entry of ‡zm, it could be said that the compiler dispensed with the numbering of senses of the first verb form, a practice which has been carried out by the HW in the counterpart entry.

The LS has also subdivided and numbered entries with substantives as lemmata as it is the case with the following entry of šaqáqa. The LS subdivides the senses and numbers them, whereby each sense has been given the possible related information such as the plural form and its pronunciation.

LS 2nd edition HW 5th edition

Contrasting the above two entries, it could be said that the first is more clearly structured and more transparent than the latter. The separation of the different senses and their numbering at the same time is an improvement to the HW, which adopted the separation of senses or equivalents using only punctuation marks. However, it could be criticized that the LS has not been consequent in applying this subcategorisation to all entries. For example, it has not carried out that for the following entry of šÞhid, whose counterpart in the HW could be considered much clearer. Unlike the LS, the HW uses the dash to separate the senses and the vertical slash to separate the genitive combinations.

50

LS 2nd edition The HW 5th edition

2.2.5 Lexicographic presentation of equivalents Users of bilingual dictionaries need to choose from translational equivalents the most suitable. Therefore, some kind of guidance or information (meaning discrimination) should be given to make the user’s choice easier not only in active dictionaries, but also in passive ones. The compiler of the LS is aware of the importance of this issue as he draws the attention to it in the introduction using the following polysemous examples: “Stärke”, “Sprung”, “Riss” and “ausdrücken”. Though the LS gives the hope that a special attention will be paid to this issue, it has not always provided meaning discrimination for polysemous synonyms in a consistent way, a treatment which the HW also suffers from. The user will not be able to pick up the suitable equivalent or at least will run into difficulty, because the semantic difference is not clear. It has been earlier argued that this is not enough even in the case of a passive dictionary like HW. What would be the case if we suppose that the dictionary would be used by Arab users, who need to have more information on the equivalent side? Some instances have been found, where the LS does not provide meaning discrimination at all for such polysemous words: “Kugel”, “Futter”, “Köder”, “Artikel” and “Organ”. If we look at the first example ’ukra, the compiler provides no meaning discrimination for the polysemous word “Kugel” which might pose a problem to the dictionary user.

LS 2nd edition

This applies also to the case in the following entry of ’adÞt, where the compiler ignored meaning discrimination for the polysemous word “Artikel”.

51

LS 2nd edition

This is also the case in the following entry of óu‘ma, where the compiler does not provide any kind of meaning discrimination for the two polysemous words “Futter”, and “Köder”.

LS 2nd edition

The LS suffers also from the same problem when it comes to polysemous verbs such as the equivalent verb “angeben” given for the second verb form in the following entry.

LS 2nd edition

The LS does not provide any meaning discrimination for that equivalent verb though it is separated from other equivalents by a semicolon, which indicates that it is semantically not

52 related to other equivalents. This kind of information would help the user in his choice of equivalents.

Comparing the HW and the LS, it should be said that both use German to provide meaning discrimination, although they differ in the number of the metalanguages they use. While the HW uses German as the only metalanguage, the LS uses two metalanguages i.e. Arabic and German. Even if the LS can not provide meaning discrimination in both languages, one could still question the use and the purpose of Arabic as a metalanguage. Taking this aspect into consideration, it could be said that both dictionaries are clearly designed for German users and that they are of limited benefit to the Arab users, although these dictionaries are intended to be promoted among Arab users.

2.2.5.1 Ways of specifying equivalents In the following there will be an attempt to show the different ways which have been used by the LS to differentiate between the equivalents. 1. The LS specifies the denotatum or the context of use as it is the case with the example (tur‘a): (Wasser-)Kanal, ÷alám: (männlicher)Strauß, ‰izÞna: (Kleider-, Bücher-)Schrank, óÞbãr: (Menschen-)Schlange, ‘uqla: Knöchel des Fingers, ‘unfuwÞn: Blüte der Jugend, óÞbi‘: (Brief-)Marke, dibla: (Finger-)Ring, dÞ’ira: (Verwaltungs-)Bezirk, èalyãn: (Wasser-,Tabaks-)Pfeife, óaráq: (Landes-)Straße, zawÞl: (Sonnen-)Untergang, ‡aqába: (Reise-,Hand-)Tasche, ma‚rÞ: (Rohr-) Leitung, ’i‘Þša: (Lebensmittel-)Versorgung, ’i‘Þna: (finanzielle)Unterstützung. 2. It specifies paraphrases or synonyms to distinguish between the different senses or der fruchtbare Halbmond (die arabische :الھالل الخصيب uses of the lemma such as Halbinsel, im Norden halbkreisförmig abschließende Landschaft), ‰azána: Kasse œi‡‡a: Hygiene (=Gesundheitspflege), šahÞda Glaubensbekenntnis ,(خزنة حديدية=) .فالفل =óa‘máya: Kroketten aus zerriebenen Bohnen ,(أشھد أن ال اله ﷲ محمد رسول ﷲ) However, it would be legitimate to question the semantic information given for some items. For example, the semantic information ‘pikantes Salatgericht’ given for the lemma tabbãla is not sufficient, if we consider that it does not give the user any idea about its ingredients, the most important of which is parsley. All ingredients are chopped very finely, mixed with the soft grit (burèul). The mixture is then seasoned with salt, lemon juice and olive oil. It could be argued that ‘parsley salad’ would be a better paraphrase to this well-known Syrian or Lebanese speciality. 53

LS 2nd edition Moreover, if we consider the semantic information ‘gewürzt’ given for the lemma mutabbal, it could be said that there is no objection to the first equivalent ‘gewürzt’ given to the lemma.

LS 2nd edition However, it is to be said that the paraphrase given for this Syrian or Lebanese speciality is not correct. This dish is made of cooked or grilled and then peeled off aubergine. The flesh is mashed or pureed and then seasoned with salt, sesame paste and lemon juice. 3. It specifies the bases which collocate with the lemma as in the following entry: Sitzung beenden, Brief, Umschlag öffnen, Siegel aufbrechen.

LS 2nd edition These are typical subjects and objects which could collocate with the lemma. This kind of information is also given in the HW, but the representation is different as it could be seen in the following entry of ’azza from the LS and its counterpart from the HW.

LS 2nd edition The HW 5th edition

While the HW represents both kinds in the same way i.e. in brackets without making any distinction between them, the LS distinguishes them typographically 54 from the equivalents using italics and a different typeface. Moreover, the LS, unlike the HW, distinguishes subjects from objects by using the semicolon after them. The LS provides sometimes subjects and objects at the same time for the same collocator as it is the case with “dahinraffen” in the following entry of ‡aœada. This kind of information and its representation is advantageous to the user.

LS 2nd edition The HW 5th edition However, it should be said that this treatment is not consequent as in the following entry of óanna.

LS 2nd edition The user is left on his own to choose the proper equivalent because the compiler of the LS does not provide meaning discrimination for the equivalents. This entry could be contrasted to above entry of ’azza where the dictionary does that in a brilliant way.

Moreover, the LS provides in the following entry substantive bases which collocate with the lemma. They are presented in italic and separated from the equivalent by colon. This information helps the user to choose the proper equivalent and is therefore of utmost importance to the user. Comparing the same entry from the HW, it could be said that the HW provides similar information but in a less organised and systematic way. The presentation in the LS is much more clearer.

LS 2nd edition The HW 5th edition

55 4. The LS specifies bases which collocate with the equivalent verbs as done in the above entry of ’azza.

2.2.5.2 Usage labels In addition to the above mentioned ways, the LS provides sometimes German usage labels to mark equivalents and differentiate between them. The compiler indicates in the following entry that the equivalent is restricted to the Iraqi dialect.

LS 2nd edition

This applies also to the following entry of zarzãr where the compiler indicates that the equivalent is an animal by using the usage label Zool. Similar to the HW, the LS does not provide any information about the principles used for providing these usage labels. Moreover, both dictionaries provide the same type of information but the information in the HW is more elaborate.

LS 2nd edition The HW 5th edition

It could be noticed that both dictionaries differ in the presentation of usage labels and in placing them. While the HW places them mostly after equivalents, the LS places them after the lemma and before each equivalent. The practice of the LS could suggest that the equivalents are sometimes not subject to the restrictions imposed on the lemma.24 Moreover, the HW differs from the LS by marking neologisms and the origin of loanwords. The LS could have considered these neologisms as established terms.

However, it should be criticized that LS is not consistent in his treatment. The following entry of ra’s lacks any information distinguishing between the equivalents “Kopf” and “Haupt”. This piece of information would be very important to the Arab user to meet his demands and needs. However, it should be said that German users do not need that piece of information.

24 Thomas Herbst and Michael Klotz (2003) Lexikographie (Paderborn/München/ Wien/ Zürich, Ferdinand Schöningh), p.122. 56

LS 2nd edition

2.2.6 Pronunciation, orthography, grammar and morphology What kinds of information does the LS give? How much information does the dictionary user need? Does the LS provide the information on the lemma side i.e. for German users or on the equivalent side i.e. for the Arab users or for both? Is that information consistent?

2.2.6.1 Pronunciation and orthography The LS uses the phonetic transcription of the IPA which is more advantageous than the system used by the HW. Like the transliteration system used in HW, this system consumes much more place than that of the Arabic signs especially if it is to be used for all lexical items. Many parts of compounds, examples and idioms containing the lemma are left without transcription, a practice which the HW followed. This treatment could be partially justified due to place reasons, but it could be criticized for being not user-friendly because the user should refer in these cases to the introduction or to know these forms by heart. Moreover, the LS provides a list of the phonetic symbols and gives a general idea about the Arabic phonetic system such as vowels, diphthongs and intonation, which the HW lacks.

Unlike the HW, the LS uses the disjunctive ’alif (hamzat al-qaó‘) for the transcription of compounds and gives words in their basic forms i.e. without flexions. However, there are some examples which have been treated differently, due to the nature of their structure. For example, the different verb forms (qÞla, yaqãlu) and some nominal compounds are transcribed with flexions. Anyway, the use of either ways of transcription is not of relevance to Arab as well as German users. Moreover, it would be legitimate to question the pronunciation of many lemmata in both dictionaries such as kundura, mar’ab and muœaddiqa. While the HW marks the first example as Iraqi dialect, the LS marks it as Iraqi and Syrian dialect. As a Syrian citizen, the writer of this paper would argue that this information given in the LS is not true or at least half true, if we consider that this might be Iraqi dialect. The last two examples have not been marked as belonging to a certain regional dialect, which allows me to say that the pronunciation is false.

57 Moreover, it should be pointed out that the HW’s team included some native speakers of Arabic who may have given some information about this issue. This is to be contrasted to the one-man team of the LS.

2.2.6.2 Morphology and grammar 2.2.6.2.1 Morphological and grammar information The lack of morphological and grammatical information in bilingual dictionaries could pose a serious problem to the dictionary user. The dictionary need not provide every piece of information but a selection of the required information especially nontransparent and unpredictable one in order to meet the needs and demands of their users.

Assuming that the LS is trying to be a bifunctional dictionary i.e. to serve German as well as Arab users, it would be legitimate to say that the LS should provide information on both sides, whereby the demands on the information for the active function has a priority over that for the passive one. It has been found that the LS provides different kinds of information. First, similar to the HW, the LS provides elative and broken plural forms for lemmata in Arabic script and gives regular plurals most of the time as transcribed suffixes. Both dictionaries are not consequent in providing regular and broken plural information, each of which is very important to the user (Consider 5.1). It also provides gender on the Arabic side only if irregular or if there are two possible gender articles. Surprisingly, it has been found that the LS has not provided gender information for the examples for which the HW has also not given (exception ‘ankabãt). However, it should be noted that the LS differs from the HW in providing gender information for substantive equivalents. Only substantive infinitives, masculine and neutral attribute adjectives are not given any gender information. The gender of the latter could be recognized from the inflexion put in brackets such as heiße(r) Wind and heiße(s) Spiel. This gender information on the equivalent side is much more important to the Arab user than the German one, who needs it as a part of the meaning discrimination. Second, the LS does not provide many kinds of information on the equivalent side. For example, it does not provide any information about irregular verbs on the equivalent side (past and present perfect) and it does not provide irregular conjugation, plural forms and gender flexions for German equivalents. Furthermore, it does not state whether the auxiliary verb “sein” or “haben” is to be used to build the present perfect. In addition, there is no indication that some verbs have a separable verb prefix. For example, the LS does not

58 indicate whether the verbs ‘umhüllen’ or ‘umgeben’ in the following entry of ’azara have a separable verb particle.

LS 2nd edition

2.2.6.2.2 Syntactic information The LS provides syntactic information such as German case if it does not correspond to the Arabic one. It also states whether a verb has an animate or inanimate object and whether a verb is used in the passive voice. This information is less important to the German user than to the Arab one, because the German user needs it only to identify the lemma. Moreover, it should be noticed that the LS lacks valency information for the verbs taffa, tamÞyaza, ’ašÞ‘a, takattama and lacks such information for many substantives such as: ibtilÞ’, ibtihÞl, ibtiyÞ‘, ’ibóÞl, ’abóala, ’iblÞl, ’iõbÞt, i‚timÞ‘, ’i‚mÞ‘, i‡ti‚Þb, ’idrÞk, iètiyÞ÷, inti‡Þl and in‡irÞf as well. However, it should be said that the information given for verbs is more consistent than that given for substantives. The lack of information or the inconsequent information could mislead the dictionary user. For example, the valency information given for the fifth verb form of lemma ‘aõara is not sufficient. The LS gives for the equivalent ‘Mühe geben’, whereas it does not provide ب/في the valency information über’ for the equivalent ‘stolpern’, which could make the user/ ب‘ any valency information choose the wrong equivalent i.e. ‘Mühe geben’.

LS 2nd edition 59 The same inconsistency could be seen if we contrast the following two entries of ’akkada and ’amala. The dictionary provided in the entry of the first good syntactic information such as the use of subordinate clause beginning with “daß”.

LS 2nd edition

In contrast to the previous entry, the following entry of the verb ’amala lacks such information given above to the equivalents which allows us to question the reasons for this different treatment!

LS 2nd edition However, it could be said that the LS did not live up to the expectations of the Arab users. With the exception of the gender information given on the equivalent side, the given information is almost similar to that of the HW. Even the gender information for the equivalents is not sufficient to make the dictionary an active one.

2.2.6.2.3 Grammatical model Considering grammar, it could be said that both dictionaries do not provide any information about their grammatical models or whether they are based on any contrastive study for the two languages. It should be pointed out that both dictionaries use the theoretical and very well known terms transitive or intransitive to mark the verbs without differentiating between the different kinds of transitivity. Moreover, both dictionaries avoid the use of the term “adjective”. Nevertheless, both use the traditional term “adverb” without making a distinction between “adverb” and “adverbials” as in the following 60 examples (mušÞfahatan, Adv. mündlich), (mubakkiran, Adv. frühzeitig), (mustaqbalan, Adv. in Zukunft), (mutanakkiran, Adv. inkognito), (murèaman, Adv. gezwungen, widerstrebend) and (fá maμalla, Adv. kleinlaut). It could be criticized that there is no information about this issue in the introduction. The compiler assumes that the user is acquainted with the fact that some adjectives in German could be used as adverbs. The same applies to the user of the HW when it comes to the first three examples given above.

2.2.6.2.4 Presentation of the information Dictionaries differ not only in the range of information they provide, but also in the way of presentation. The LS carried out two improvements concerning the information given to the different verb forms. First, they are given in the Arabic script. The only exception to this rule is the second verb form, to which the Arabic script is only given if the verb form does not correspond to the paradigm. The second main improvement is the transcription given to these verb forms. Both these improvements make the dictionary more user- friendly. However, it would be preferred to provide these verb forms with the Arabic vowel signs (diacritic symbols) and to print them in boldface. Both of them use brackets to indicate German case and use clear transparent abbreviations to mark the different kinds of information. However, it could be criticized that some of the abbreviations used in the LS such as N, n, A, a, El, el could be confused. The N is used to mark the nominative and n to mark neutral substantives. The El is used to mark electricity and el to indicate the elative. The A is used to mark the accusative and the a to mark “auch”. Checking these three pair of abbreviations in the HW, it has been found out that only the last problematic pair i.e. El, el is used in the HW. It would be recommended to treat such cases differently or in a way which is user-friendly. The layout in both dictionaries is fundamentally different. While the layout of the page in HW consists of two columns and has generous spacing and wide margins, the LS’s consists of three columns in which the entries are not clearly separated from each other. The layout of the page in the LS is less user-friendly than the HW, though the LS tries to compensate this by using boldface for the lemmata as well as for the Roman numbers marking the different verb forms and by using italics for many other parts of the entry throughout the dictionary. This could be contrasted to the HW which restricts the use of boldface to mark Roman numbers and does not use italics at all. Another difference between the two dictionaries is the use of the tilde in the LS which is required to spare place in the dictionary (Consider 2.1.5.1.2).

61 2.2.7 Phraseology Though both dictionaries include many genitive combinations, collocations and idioms, they still differ in the coverage range of such items. However, the most important difference between the two dictionaries concerns the presentation of such items. The HW states all these items in Arabic at the end of the entry or the subentry without distinguishing between them, although it provides sometimes meaning discrimination in the forms of collocational bases. Similarly, the LS has applied that for genitive combinations and idioms. However, it could be noticed that the LS presents collocations in a different way providing bases or collocators (Consider 2.2.5.1).

2.2.7.1 Genitive combinations Checking the range of genitive collocations in the LS, it has been found that it lacks some non transparent ones which the HW also lacks such as buq‘a nifóiyya or zaytáya (oil slick< der Ölteppich), ‡ukãma æaiyyiqa (minority government< die Minderheitsregierung), al- waqt al-’iæÞfi (play extra time< die Nachspielzeit), rÞ‚imatu œawÞrበ(launcher< der Raketenwerfer), as-sakta d-dimÞèáya (cerebral apoplexy< der Gehirnschlag), inbi‘Þõ ‡arÞri (green gas emissions< die Treibhausgasemissionen), muæÞddÞt 'aræáya (air raid defences< die Luftabwehr), infilÞt ’amni (anarchy< die Anarchie), hašÞšat al-‘i÷Þm (osteoporosis< die Osteoporose), ‚ihÞz tanaœœut (listening device< die Abhörgerät), makÞn al-’iltiqÞ’ (meeting place< der Treffpunkt),’ism ‡araká (pseudonym< der Deckname), a‚-‚umla al-‘aœabáya (nervous system< das Nervensystem), ‡Þris ša‰œá (body guard< der Leibwächter), muμakkirat i‘tiqÞl (warrant of arrest< der Haftbefehl), sutra wÞqiya (body armour< kugelsichere Weste), æarbat ‡a÷÷ (luck< der Glücksfall), rakla ‡urra (free kick< der Freistoß), raklat ‚azÞ’ (penalty< der Elfmeter), sayyÞra mufa‰‰a‰a (carbomb< die Autobombe), hu‚ãm inti‡Þrá (suicide bombing< das Selbstmordattentat),’ibar œánáya (acupuncture< die Akupunktur), ‡izÞm nÞsif (suicide belt< der Sprengstoffgürtel), šará‡at kombyãtar (computer chip< der Computerchip), mulœaq inti‰Þbá (election placard< das Wahlkampfplakat), mahra‚Þn inti‰Þbá (campaign rally, election campaign event< die Wahlkampfveranstaltung), muqÞtila ’istrÞtá‚áya (bomber, tactical aircraft, warplane< das Kampfflugzeug), ’abã l-bašar (Adam< Adam), ‚ihÞz al-isti‰bÞrÞt (intelligence apparatus< der Geheimdienst), ‚ihÞz al-manÞ‘a (immunity system< das Immunsystem), suddat al- ‡ukm (throne, crown, power< der Thron, die Krone, die Macht) œarrÞf ’Þlá (vendor< der Automat), baœma wirÞõáya (DNA), hÞtif naqqÞl (mobile phone< das Handy), du‘Þt salÞm (peace activists< Friedensaktivisten), máõÞq al-‡izb (Party charter< die Verfassung einer

62 Partei), èumÞmat œaif (temporary unpleasant thing< die Sommerwolke), tawÞbi‘ az-zilzÞl (after shock< das Nachbeben), mulaóóif ‚aw (air refresher< der Raumspray), ‚ádÞr aœ-œaut (sound barrier< die Schallgrenze), ‘uœfãr óannÞn (bee-eater< der Bienenfresser), waršat ‘amal (workshop< der Workshop), dÞ’ira ’ilktronáya (electric circuit< der Stromkreis), ‚ur‘at tadráb (training unit< die Trainingseinheit), zu‚Þ‚a ‡Þriqa (molotowcocktail< die Brandflasche), mutawÞláya raqamáya (arithmetic series< arithmetische Reihe), ’arwiqat al- ma‡Þkim (court house< das Gerichtsgebäude), œafÞ’i‡ damawáya (thrombocyte< die Blutplättchen), wa‚ba èiæÞ’áya (meal< das Mahl), ‰alal fanná (technical defect< technischer Fehler), maœl muæÞd (antivenom< das Gegengift), ’aèlabáya basáóa (narrow majority< knappe Mehrheit), mazra‘a ta‘Þwunáya (kolkhoz< der Kolchos), nuqóa ‡udãdáya (frontier post, custom office< der Grenzposten, die Zollstelle), hazza irtidÞdáya (afterschock< das Nachbeben), mu‰Þlafa murãráya (ticket< der Verkehrsstrafzettel), mu‰Þlafa ’amnáya (breach< Übertretung), ‚aula tafaqqudáya (visit for information< der Informationsbesuch), manfaμ hudãdá (border crossing point< der Grenzübergang), sÞtir turÞbá (earth wall, earth bank< ein Erdwall), ar-ray bi- rraμÞμ (droplet irrigation< die Tröpfchenbewässerung), al-’ÞdÞb al-‘Þmma (moral law< natürliches sittliches Gesetz, sittliches Empfinden), šarika qÞbiæa (holding company< die Holding), ’awÞná mustaóraqa, œilat ar-ra‡m (kinship bond< das Band der Verwandschaft), al-ši‘r al-namaóá (classical poetry< klassisches Gedicht), nazaq ‘aœabá (testiness< die Gereiztheit), subul al-‘aiš (ways of living< die Lebensweise), an-nat‡ an-nabÞtá (transpiration< die Transpiration), musÞ‘ada ‘aináya (donation in kind< die Sachspenden ), ši‘ru t-taf‘ála (free verse< der Blankvers) , naqla nau‘áya (qualitative Step or move< qualitativer Schritt), sa‡‚a riææáya (contused wound< die Quetschwunde).

The LS lacks some examples which have been included in the HW as ’abã l-yaq÷Þn (cock< der Hahn), ‡aywÞn óufailá (parasite< der Parasit), ‘umla zÞ’ifa (base coin< falsches Geld), ‡iœÞn al-ba‡r (river horse, hippo< das Flußpferd, das Nilpferd), muzayiff ‘umla (false coiner< der Falschmünzer), tahráb ‘umla (currency smuggling< die Devisenschiebung), qalam al-mu‰ÞbaraÞt (intelligence apparatus< der Geheimdienst, das Büro des Nachrichtendienstes), ’abã ‘uμr (responsible for< verantwortlich für), ‚ihÞz al-‡afr (drilling equipment< die Bohranlage), ‘ilm al-‡ayÞt (biology< die Biologie), ‡a‚ar õamán (precious stone

63 However, the LS includes some examples which the HW lacks such as šu‡na nÞsifa (explosive< der Sprengstoff), ‡aiwÞnÞt ‚urÞbiyya (marsupials< die Beuteltiere), ÷Þhiratu l- baiti l-zu‚Þ‚i (green house effect< der Treibhauseffekt), al-'arœÞd a‚-‚awáya (weather service< der Wetterdienst), nazlat bard (cold< die Erkältung), ’iqÞma ‚abráya (house arrest< der Hausarrest), óÞ’ir muhÞ‚ir (migrant< ein Zugvogel), al-mas‡ al-zilzÞli, (seismographic surveillance< seismographische Messung) and i‡tibÞs ‡arÞri (green house effect< der Treibhauseffekt), 'i‘Þdat ‚adwalat ad-diyãn (debt rescheduling or restructuring< die Umschuldung).

The arrangement of such genitive combinations in the LS is inconsequent. Too many are given under minimum choice either under the lemma of the first component i.e. the base as in the following examples ra’ás al-baladáya, bÞóin al-qadam, bÞóin al-kaff, ‰ayÞl a÷-÷ill, waláy al-‘ahd, a‚-‚ihÞz al-‘aœabá and ’abã sa‘n, or under the lemma of the second component such as œinÞ‘a ’asÞsáya, óalab al-isti‰dÞm, nus‰a ’œláya, ’inμÞr kÞμib, ‡aywÞn mu‚tarr, ‘ilm aó-óufailáyÞt, ‘ilm al-badá‘, ti‚Þrat ar-raqáq, 'ahl aμ-μimma, sÞ‘at yad and sinn al-ya’s. However, there are cases of maximum choice where such items are given under both possibilities such as šÞhid al-’iõbÞt, ‘ilm aó-óabá‘a, aó-óibb al-bÞtiná, ’abu l-haul, ‘ilm al-ma‘Þdin, ‘ilm al-‡ayawÞn, ‘ilm al-‡isÞb, ‘ilm al-luèa, madrasa ibtidÞ’áya, ma‡kama ibtidÞ’iya, sana kabása, ‘Þlim aó-óabá‘a, ’awrÞq al-i‘timÞd, i‘timÞd mustanadá, ‰ubz ’asmar and ša‚arat an-nasab. Surprisingly, it has been found out that the LS lemmatized some examples such as ’abã ÷abá as a whole without including them under the entries of their components. Apparently, there are no clear reasons for the inconsistent treatment of these genitive combinations as well as for the strange exception, which could cause a problem to the user, who might find such cases by accident as the writer of this paper did. Therefore, there should be a consistent arrangement of such items under the lemma of one of the components, a treatment which would save space needed for the lemmatisation of different forms such as broken plural forms. Due to the alphabetical arrangement of the derivatives it could be argued that there is no need to make any exception, although the maximum choice could be considered very user friendly. Considering the arrangement of other kinds of phraseology, it could be argued that the arrangement under the lemma of second component could make the dictionary much more uniform.

64 2.2.7.2 Collocations 2.2.7.2.1 Verb-noun collocations Considering verb-noun collocations in the LS, one could notice the following. First, the LS dispenses with many transparent or open collocations, a measure which has also been carried out by the HW. This treatment is in line with guidelines for passive dictionaries and saves place. However, it still assumes and requires a high level of language competence on the part of the user to guess the equivalent. Second, it could be noticed that the LS, unlike the HW, differentiate these verb-noun collocations from examples and idioms. While examples and idioms are presented in Arabic and German, collocations are only presented in German providing typical bases for the collocators (Consider 2.2.5.1).

The LS dispenses with many collocations which are not really transparent. Like the HW, it dispenses with collocations such as 'a‡kama qabæatahã ‘alÞ (to get something under control< im Griff haben), qara‘a óubãla l-‡arb (to beat drums of war, declare war< die Trommel des Krieges schlagen), lamlama œufãfahu (to close the ranks, to move together< Reihen stärken, zusammenziehen, zusammenrücken), labbÞ ‡Þ‚atahu or i‡tiyÞ‚ahu (to supply a want, to meet demands< das Bedürfnis befriedigen), labba mutaóallbÞt (to meet the demands< Ansprüche befriedigen),25 qaæÞ fatratahu and ’amæÞ ‘uqãba (to do or serve one’s time< seine Strafe absitzen), 'alqÞ l-mirsÞt (to drop anchor< vor Anker gehen, den Anker werfen), rafa‘a muμakkara (to make a request, to appeal against< eine Eingabe machen, Beschwerde führen), ‘aqada muntadan (to hold a discussion forum< ein Diskusionsforum einberufen, abhalten), hayya’a l-manÞ‰a l-munÞsib (to offer more favorable conditions < das günstige Klima herstellen), ‡a‚aba õ-õiqa ‘an (mistrust< Misstrauen ausprechen, Vertrauen entziehen), ’aõÞra æa‚‚a (to cause unrest< für Tumulte sorgen), laqiya bÞri’ahu (to pass away< sterben), tabannÞ l-hu‚ãm (to claim responsibility for the attack< die Verantwortung für den Angriff übernehmen), ’a‚rÞ iqtirÞ‘an (to do or carry out a poll< eine Abstimmung durchführen), wa‚ada œ-œadÞ (to respond well< Resonanz oder Echo finden), raœada hadafan (to watch a target, to set a target< ein Ziel beobachten, ein Ziel setzen), ’alqÞ l-lauma ‘alÞ (to blame sombody< jdm etwas vorwerfen), ‘arrÞ hu‚a‚ahu (to refute one’s argument< jemandes Argumente entkräften), sÞwarahu š-šakk (to doubt< Zweifel haben), sÞqa miõÞlan (to give an example< ein Beispiel geben), šayyada ‰andaqan (to dig a ditch< einen Graben ziehen oder ausheben),

25 Many collocations are not transparent because the equivalent collocator is not given neither in the entries of collocator nor in the entries of the bases. For example, the collocations labbÞ ‡Þ‚atahu or i‡tiyÞ‚ahu and labbÞ mutaóallbÞt are not transparent because the equivalent ‘befriedigen’ of the collocator is not given neither in the entry of labbÞ nor in the entries of the bases. 65 ‡adathu r-raèba (to like to do something< Lust haben), fÞraqa l-‡ayÞt (to die< aus dem Leben scheiden), wa‚‚aha naqdan (to criticize< Kritik ausüben), faraæa ‘uqãbatan ‘alÞ (to impose a penalty on sombody< jdm eine Strafe auferlegen), mÞrasa ‚-‚ins ma‘a (to have sex with< mit jdm. Sex haben), óara‡a ra’yahu (to tell one’s opinion< seine Meinung äußern), ’alqÞ manÞšár (to distribute leaflets< Flugblätter verteilen), æaraba ‘alÞ yadaihi (to arrest somebody< jdn. festnehmen, festhalten), laóóa‰a sum‘ata and šawwaha sum‘ata (to libel< jds. Ruf schaden, jdn verleumden), ’ahdara dama (to deprive somebody of his rights< jds Rechte aberkennen), qaddama tanÞzulan (to make concessions< Zugeständnisse machen), baddada furœata (to miss a chance< die Chance ausschlagen, versäumen), qaddama óa‘nan (to appeal against a decision< anfechten), laffa sákÞra (to roll a cigarette< eine Zigarette drehen),’aõÞra l-fitna (to make mischief< Zwietracht stiften),’akala ó-óu‘m (to take the bait< der Versuchung erliegen), qaddama ’iqtirÞ‡an (to make a suggestion< einen Vorschlag machen), kasara taqládan, ’aqbala œ-œabÞ‡ (dawn has broken< der Morgen dämmert), wÞrÞ õ-õarÞ (to bury somebody< jdn beisetzen, begraben), wa‚‚aha naœá‡atan (to give an advice< einen Ratschlag geben), qaddama ’istiqÞlatahu (to resign< seinen Rücktritt einreichen).

Moreover, there are some examples such as ’a‰ra‚ahu ‘an óaurihi (to upset< aus der Fassung bringen), ‡afi÷a lahu ‚amálan (not to forget somebody’s favour< jdm eine freundliche, dankbare Erinnerung bewahren), œada‘a ‰Þóirahu (to let somebody down< jdn. enttäuschen or stören), raf‘a s-sitÞr ‘an (to unveil< enthüllen), ra’aba œ-œad‘ (reconciliate< Aussöhnung herbeiführen, Riß flicken ) and ‡afara ‰andaqan (to dig a ditch or a moat< einen Graben ziehen) which the HW includes but not the LS. However, it should be stated that the LS includes some collocations which the HW lacks such as: daqqa nÞqãsa l-‰aóar (to sound the alarm< Alarm schlagen), rafa‘a l-mirsÞt (to weigh the anchor< den Anker lichten), rÞwa‡a makÞnahu (to standstill< auf der Stelle treten, ins Stocken geraten). Similar to the HW, the LS is inconsistent in his arrangement of these verb-noun collocations. The majority of them are included under the root of the collocator (verb) such as rabata ‘alÞ katifihi, waæa‘a ‡addan li, ’al‡aqa æararan, ’al‡aqa ‰asÞratan and taóarraqa ’ilÞ l-mauæã‘ either by stating them in Arabic or by stating their bases. However, it is still possible to find some examples which are arranged under the root of the base such as šadda ‘aæudahu, ’a‰aμa bi-‰Þóirihi, ’a‰ada darsan min, waqa‘a fi rau‘ihi, ’azÞ‡a s-sitÞr, ’alqÞ bÞlahu, ’alqÞ l-‡a‚z ‘alÞ, ’a‰aμa ma‚rÞhu, ’a‰aμa õa’rahu, qaæÞ minhu waóarahu, wallÞ duburahu, ‰ala‘a ‘iμÞrahu, wa‚ada æÞlatahu and faqada œawÞbahu, or under the roots of the bases such as ’a‰aμa bi-zimÞmi l-mubÞdara, if there are more than

66 one base. Moreover, there are many examples which are included under the roots of the base as well as the collocator such as ’alqÞ æ-æau’a, kašafa n-niqÞba ‘an, ’ardÞhu qatálan, ‰ara‚a ‘an óaurihá, qaddama ‘aráæatan, ’aqaææa maæÞ‚i‘a, laqáya ‡atfahu and æaraba ‘anhu œuf‡an.

The LS should arrange these collocations in a systematic way including them under either the lemma of the base or that of the root. Unless there are some difficulties determining the root of either parts of the collocation, the minimum choice should be a must for the LS. Unlike the HW which does not suffer from place problem, the LS could not afford maximum choice. Adopting this principle, the LS could save place needed for the inclusion of other items. It has been earlier argued that the arrangement of collocations under the lemmata of the base would enable the compiler to arrange and group together the different kinds of collocations in one entry which have the same base but different collocators. This would make the dictionary more uniform, if we consider the arrangement of other types of phraseology. Similar to the HW, the LS treats some examples brilliantly as it the case with ’alqÞ bÞlahu, ’a‘óÞ bÞlahu, ‚a‘ala bÞlahu which have been included under the base bÞlahu, although they have not been included under the collocators as it has been done with the majority.

LS 2nd edition

This has been carried out partially in the arrangement of the following collocations rabaóa ‚a’šahã, rabÞóat a‚-‚a’š, rÞbió a‚-ğa’š and õÞbit a‚- ‚a’š as it could be seen in the following entry, where only two of them rÞbió a‚-ğa’š and õÞbit a‚- ‚a’š were arranged under the base ğa’š.

LS 2nd edition

Unfortunately the dictionary did not apply that in many cases. For examples, ’a‘lana l- ‡arb and ’i‘lÞn al-‡arb have been included under the lemmata of the first part of both of them but not under the lemma of ‡arb. 67

LS 2nd edition LS 2nd edition

This could be contrasted to the examples ’azÞ‡a sitÞra t-timõÞl and ’izÞ‡at as-sitÞr ‘an. Whereas the first example is included under the lemma of the second part of the collocation i.e. the base (sitÞra), the second example is included under the first part (’izÞ‡at).

LS 2nd edition LS 2nd edition

2.2.7.2.2 Adjective-noun collocations Considering adjective-noun collocations, it has been found out that the LS dispensed with many of those which have been given in the HW such as õaqál as-sam‘, raqáq aó-óab‘, raqáq al-mizÞ‚, ‡Þsir al-baœar, œa‡á‡ al-bunya, qawáy al-bunya, ra‡b aœ-œadr, salám al-bunya and ba‘ád an-na÷ar. Regarding the arrangement of these collocations, it has been found out that the LS used maximum choice for a considerable number of these collocations such as rÞbió a‚-‚a’š, ‰afáf al-‡araka, õaqál a÷-÷ill, raqáq al-‡Þšiya, óÞhir aμ-μimma, óawál ar-rã‡, óawál al-bÞ‘, qaœár al-’a‚al, qaœár al-bÞ‘, ‰afáf al-‡araka, ‰afáf a÷-÷ill, kabár as-sin, kabár al- ‡a‚m, œaèár as-sinn, œa‘b al-’i‡timÞl, qaœár al-baœar and qaœár an-na÷ar. However, it has been found that the LS includes many under the lemma of the second component (base) such as ‡Þæir al-badáha, õÞbit a‚-‚a’š, õaqál ar-rã‡, óawál an-na÷ar and ‡adáõ al-‘ahd or under the lemma of the first component (collocator): õaqál ad-dam, õaqál al-fahm, ‰afáf ad- dam, ‰afáf al-yad, raqáq aš-šu‘ãr, raqáq al-‡Þl, ‡Þdd aó-óab‘, ‘aráq an-nasab, ‡Þsir al- basar, ‡Þsir ar-ra’s, æa‘áf al-bunya, sayyi’ aó-óab‘, õÞbit a‚-‚a’š, æayyiq aœ-œadr, šÞμμ aó- óab‘, óawál al-lisÞn, ‰afáf ar-r㇠and ‰afáf al-‘aql. Although maximum choice is very user- friendly, it would be recommended to include such items consistently under the lemma of the second part or component, a treatment which saves place.

68 2.2.7.2.3 Noun-adjective collocations Considering noun-adjective collocations, it could be said that the LS treats them in a brilliant way providing possible bases for such collocators as it is the case with wÞhin, bÞhi÷, ma‡mãmd, mubayyat, æarãs and bÞliè. However, it should be noticed that the LS is not consistent in providing this kind of information. In the following entry of ‡Þdd there is no information about naqœ ‡Þdd (severe shortage< starker, großer Mangel).

LS 2nd edition

This applies also to the entry of bÞ’ira where there is no information about fatÞt bÞ’ira (maiden, unmarried woman< jungfräuliche Frau, unverheiratete Frau).

LS 2nd edition

Moreover, the correctness of this kind of information could be questioned if we consider that no information is given about the corpus of the dictionary.

Concerning the arrangement of these collocations in the HW and the LS, it could be said that both dictionaries arrange these noun-adjective collocations under the lemma of second part i.e. the collocators, which suits the Arab as well as the German user. However, it should be said that the use of German as a metalanguage indicates that both dictionaries are designed for German users.

LS 2nd edition HW 5th edition

69 Considering the above two entries, one could say that the LS’s way of presentation of these collocations is much clearer and more user-friendly than that of the HW, although it requires a certain competence from the user.

2.2.7.3 Idioms 2.2.7.3.1 Presentation of idioms The treatment of idioms in the LS is similar to that of the HW. It states them in Arabic giving them partial transcription without marking them. However, there are some differences between the two. While the HW does not differentiate between collocations, idioms and examples, the LS does differentiate the first from the other two. This could have been also applied to distinguish between idioms and examples. Moreover, it could be seen that these idioms suffer from the lack of marking which should be provided. Comparing the following two entries, it could be seen that are some differences in the treatment of idioms.

LS 2nd edition HW 5th edition

Whereas the HW provides more than one equivalent for the idiom iæóaraba ‡abluhu (in Verwirrung oder Auflösung geraten, außer Band und Rand kommen), the LS restricts itself to only one (durcheinandergeraten). Moreover, it could be seen that the HW provides more alternative collocators for the base of the idiom ’alqÞ (’aólaqa, taraka) l-‡abl ‘alÞ l-èÞrib

70 and that it even provides one more variant of the idiom ’alqÞ (’aólaqa, taraka) ‡ablahu ‘alÞ èÞribihi. Here again, it could be seen that the HW provides a broader range of equivalents for these idioms (die Zügel schießen lassen, den Dingen freien Lauf lassen) and more transcription information than the LS. Generally speaking, it could be said that the LS is a light slimmed version of the HW.

2.2.7.3.2 Arrangement and range of idioms The majority of idioms in the LS are given minimum choice and included under the lemma of the first substantive or under the only one: waæa‘a nuœba ‘aináhi, ’a‡raza qaœaba s- sabq, ’a‰aμa bi ma‚Þmi‘ al-qulãb, qaóa‘a dÞbira š-šai’, waqa‘a fi ‡aiœa baiœ, ‚Þ’ã ‘an bukrati ’abáhim, la‘iba ‘alÞ l-‡ablán, ‡afa÷a mÞ’a waghihi, ’arÞqa mÞ’a wa‚hihi, æaraba bihi ‘uræa l-‡Þ'it, æaraba ‘alÞ l-witri l-‡assÞs, ra‚i‘a bi ‰ufai ‡unain and ’iæóaraba ‡abluhu. However, some examples which contain two substantives are included only under the second one zÞda ó-óána billatan, kašafa l-’amru ‘an sÞqihi, balaèa s-sailu z-zubÞ and ’a‘ói l-qausa bÞráha. Some others have been included under the lemmata of the two substantives but not the verb such as taraka l-‡abla ‘alÞ l-èÞrib. Moreover, it has been found that some examples such as óawÞ œaf‡ata l-mÞæá have been included only under the sublemmata of the related verb form. Other examples are included under the lemmata of substantive as well as the related verb form as it is the case with ‘aææa ‘alÞ n-nawÞ‚iμ, æaraba ‘anhu œuf‡an and lam yu‡arrik sÞkinan.

Due to the importance of idioms to the user, it would be recommended to have clear rules concerning their inclusion by arranging them consequently using maximum choice, which would contribute to the user-friendliness of the dictionary, though it consumes space. It has been also found that the LS does not include many idioms included in the HW such as mÞta ‡atfa ’anfihi (to die a natural death< eines natürlichen Todes sterben), ’infaraóa ‘aqduhum (to break up< auseinander gehen), nÞdÞ bi l-wail wa õ-õubãr (to scream blue murder< Zeter und Mordio schreien), dÞrat ‘alaihi d-dawÞ’ir (to suffer strokes< Schicksalsschläge erleiden), li‡Þ‚atin fi nafsi ya‘qãb (for unknown motives< aus geheimen Beweggründen), aœ-œaifa æayya‘ti l-labana (to miss the opportunity< eine günstige Gelegenheit verstreichen lassen), baiæat al-‰iær (decent, chaste woman< keusche, anständige Frau), baμala mÞ’a wa‚hihi (to debase oneself, to demean oneself< sich erniedrigen), hunÞ makman as-sirr (there is the rub, that is real reason< da liegt der Hund begraben), lam taqum lihu qÞ’ima (to offer no resistance< keine Widerstandskraft mehr haben), warÞ’a l-’akama mÞ warÞ’ahÞ (there is more behind it, there is more to it than

71 meets the eye< da stimmt etwas nicht, es steckt etwas dahinter) and kulun yuèanná ‘alÞ lailÞh (everybody has his own problem< jeder singt seine Melodie, macht was er will). The exclusion of idioms even if they are not so frequent is not user friendly at all.

2.2.8 Conclusion The LS is a monofunctional and monodirectional bilingual dictionary designed for intermediate level German users to help them decode Arabic texts into German. There is no proper information whatsoever about the corpus and its compilation basis. Though the LS has many advantages such as the treatment of some types of collocation, it should be said that it still suffers from serious problems, which cast doubts about its usefulness to the dictionary user.

First, the benefit of the system or arrangement used in the LS could be questioned. The compiler of the LS arranges the different verb forms according to the root system assuming the user a good knowledge of it. This contradicts the alphabetic arrangement of the macrostructure which is meant to make things easier for the user. It also casts doubts about its use and benefit, especially if we consider that the alphabetic arrangement consumes a lot of space.

Second, it seems that the LS does not have any clear and trustworthy concept about the lemmatisation of many items such as relative adjectives and feminine forms. One gets the impression that there are no rules for the lemmatisation of different items or that the lemmatisation is arbitrary. For example, the LS dispenses with the lemmatisation of many items without clear reasons. Moreover, the LS lacks a consequent cross reference system which helps the user who does not have sufficient language competence find the needed information. Without such a system, the user would encounter various problems.

Finally, it could be criticized that the LS suffers from occasional errors and from inconsistency in the arrangement of collocations, compounds and idioms as well as in providing grammatical information and meaning discrimination. For example, there are some random printing mistakes such as the misspelling of the equivalent ‘Sklaverei’ in the entry of the lemma riqq, the misspelling of the lemma labaqa written as labqaba, the the misspelling of the lemma óãrÞnáya ,(مستلقن) written as (مستلق) misspelling of mustalqin written as óãrÞina and the misspelling in the collocation ’alqÞ l-qabæa ‘alÞ (qabœ). There are also some errors in the information such as the entry of farqad, the dual form is farqadÞn but not furqÞn. Moreover, the information istad‘Þ given for the tenth verb form of

72 the entry of ‘dw is wrong, because it should be ista‘dÞ. Moreover, the given information in the entry of ‘aqada is not complete as the dictionary does not state that the verb in the example is in the passive (‘uqida lahu n-naœr).

73 3 Arabic-English lexicography The Arabic German dictionaries i.e. the HW and LS which have been examined have been compiled by German authors for German users to decode Arabic texts, although they are indirectly intended to be promoted among Arab users. In the following there will be a try to examine al-Mawrid, which is an Arabic English dictionary composed by an Arab author and promoted in the Arab world.

3.1 Al-Mawrid: Arabic-English dictionary “Al- Mawrid” is a general one-volume Arabic English dictionary, which includes neither explicit information about the target users and their language competence nor about the function of the dictionary. Is al-Mawrid designed for the Arab or the English users or for both of them? Does this dictionary live up to the expectation of one or both groups of user?

3.1.1 Editions It is stated in the introduction that it took the compiler 13 years of work to finish the first edition, which was first published in Beirut 1987. The dictionary consists of 1245 pages, 16 of which constitute the front matter. This front matter includes not only an introduction and some general rules or information about the arrangement of the dictionary, but also a list of the secondary sources, reference works and bilingual dictionaries used by the author in his work. Al-Mawrid lacks a brief idea about Arabic phonetic system and a short introduction of Arabic grammar. Dispensing with these issues allows us to say that al- Mawrid is compiled for English users with a very good command of Arabic. However, the use of Arabic as the only metalanguage of the dictionary entitles us to assume that al- Mawrid is designed for Arab users. Similar to the HW and contrary to the LS, al-Mawrid does not include separated lists for weights, measures, ordinal and cardinal numbers, countries of the world and the nationalities or adjectives derived from them.

3.1.2 Corpus Al-Mawrid supplies no information about the corpus of the dictionary and claims that it includes only up-to-date vocabulary, although it does not state any information about the grounds or principles used for the choice of vocabulary or word frequency (See 2.1.2). It could be said that the author resorted to ad hoc decisions using his intuition to decide the relevant vocabulary. In addition, it should be pointed out that there is no information about

74 the frequency of the equivalents or whether the equivalents are arranged according to frequency, a practice which could prove very helpful to the Arab user. This could be compared to the LS which has not given any information about the corpus used.

3.1.3 Macrostructure In contrast to the HW and the LS, al-Mawrid uses strict alphabetical order to arrange all lemmata irrespective of their roots. On the one hand, this could be considered as very advantageous to the user as it does not make any assumptions about the user’s competence. On the other hand, it could be said that the alphabetic order fritters away or consumes too much space (See 2.2.3).

The introduction includes some information about the arrangement of the macrostructure using some new rules or conventions, which could be contrasted to those from the LS. While al-Mawrid always treats the hamza as ’alif, even if it is written on ’alif or wÞw or yÞ’, the LS treats it as ’alif, wÞw or yÞ’. Moreover, al-Mawrid treats the short ’alif (’alif maqœãra) as a long ’alif (’alif mamdãda), which could be contrasted to the treatment of the LS considering the short ’alif as yÞ’. In addition, al-Mawrid treats the closed tÞ’ (tÞ’ maqœãra) as a usual tÞ’, which could be contrasted to the LS treating it as hÞ’. In addition, al-Mawrid treats strengthened consonants without the interposition of a vowel (‡urãf mušaddada) as single letters. This information about these new conventions is very essential and welcome because these conventions could be at first sight disturbing to users used to work with other dictionaries such as the LS.

Concerning the broken plural forms, it has been found out that al-Mawrid dispensed with the lemmatization of such forms (except for some rare cases). This step which saves a lot of place makes the dictionary useless for the English users.

3.1.3.1 Range of vocabulary The huge range of vocabulary indicates that al-Mawrid is trying to be a general dictionary or a passive dictionary. For example, al-Mawrid includes many old items which could be only of interest to the English user such as èailam (male tortoise or turtle) etc. As said earlier, this would allow us to ask the question how up-to-date the vocabulary is. Moreover, al-Mawrid includes deverbal nouns, nomina verbi (maœÞdir), the nomina agentis (’asmÞ’ al-fÞ‘il) and nomina patientis (’asmÞ’ al-maf‘ãl) as separate items in the

75 dictionary. One would question the general lemmatization of such items and their use for the Arab user.

Al-Mawrid 15th edition

The compiler lemmatized in the above excerpt the maœdar “æafr” of the verb æafara which consumes a lot of space and could be considered as useless, especially to the Arab user. This applies also to the lemmatisation of many items such as èairÞn, èaisÞn, èallÞb and èaflÞn, where it could be assumed that the Arab user has the linguistic competence in his mother language to find the basic form. As it could be seen in the following excerpt, the compiler lemmatized the last example èaflÞn, whereby only a cross reference has been given.

Al-Mawrid 15th edition

Generally speaking, it could be said that there is no orientation to the needs of one group of users and that there are no clear rules for the lemmatization or inclusion of many items, a treatment which consumes too much place.

Al-Mawrid does not state any information about the number of the items included. Checking the range of vocabulary using the same sources used for the HW and the LS (See 2.1.2), it could be said that al-Mawrid lacks some items such as ’arqam (snake< die Schlange), ‚arw (whelp< der Welpe), šará‡a (social class< die Schicht), hanwa (defect, fault, mistake, flaw< der Fehler, der Defekt), šatÞt (diaspora< die Diaspora), istaóraqa (to touch on a subject< ein Thema anschneiden), mulÞsana (dispute, quarrel< der Streit), ista‰Þæa (to deal with, to treat a subject< ausführlich erzählen), ta‰œáb (uranium enrichment< Urananreicherung), intiqÞœ min (criticism< Bemängeln), i‡taæana (to hold a conference< Konferenz veranstalten), óaur (composure, behavior< die Fassung), miõlá (homosexual< homosexuell), mu‰æram (experienced< versiert), iltifÞf ‘alÞ (evasion of the law< Umgehung des Gesetzes), iltifÞf ‡aula (support for somebody< sich scharen um,

76 Unterstützung für jemanden), ‘unœur (member, person< das Mitglied, die Person), èadÞt (when< als), nÞšió (activist< der Aktivist), ‰uz‘a (biopsy, sample tissue< die Biopsie, die Gewebeentnahme), mizÞûáya (moodiness, capriciousness< die Launenhaftigkeit), dallã‘a (spoiled girl< verwöhnte(s) oder verzogene(s) Mädchen bzw. Frau), ‘abbÞra (ferry, bridge< die Fähre, die Brücke), qiyÞm (foundation< die Gründung), ûadal (dispute, polemics< der Wortstreit, der Disput, die Polemik), dahm (raid< die Razzia), mu‡Þœaœa (liquidation< die Auflösung). Moreover, it has been noticed that Al-Mawrid lacks also some senses of some items such as istinsa‰ (cloning< Klonen), muèriq (very< sehr), mušarrab and mu‘arraq (inlaid, decorated< eingelegt, verziert), ûÞ’ir (extreme, exaggerated< extrem, übertrieben) and ma‡máya (reserve< das Reservat).

It could be said that that there is some kind of overlap between the missing items from the HW and those of al-Mawrid such as ’arqam, šará‡a, hanwa, šatÞt and ta‰œáb. This gives the impression that the compiler of al-Mawrid could have depended on the HW for the choice of his vocabulary.

3.1.4 Microstructure Similar to the HW and LS, al-Mawrid does not provide any information about the arrangement of entries and about their structure. Although al-Mawrid separates the senses of the lemma and uses line break for each sense, it does not have clear rules for the arrangement of the microstructure and it does not number the senses. Moreover, al-Mawrid does not distinguish between collocations, idioms and examples and it does not give them separately at the end of the entry. This could be very tiring and very exhausting to the user, especially in those long entries such as that of æaraba, where the user should read to the end of the entry to find the needed information. It would be better to adopt valency as a principle to differentiate between æaraba fi, æaraba ‘alÞ and æaraba ‘an and to provide each of these verbs with the relevant senses and the relevant semantic information.

In addition, al-Mawrid uses vowel signs to distinguish between subject and object bases, which could be used with the verb. This way of representation which is advantageous to both groups of users should have been explained in the introduction. This would make the dictionary more user-friendly and would enable the English user make the utmost of it.

Al-Mawrid uses a bigger and much more readable typeface. However, al-Mawrid’s layout is still less friendly than the HW, which separates the two columns and entries using generous spacing and wide margins. In contrast, al-Mawrid separates the two columns by a

77 red vertical line without separating entries clearly from each other. Only the use of the red colour for the lemmata marks the beginning and the end of an entry. Moreover, it should be said that al-Mawrid does not use other typographic methods such as italic, etc. throughout the dictionary.

Al-Mawrid 15th edition 78 3.1.5 Meaning discrimination It has been earlier said that the target user determines the choice of the language to be used for meaning discrimination and influences the question where to place it i.e. on the lemma side or the equivalent side. While the Arab user needs it in Arabic on the equivalent side, the English user needs it in English on the lemma side. Al-Mawrid is similar to the HW and the LS in piling equivalents without distinguishing between them as in the following entry of saif, where the compiler provides Arabic synonyms ‡usÞm for the lemma. This piece of information is useless to the English user, because it is given in Arabic and it is superfluous to the Arab user who would need information about the equivalent “saber”. For example, it would be very helpful to provide the Arab user with the piece of information that this equivalent is mainly used in sport and that its spelling is American.

Al-Mawrid 15th edition

This applies also to the following entry of qird, where the compiler provides ‡ajawān as a meaning discrimination for the lemma, which is useless to the Arabic as well as to the English user. It would have been better to provide meaning discrimination to the equivalents to help the Arab user distinguish “ape” from “monkey”.

Al-Mawrid 15th edition

Considering the following example of bazzÞqa, it could be seen that the compiler has not supplied the necessary meaning discrimination which enables the Arab user to choose between the two equivalents “snail” and “slug”. While the English user of the dictionary does not need this information due to his/her language competence, the Arab user can not do without such information.

Al-Mawrid 15th edition

79 3.1.6 Pronunciation, grammar and morphology

3.1.6.1 Pronunciation Due to the choice of Arabic as the metalanguage, it could be argued that al-Mawrid is trying to be an active dictionary i.e. to serve the Arab user. However, it should be noticed that al-Mawrid provides phonetic information in the form of vowel signs (diacritic signs) to the lemma and other Arabic items. Moreover, it should be said that al-Mawrid does not provide any phonetic information on the equivalent side, which is very important to the Arab user. This allows us to assume that al-Mawrid does not have a concept about the provision of phonetic information.

3.1.6.2 Morphological and grammar information Al-Mawrid should provide a selection of non transparent and unpredictable information on both sides, whereby the demands on the information for the Arab users have a priority over that for the English one. For example, al-Mawrid has not provided comparative and superlative forms for the equivalent “good”.

Al-Mawrid 15th edition

Moreover, it has been found out that al-Mawrid neither provides the broken plural information (fi’rÞn) for the lemma, nor the irregular plural information (mice) for the equivalent (mouse).

Al-Mawrid 15th edition

This applies also to the following entry of qadam (foot) where the irregular plural information (feet) of the equivalent as well as the broken plural form (’aqdām) of the lemma are missing. This means that the user does not take into consideration the needs of both groups of users.26

26 As “riûl” means “leg”, it should be noticed that this meaning discrimination given for the lemma “qadam” (foot) is false. 80

Al-Mawrid 15th edition

However, it should be noted that there are some rare cases where al-Mawrid provides plural information for the lemmata as well as for the equivalents as in the following entry of ’iwazza (goose). However, it could be criticized that the dictionary provides the lemma only with collective plural ’iwazz and dispenses with the regular plural ’iwazzÞt.

Al-Mawrid 15th edition

3.1.6.3 Syntactic information Al-Mawrid provides some valency information on both sides, though this information is mainly restricted to the Arabic side. Moreover, al-Mawrid does not state any information about its grammatical model or whether it is based on any contrastive study for the two languages.

It has been found out that some syntactic information is given in the form of prepositions, occasional indication of typical subjects and objects in Arabic. However, the lack of syntactic information for equivalents casts some doubts about the use of the dictionary especially for the Arab users. For example, al-Mawrid does not give any syntactic information for equivalents in the following entry of i‘taqada.

Al-Mawrid 15th edition

This is also the case with the following example of ta÷Þhara where al-Mawrid does not provide any syntactic information about the equivalents. Regarding the equivalent “pretend”, one could see that the dictionary provides only the syntactic information “to” but not the possibility of using that-clause. Regarding the rest of the equivalents, one could see that there no syntactic or valency information given for them. It could be said that this is generally the case. The compiler accumulates equivalents without distinguishing

81 between them. Even the syntactic information on the lemma side is incomplete and inconsistent. For example, the following entry includes only the valency information bi given to the lemma. This piece of information on the lemma side is more important to the English user than to the Arab one, who would need such information on the equivalent side.

Al-Mawrid 15th edition

3.1.7 Phraseology Similar to the other two dictionaries, that al-Mawrid provides different kinds of information such as genitive combinations, collocations, idioms and examples.

3.1.7.1 Genitive combinations Checking the range of genitive combinations, it has been found that al-Mawrid lacks not only transparent ones which is to be criticized in an active dictionary but it also lacks some non transparent ones such as qaó‘ ’aûnabá (hard currency< harte Währung), œundãq an- naqd ad-daulá (international monetary fund< internationaler Währungsfond), ma‡kamat ’amn ad-daula (court dealing with crimes endangering the safety of the state< Gericht für Staatssicherheitsangelegenheiten), daqáqat œamt (minute’s silence< die Schweigeminute), ‘abbÞra ba‡ráya (ferry, ferry boat< die Fähre), murawwiû mu‰addirÞt (drug dealer< der Drogenhändler), maœl muæÞæ (antivenom< das Gegengift), sÞtir turÞbá (earth wall, earth bank< ein Erdwall), õarwa samakáya (fish stock, fish resource< der Fischbestand), ‡ubãb man‘ al-‡aml (birth control pill< die Pille), mun‰afaæ ûawwá (airport< der Flughafen), ma‡máya óabá‘áya (game reservation< das Wildtier-Reservat), ’uóur qiyÞdáya (specialists and excutive staff< die Führungskräfte), raklat ûazÞ’ (penalty< der Elfmeter), ’ibar œánáya (acupuncture< die Akupunktur), sayyÞra mufa‰‰a‰a (car bomb< die Autobombe), mulœaq inti‰Þbá (election placard< Wahlkampfplakat), al-‘aql al-mudabbir (wirepuller< der Drahtzieher), al-’ÞdÞb al-‘Þmma (public morals< die Sittlichkeit), rad‘ nawawá (atom deterence< atomare Abschreckung), zirÞ‘a ba‘láya (agriculture depending on rain< Ackerbau ohne künstliche Bewässerung), œarf œi‡‡á (sewer system, sewage water system<

82 die Kanalisation), iæóirÞb faró al-‡araka (attention deficit hyperactivity disorder< Aufmerksamkeits-Defizit-Syndrom mit Hyperaktivität), ma‡aóóat mu‘Þlaûat al-máyÞh (sewage treatment plant, waste water treatment plant< die Kläranlage), mahraûÞn inti‰Þbá (campaign rally, election campaign event< die Wahlkampfveranstaltung), ma‰zãn mÞ’á (reservoir< das Wasserreservoir) and óauq ’amná (security siege< die Sicherheits- absperrung). Considering the arrangement of such genitive combinations, it has been found that al- Mawrid suffers from their inconsequent treatment. Some examples are arranged only under the lemma of the first part such as ’abã l-yaq÷Þn, ’abã l-bašar, ‡iœÞn al-ba‡r, al-’arœÞd a‚- ûawáya, šuróa ûinÞ’áya, min÷Þr al-’ufuq, min÷Þr al-’i‡lál. Others are arranged under the lemma of the second part such as šahr šamsá, lu‘bat aš-šáš, burû al-mázÞn, ta’šárat du‰ãl and‘uœfãr óannÞn. Moreover, many other genitive combinations are arranged under the lemmata of both parts (maximum choice) such as qarÞr ittihÞm, banÞt aœ-œadr, ‘a÷m al- ‘aæuæ, qalam raœÞœ,‘aæala qÞbiæa, šahÞdat zãr and šÞhid zãr. The benefit of the maximum choice to the English user who would not have the competence to know the singular form of the broken plural could be questioned in some examples such as óabáb ’asnÞn, because the compiler has not lemmatised the second part of the combination.

Regarding the arrangement of genitive combinations in the microstructure, al-Mawrid states in the introduction that the optional definite article which could be left out without a change in meaning does not play a role in their arrangement. This could be considered as an improvement to the practice carried out by the other two dictionaries.

3.1.7.2 Collocations 3.1.7.2.1 Verb-noun collocations 3.1.7.2.1.1 Range of verb-noun collocations

It has been earlier argued that transparent collocations could be only dispensed with in a passive dictionary such as the HW and the LS but not in an active one. It has been found that al-Mawrid has dispensed with many transparent or open collocations such as ’afšÞ sirran, ’a‡raza hadafan, waæa‘a ’iklálan, ‰araqa l-qÞnãn, ‰araqa l-qÞ‘ida, ‘abba’a istimÞra, ‡azama ‡aqÞ’ibahu, itta‰aμa makÞnahu, ’abdÞ imti‘Þæan, faraæa rasman or rusãman and mana‡a qaræan, mÞrasa ó-óuqãs or š-ša‘Þ’ir, mÞrasa mihna, šanna ‡amlatan, ‡aœœala æarábatan, ’a‰aμa ‘ayyina, sakana or hada’a rau‘uhu, ’aõÞra š-šakk, tamatta‘a biša‘báya, kasara taqládan as well as with many non transparent ones.

83 Like the HW, al-Mawrid dispenses with many not really or half transparent collocations such as 'a‡kama qabæatahã ‘alÞ (to get something under control< im Griff haben), lamlama œufãfahu (to close the ranks, to move together< Reihen stärken, zusammen ziehen, zusammen rücken), labbÞ mutaóallabÞt (to meet the demands< Ansprüche befriedigen), qaæÞ fatratahu (to serve one’s time< seine Strafe absitzen), 'alqÞ l-mirsÞt (to drop anchor< vor Anker gehen, den Anker werfen), rafa‘a muμakkira (to make a request, to appeal against< eine Eingabe machen, Beschwerde führen), ‘aqada muntadan (to hold a discussion forum< ein Diskusionsforum einberufen, abhalten), hayya’a l-manÞ‰a l- munÞsib (to offer more favorable conditions < das günstige Klima herstellen), ‡a‚aba õ- õiqa ‘an (mistrust< Misstrauen aussprechen, Vertrauen entziehen), ’aõÞra æa‚‚a (to cause unrest< für Tumulte sorgen), laqiya bÞri’ahu (to pass away< sterben), ’a‚rÞ iqtirÞ‘an (to do or carry out a poll< eine Abstimmung durchführen), wa‚ada œ-œadÞ (to respond well< Resonanz oder Echo finden), raœada hadafan (to watch a target, to set a target< ein Ziel beobachten, ein Ziel setzen), sÞwarahu š-šakk (to doubt< Zweifel haben), sÞqa miõÞlan (to give an example< ein Beispiel geben), šayyada or ‡afara ‰andaqan (to dig a ditch or a moat< einen Graben ziehen oder ausheben), ‡adathu r-raèba (to like to do something< Lust haben), wa‚‚aha naqdan (to criticize< Kritik ausüben), faraæa ‘uqãbatan ‘alÞ (to impose a penalty on sombody< jdm eine Strafe auferlegen), mÞrasa ‚-‚ins ma‘a (to have sex with< mit jdm. Sex haben), ’amæÞ l-‘uqãba (to do one’s time< die Strafe, Haftstrafe absitzen), óara‡a ra’yahu (to tell one’s opinion< seine Meinung äußern), ’alqÞ manÞšár (to distribute leaflets< Flugblätter verteilen), laóóa‰a sum‘ata (to libel< jds. Ruf schaden, jdn verleumden), qaddama tanÞzulan (to make concessions< Zugeständnisse machen), baddada furœata (to miss a chance< die Chance ausschlagen, versäumen), qaddama óa‘nan (to appeal against a decision< anfechten), laffa sákÞra (to roll a cigarette< eine Zigarette drehen),’aõÞra l-fitna (to make mischief< Zwietracht stiften),’akala ó-óu‘m (to take the bait< der Versuchung erliegen), qaddama iqtirÞ‡an (to make a suggestion< einen Vorschlag machen), kasara taqládan (to break with a tradition< mit einer Tradition brechen), ’aqbala œ-œabÞ‡ (dawn has broken< der Morgen dämmert), wa‚‚aha naœá‡atan (to give an advice< einen Ratschlag geben), nafaμa œabruhu (to lose one’s patience< die Geduld verlieren),’a‰ra‚ahu ‘an óaurihi (to upset< aus der Fassung bringen), ‡amala tabi‘ata š-šai’ (to take responsibility< die Verantwortung tragen), ‡afi÷a lahu ‚amálan (not to forget somebody’s favour< jdm eine freundliche, dankbare Erinnerung bewahren), waûada æÞlatahu (to reach his longheld wish, his dream< seinen langgehegten Wunsch erreichen), ’a‘lana al-‡idÞd (to declare a period of mourning< öffentliche Trauer erklären),

84 waæa‘a fi l-i‘tibÞr (to take into consideration< in Betracht, in Erwägung ziehen), ’a‘óÞ muhla (to give or grant someone a period of grace< jemandem eine Frist gewähren) and raf‘a s-sitÞr ‘an (to unveil< enthüllen).27

Moreover, al-Mawrid dispenses with many non transparent collocations such as ’al‡aqa ‰asÞra (to harm, to beat, defeat< Schaden zufügen, schlagen),‘arrÞ ‡u‚a‚ahu (to refute one’s argument< jemandes Argumente entkräften), lama‘a naûmuhu (to become well known< berühmt werden), lam yu‡arrik sÞkinan (not lift a finger for someone< keinen Finger krumm machen), mana‡a tashálÞt (to bring someone relief< jemandem Erleichterungen verschaffen, gewähren),’alqÞ bi÷ilÞlin mina š-šakk (to cast doubts on< etwas in Zweifel ziehen), ’alqÞ bi÷ilÞlihi ‘alÞ (to overshadow< überschatten), ’alqÞ ‘i÷atan (to give a sermon< eine Predigt halten), ’alqÞ tabi‘ata š-šai’ (to hold responsible for< verantwortlich machen), waûûaha nidÞ’an (to make an appeal to someone< einen Appell an jemanden richten), waûûaha l-itihÞm (to charge someone, to bring charges against someone< jemanden unter Anklage stellen, gegen jemanden eine Anklage erheben), waæa‘a ‡allan (to find a solution< eine Lösung finden), æa‡ika bimil’i šidqaihi (to roar with laughter< übers ganze Gesicht, aus vollem Halse lachen), ‰araûa ‘an óaurihi (to lose one’s composure< die Fassung verlieren),’afula naûmuhu (to become less known< weniger berühmt werden), ’iktasÞ ’ahmmáya (to be important< wichtig sein), waæa‘a nuœba ‘ainaihi (to turn one’s attention to, to aim at doing something< sein Augenmerk richten auf, etwas zum Ziel haben), dabbat fihi al-r㇠(to get life< Lebenskraft gewinnen), ‡aœada l-’arwÞ‡ (to claim lives, to kill< dahinraffen), tabannÞ al-huûãm (to claim responsibility for the attack< die Verantwortung für den Angriff übernehmen), irtakaba intihÞkan (to violate< verstoßen gegen, brechen), ’aæÞ‘a or ’ahdara æarbata ûazÞ’ (misplay a penalty< einen Elfmeter verschießen), ’ahdara l-fauz (to throw away the victory< den Sieg verschenken), ’a‡daõa damÞran (to cause destruction< Zerstörung verursachen), maõõala or šakkala tahdádan li (to pose a threat< eine Bedrohung darstellen), šakkala ‰aóaran ‘alÞ (to be a danger to something< eine Gefahr für etwas sein), rafa‘a l-‡a÷r (to raise or lift the blockade, the embargo< das Embargo oder die Blockade aufheben), ‡ammala l-mas’ãláya (to place the responsibility for something on somebody< jemandem die Verantwortung für etwas übertragen, jmdn für etwas verantwortlich machen), ’aèlaqa malaff al-qaæáya (to file away< zu den Akten legen), ’i‡taæana mu’tamaran (to hold a conference< eine Konferenz

27 It should be noticed that the transparency of collocations depends on the languages concerned and on the information given in the entries. A collocation is considered as transparent if the entries under which it is arranged state the exact equivalents of its components which could be used to make a proper translation of the whole collocation. If both entries do not state the equivalents, then the collocation is not transparent. 85 abhalten), daqqa ‘unuqahu (to behead, jemandem den Kopf abschlagen), ’adlÞ bi-fatwÞ (to deliver or render an opinion< ein Gutachten oder Rechtsgutachten erteilen, abgeben), óara‡a fi l-mazÞd (to put something up to auction, to sell at auction< etwas versteigern lassen), ’aõnÞ ‘azmahu (to change someone’s mind< jemanden umstimmen ),’aulÞ ’ahammiya (to attach or to give importance to< etwas Bedeutung beimessen), ’aõÞra tasÞ’ul (to cause surprise, to amaze< Staunen erregen, in Staunen versetzen),’a‡raza taqadduman (to make progress< Fortschritt erzielen), ’istad‘Þ s-safár (to order the ambassador< den Botschafter einbestellen), ’aœdara tašrá‘ (to pass a bill, a law< ein Gesetz verabschieden), æaraba óauqan ‡aula (to close off an area< ein Gebiet absperren), intahat or inqadat al-muhla (deadline ran out< Frist ist abgelaufen), iltazama or taqayyada bi l- muhla (to meet a deadline< eine Frist einhalten), ‡aqqaqa šauóan kabáran (to make progress< großen Fortschritt machen), ‡Þka mu’Þmara (to hatch a plot< ein Komplott schmieden), ‡Þka fitna (to cause conflict, cook up intrigue< Intrige aushecken, Zwietracht verursachen), taqÞæÞ rašwatan (to take a bribe< Schmiergelder nehmen), qaæÞ ‘umrahu (to spend his life< sein leben verbringen), qaæÞ waóarahu min (to get his wish or aim< sein Ziel oder seinen Wunsch erreichen) and naqala ’ilÞ l-mašfÞ (to admit someone into hospital< jemanden ins Krankenhaus einliefern).

This treatment could be criticized because it does not live up to the expectation of both group of users and particularly the Arab user who would use the dictionary for productive purposes. The Arab user would never be sure about his choice of equivalents, especially if we consider that al-Mawrid provides almost no information on the equivalent side.

3.1.7.2.1.2 Arrangement of verb-noun collocations Similar to the HW and the LS, al-Mawrid is inconsistent in his arrangement of these verb- noun collocations. Some of these collocations are arranged under the lemma of the collocator (verb) such as ’ašhara silÞ‡an, ’a‡yÞ μikrÞ, inta‡ala ša‰œáya, ’aœdara ’amran, ’amÞóa l-liõÞm, ’addÞ l-yamán, ’an‡Þ bi- l-lÞ’ima, ’adlÞ bi taœrá‡, kamma famahu, ûammada raœád, faraæa æarábatan, kuffa baœaruhu, ‡aqana d-dimÞ’, æaraba ‘unqahu, ’a‘yathu al- ‡ála, ’aqÞma quddÞs, qaddama l-imti‡Þn, kabbada ‰asÞratan, qÞma bi daurin, qaddama istiqÞlatahu and ’audÞ bi ‡ayÞti. Few collocations are arranged under the lemmata of both parts of the collocation either providing full information under both possibilities as it is the case with óÞra œawÞbahu, laqiya ‡atfahu, ‰ayyaba ’amala and ’a‰aμa maûrÞhu or providing full information under the one possibility and a cross reference under the other

86 as it is the case with ’a‰lÞ sabála, ’a‰aμa ‘alÞ ‘Þtiqihi, æayyaqa l-‰inÞq, ’aæÞ‘a œawÞbahu, faqada œawÞbahu, lÞμa bi l-firÞr, ‘allaqa ’amalan, ûarat al-‘Þda, èaææa ó-óarf, infaraóa ‘aqduhum, irta‘adat farÞ’iœuhum, ‘aqada œafqatan, wallÞ duburahu, ’a‰aμa õa’rahu, šadda ‘aæudahu, ’a‰aμa bi ‰Þóirihi and ’alqÞ bÞlahu. It could be criticized that there is no consequent rule for placing the main information and the cross reference. These collocations should be arranged consequently under the lemma of the base, a treatment which saves place and enables the compiler to structure the entries in a much more clear and user-friendly way by grouping together the different kinds of collocations in one entry which have the same base.

3.1.7.2.2 Adjective-noun collocations Checking the range of these collocations, it has been found that al-Mawrid dispensed with many of them. This could be justified if we consider that the LS is designed for the Arab user, who would have the ability to find some alternative synonyms for the word he/she is checking up.

Considering the arrangement of these collocations in al-Mawrid, it could be said that their arrangement is similar to that of the other two dictionaries being inconsequent. Some of these adjective-noun collocations are included under the lemma of the first component (collocator) such as õÞqib an-na÷ar, õÞqib al-fikr, õaqál ad-dam, õaqál al-fahm, ‰afáf al-yad, raqáq aš-šu‘ãr, raqáq al-‡Þl, sayyi’ at-tab‘, salám al-bunya, õaqál ar-r㇠and ‰afáf al- ‡araka. Others are included only under the lemma of the second component (base) such as æa‘áf al-bunya, qawáy al-bunya. In addition, a considerable number of these collocations such as õaqál as-sam‘, ‰afáf ad-dam, qaœár al-baœar, ‡Þæir al-badáha, óawál an-na÷ar, ‰afáf al-‘aql, ‡Þdd aó-óab‘, rÞbió a‚-‚a’š, õÞbit a‚-‚a’š, ra‡b aœ-œadr, ba‘ád an-na÷ar, ‰afáf ar- rã‡, õaqál a÷-÷ill, raqáq al-‡Þšiya, ‡adáõ al-‘ahd are included under the lemmata of both components, whereby the full information is consistently given under the lemma of the first part and a cross reference is given under the lemma of the second part. It should be stressed that these collocations should be arranged under the lemmata of the second part, which would be in line with the arrangement of the other kinds of phraseology. This would also give a kind of consistency in the dictionary.

87 3.1.7.2.3 Noun-adjective collocations Similar to the other two dictionaries, these noun-adjective collocations are arranged only under the lemmata of the collocator. However, it should be said that al-Mawrid does not treat these collocations in a way which would help the user choose the right equivalent as it is the case with μimma óÞhira (good conscience), ‡arb æarãs (ferocious war) and ‡arb ša‘wÞ’ (ferocious war). As it could be seen in the following entries, the LS’s treatment of such collocation is better than that of al-Mawrid, although the LS is definitely a passive dictionary.

Al-Mawrid 15th edition LS 2nd edition

Al-Mawrid should present these collocations in an appropriate, clear and transparent way by providing meaning discrimination in the form of collocational bases for the equivalents as the LS did. This kind of information or presentation would help the user have a quick checkup and to pick up the suitable equivalent.

3.1.7.3 Idioms Checking the range of idioms it has been found that al-Mawrid includes a considerable number of idioms such ‘alÞ bikrati ’abáhim, æaraba or ’alqÞ bi ‘uræi l-‡Þ’ió, fi lam‡i al- baœar, radda lahu œ-œÞ‘a œÞ‘án, fi s-sarrÞ’i wa æ-æarrÞ’i, waæÞ‘ati l-‡arbu ’auzÞraha, raûa‘a bi‰ufai ‡unain, la‘iba ‘alÞ l-‡ablán, ’i‰talaóa l-‡Þbilu bi-nÞbil, ’a‡raza qaœaba s- sabq, qaóa‘a dÞbira š-šai’, ’a‰aμa bi-maûÞmi‘i l-qulãb, waqa‘a fi ‡aiœa baiœ, balaèa s- sailu z-zubÞ, waæa‘a n-nuqÞóa ‘alÞ l-‡urãf, ya‘rifu min ’aina tu’kalu l-katif, kašafati l- ‡arbu ‘an sÞqiha,’alqÞ al-‡abl ‘alÞ al-èÞrib and ‡amala ‘alÞ ma‡mali û-ûidd,all of which have been found in the HW as well as the LS.

Al-Mawrid includes some idioms such as mÞta ‡atfa ’anfihi, ‘an bikrati ’abáhim, μarra r- ramÞda fi l-‘uyãn(‘aináhi), dÞrat ‘aláhi d-dawÞ’ir and baμala mÞ’a waûhihi which have been found in the HW but not in the LS. In contrast to this, al-Mawrid includes the idioms ’a‰raûa kulla mÞ fi ûu‘batihi (to do his best, all what he can< das Beste tun, alles, was man leisten oder machen kann), baμara buμãra š-šiqÞq (to make mischief< Zwietracht säen) which have been included in the LS but not in the HW. 88 Furthermore, al-Mawrid includes some idioms such as óafa‡a l-kaylu (the pitcher goes often to the well, but is broken at last< der Krug geht so lange zum Brunnen bis er bricht), ’isóÞda fi l-mÞ’i l-‘akir (to fish in troubled waters< im Trüben fischen) and naza‘a fatála (to diffuse< entschärfen) which have not been included in the HW and the LS.

However, it should be said that al-Mawrid still lacks some idioms such as ‘alÞ r-ráq (on an empty stomach< auf nüchternen Magen), ’a‘ói l-qausa bÞráha (to consign the mission to the versed or the competent< übergib deine Sache nur dem Sachkundigen), ’ista’œala ša’fatahu (to remove root and branch, to remove completely< etwas mit Stumpf und Stiel ausrotten, etw. radikal beseitigen), æa‡ika bimil’i šadqaihi (to roar with laughter< aus vollem Halse lachen), lam yu‡arrik sÞkinan (not to lift a finger< macht keinen Finger krumm) which have been included in the HW as well as in the LS.

Al-Mawrid also lacks some idioms such as warÞ’a l-’akamati ma warÞ’aha (there is something behind it or something wrong behind it< da stimmt etwas nicht, es steckt etwas dahinter), kullun yuèanná ‘alÞ lailÞh (everybody is following his own interest or liking< jeder macht was er will, folgt seiner Neigung), li‡Þûatan fi nafsi ya‘qãb (for unknown reasons or motives< aus geheimen Beweggründen), hunÞ makmanu s-sirr (that’s the rub, that’s the real reason< da liegt der Hund begraben) and baiæatu l-‰iær (chaste, virginal and decent woman< keusche anständige Frau) which have been included in the HW but not in the LS.

Furthermore, al-Mawrid lacks some idioms such as mÞlat kaffatuhu (to be in favour of< zu Gunsten von), qaóara an-nadam min qasamÞti waûhihi (to be fully repentant< voller Reue sein, volle Reue zeigen), ’aõbata ‘uluwa ka‘bihi (to prove one’s ability< Fähigkeit, Können beweisen), waqa‘a ‘alÞ kÞhilihi (to carry the burden < die Last tragen), æaraba ‘alÞ yadaihi (to arrest somebody< jdn. festnehmen, festhalten) which have not been included neither in the HW nor in the LS.

Similar to the HW and LS, al-Mawrid does not have a clear rule for the arrangement of idioms. Many examples have not been included under maximum choice such as ’iæóaraba ‡abluhu, kašafati l-‡arbu ‘an sÞqiha, áœóÞda fi l-mÞ’i l-‘akir, μarra r-ramÞd fi l-‘uyãn, raûa‘a bi ‰ufai ‡unain, waæa‘a n-nuqÞóa ‘alÞ l-‡urãf, darat ‘alaihi d-dawÞ’ir, waæa‘ati l- ‡arbu ’auzÞraha, waqa‘a fi ‡aiœa baiœ, ya‘rifu min ’aina tu’kalu l-katif, ’aslama rã‡ahu and æaraba ‘alÞ l-witri l-‡assÞs. Others have been included under maximum choice such as la‘iba ‘alÞ l-‡ablán, ’i‰talaóa l-‡Þbilu bi l-nÞbil, balaèa s-sailu z-zubÞ, æaraba ‘aræa l- ‡Þ’ió, ’infaraóa ‘aqduhum, šafÞ èalálahu, fá s-sarrÞ’ wa æ-æarrÞ’, faqada œawÞbahu, radda

89 œ-œÞ‘a œÞ‘ain, lÞμa bi l-firÞr, ’alqÞ l-‡abl ‘alÞ l-èÞrib, bintu šafa, œurãfu d-dahr, šafÞ èalálahu and kašafati l-‡arb ‘an sÞqihÞ, óÞra óÞ’irahu, zÞda ó-óána bilatan and šadda ‘aæuæahu. However, it should be stressed that the benefit of the maximum choice, which it has been earlier argued for, could be questioned because there is no consistent rule where to give the main information and where to give the cross reference.

3.1.8 Conclusion The compiler of al-Mawrid does not state any information about the target group of users and has not applied the passive active typology in the lemmatizations of many forms (such as broken plurals) and in the organization of the dictionary entry.

First, to meet the demands of foreigner learners of Arabic, any bilingual arabic-foreign dictionary using strict alphabetic system for the macrostructure should have fixed rules for the lemmatization of many items and a consequent cross reference system (as the lemmatization of broken plural form). As it is the case in al-Mawrid, which is designed for Arab users, the dictionary should take into consideration their native language competence and dispense with the lemmatization of such forms which helps save space.

Second, al-Mawrid provides vowel signs (diacretic) for the lemmata (headwords) and other Arabic items in the entry. However, it leaves out or does not provide consequently the most important piece of information i.e. broken plural forms. This piece of information is very important to the English user because it decides in many cases the meaning of the lemma and therefore the choice of the equivalents. Having a native language competence, the Arab user does not need this information although there are some examples such as safarûal and ‘andaláb, whose plural even the Arab user would not know. This would allow us to assume that al-Mawrid is designed to meet the needs and demands of the Arab users.

Third, the use of Arabic as a metalanguage is another indication that al-Mawrid is designed for Arab users i.e. that al-Mawrid is an active dictionary. However, it could be said that the compiler does not provide the Arab user with proper information on the equivalent side. The Arab user needs a precise and careful information about the semantic conditions under which each of the possible equivalents could be used. In addition, the Arab user needs sufficient grammatical information on the equivalents such as irregular plural forms (women, men, teeth and criteria), the past and the past participle forms of verbs (sought, brought) to make the utmost benefit from the dictionary. It could be said that al-Mawrid is

90 a passive dictionary because it accumulates equivalents without providing enough syntactical, morphological information and meaning discrimination.

Fourth, it has been noticed that al-Mawrid has carried out two contradicting steps, a fact which proves the lack of a concept for the dictionary. While al-Mawrid lemmatizes many feminine forms of some adjectives such as saudÞ’ and ‰aærÞ’, it dispenses with the lemmatization of broken plural forms. Taking the user aspect into consideration, al- Mawrid should have provided both types of information or should have dispensed with both of them. While the Arab user does not need both kinds of information, the English user needs both of them. It could be said that the compiler of al-Mawrid does not have a clear concept and a proper lexicographic background because there is no consequent information for either group of users, which proves the lack of orientation towards the needs of one group of users. Trying to serve both users without paying enough attention to their different needs, al-Mawrid ends to be as a monodirectional and monofunctional dictionary, which does not even live up to the needs of the English users.

Last, it could be said that al-Mawrid has a broad range of vocabulary and very minimum of information in the microstructure. Moreover, it dispenses with regionalisms and dialectal words or it does not at least mark them. All these features indicate that the dictionary is a passive and not an active one.

91 4 Résumé After examining the two Arabic German dictionaries (the HW and the LS) and the Arabic English (al-Mawrid) dictionary, it could be said that these dictionaries have a number of features and that they suffer from a number of problems.

First, it is to be said that two of the examined dictionaries (the LS and al-Mawrid) are not corpus-based and that they are based on other dictionaries such as the HW. The latter dictionary is the only corpus-based dictionary and it could be considered as a pioneer and a milestone in the making of Arabic German dictionaries, especially if we consider the time of compilation and the great work it has has been done.

Second, it could be said that there are no active bilingual dictionaries which could serve the Arab users. Due to the importance of English as a medium of international communication and to the increasing importance of German, an active Arabic English and Arabic German dictionaries would be a worthwhile novelty. All these dictionaries are passive ones, though they give the impression that they could be used by Arab users as well. The HW has been published in the Arab world though it is useless to the Arab users. The same applies to the LS which uses Arabic for the front matter and therefore gives the impression that the dictionary could be used by Arab users. The worst of all these dictionaries is al-Mawrid which should be oriented to the needs of one group of users. Being compiled in the Arab world and using Arabic as metalanguage, one could assume that this dictionary is designed for Arab users. However, these users will be disappointed because the compiler does not provide the equivalents with any information or meaning discrimination. Even the English users of al-Mawrid using it for passive purposes will be disappointed if we consider that it dispenses with many kinds of information on the lemma side (broken plural forms).

Third, the arrangement of the macrostructure plays a central role in the making of Arabic foreign dictionaries. While the HW used the root system for the arrangement, the LS used the alphabetic system combined with the root system used for the arrangement of the different verb forms. In contrast, al-Mawrid used the strict alphabetic system for the arrangement of the macrostructure.

Taking the user aspect into consideration, it would be said that root system used in the HW is the most suitable way of arrangement for the foreign users, though they are assumed a good competence in Arabic. This way of arrangement which saves space and would help foreign learners better understand the Arabic word formation system needs only to deal with some problems which the user could encounter, especially of deciding the root. 92 However, this system should be explained in a clear way using examples of different kinds of roots which could cause problems. Moreover, the dictionary should provide cross references for those cases or examples which could confuse the user or cause him some problems.

The combination of the alphabetic system and the root system in the LS is mainly a contradiction. On the one hand, the user is assumed a kind of competence to decide the root of the different verb forms. On the other hand, the compiler assumes that the user can not decide the root of other forms. Moreover, the use of the alphabetic system even in combination with the root system necessitates the lemmatization of many different forms (such as broken plural forms and feminine forms) resulting in the huge and unnecessary expansion of the dictionary which could play a major role in dictionary making. Moreover, the use of this system requires a consequent cross reference system which would help the user to find quickly the required information.

The strict alphabetic system (used in al-Mawrid) could be used in active bilingual dictionaries designed to meet the demands and needs of the Arab user. Considering that these users have a native language competence, it could be said that the compiler need not lemmatize many items such as broken plural forms and can dispense with any kind of cross reference system. This would be place-saving and therefore recommendable.

Moreover, the compiler should take the user aspect and the active passive typology i.e. to orient the dictionary to the different needs of both groups of users, when it comes to the range of vocabulary to be included in the dictionary. Moreover, there should be some clear rules about the inclusion and lemmatization of many items or vocabulary whose inclusion could be superfluous and space-consuming.

Fourth, dictionaries should take again the user aspect and active passive typology into consideration and should provide consistent information for each group of users. While active dictionaries should provide maximum morphological and syntactic information about the equivalents, passive ones should supply detailed grammatical data on the lemma itself. Both dictionaries should provide consequent information and meaning discrimination for those cases of interlingual hyperonymy and hyponymy using the metalanguage suitable to either group of users. Moreover, it should be stressed that there should be some kind of fixed rules for the arrangement of entries using color, italics and different types of fonts, sizes for the layout. All this would result in well-structured, transparent and user-friendly entries.

93 In addition, the passive active typology could deliver some rules about the inclusion of different types of semantic information, their presentation and marking. Special attention should be paid to the different kinds of phraseology especially of collocations. It has been argued throughout this work that it would be better to include the different types of collocations consequently under the lemma of the second part. This would be very beneficial especially in the arrangement of verb-noun collocations because it would help arrange these entries in a clear and transparent way providing different collocators for the base, a treatment which could save place. Moreover, this would help arrange those entries representing different verbs or verb forms using valency. Genitive combinations should be also included under the lemma of the second part. Due to their limited number, only those genitive combinations which consist of more than two parts could be arranged consequently under the lemma of the second and the third. Though this could also be applied to idioms, it would be better to give them under maximum choice. All these rules would make the dictionary consistent and user-friendly.

94 5 Annex

5.1 Plural information in the HW and the LS The following list is a comparison and a contrast of the plural information given in the LS and the HW. The first column represents the lemmata which have been checked in both dictionaries. The second column represents the information given in the LS. The third represents the information given in the HW. The short dash is used to indicate that no information has been given. Missing broken plurals are given within brackets after the dash and they are separated from it by a comma. The asterisk * is used to indicate that a lemma has not been found in the related dictionary.

The list below proves that the LS includes much more nationalities, more colloquial and loan words than the HW. Moreover, it also proves that the LS includes more derivatives than the HW. This verifies the fact that the two dictionaries have different criteria about their inclusion. While the LS includes them without using any criteria, the HW dispenses with many of them assuming that they are transparent and that the user has the competence to guess their meaning. Moreover, the LS has been taken for practical reasons as the starting point for this comparison and contrast. However, it should be noticed that some lemmata have been given which are included in the HW but not in the LS. All these factors could relativize any statement about the richness of the LS over the HW.

Both dictionaries are not consequent in providing regular and broken plural information, both of which are very important to the user. There are many examples which show us that even the regular plural form should be given such as kÞtim, because the regular plural applies only to some senses. This applies also to many cases such as muta’a‰‰ir, makrãh where the two regular plural forms -ãn, -Þt should be given to allow the user choose the suitable equivalent. It should be said that the HW provides generally much more broken plural forms than the LS, some of which are no longer or rarely used in modern Arabic. Moreover, it could be said that the HW provides in some cases even more regular plural forms than the LS. However, there are examples which could prove that the LS provides more information than the HW. It is also of much interest to see that there are many matches between the two dictionaries regarding the missing plural information.

95 Lemmata LS HW

abÞ‚ãr - -Þt ibti‘Þõ - * 'ibdÞl - - 'ubæ ’ÞbÞæ, (’ubuæ) ’ÞbÞæ, (’ubuæ) 'iblÞè - - 'ablah - - 'itÞ‡a - * 'ittisÞ‰ - * 'ittihÞm - - 'Þõim ’aõama, (-ãn) ’aõama, (-ãn) i‚timÞ‘ - -Þt 'i‚lÞ' - - 'a‚ama ’Þ‚Þm, (-Þt) ’Þ‚Þm, -Þt, ’u‚um

'a‚nabá ’a‚Þnib, (-ãn) ’a‚Þnib, -ãn 'i‚hÞd - -Þt 'i‡Þla - - i‡tirÞq - - i‡tišÞ' - * i‡tišÞd - -Þt i‡tikÞm - * i‡tilÞm - * i‡tiwÞ' - * 'a‡madá - *

’u‡bãla (‡abÞ’il, ‡ibÞla), ’a‡Þbál , ‡abÞ’il, ’a‡Þbál ‡ibÞla 'i‰bÞr - - i‰tirÞq - - i‰tizÞl - - i‰tizÞn - * i‰tiœÞr -Þt - i‰tilÞ‚a -Þt - i‰tilÞó - - i‰tilÞq - -Þt i‰tilÞl - - i‰timÞr - - 'i‰rÞ‚ - - 'Þ‰ira -, (’awÞ‰ir) -, (’awÞ‰ir) 'i‰óÞr - - 'i‰lÞ' - - 'idÞna - - 'i‰fÞq -Þt - 'id‰Þl - - 'adám - ’udum 'aμará - * 'uμain - - 'uμaina - -

96 'arÞ‚ãz - - 'irbÞk - * 'irti‚Þ‚ - - irti‚Þ‘ - - irtizÞq - * irtišÞf - * irti‘Þša - - irtifÞ‘ - -Þt irtikÞz - * irtiyÞb - -Þt 'ir‚Þ‘ - - 'ar‰abál - - 'iršÞd - -Þt 'aršidãq - - 'aršáf - - 'aræáya - -Þt 'armaná - - 'arnÞ'ãóá - - ’armala ’arÞmil ’arÞmil, ’arÞmila

’armal ’arÞmil, ’arÞmil ’arÞmila 'arnaba - - 'irwÞ' - * 'arãma - - 'izdi‡Þm - - 'iz‘Þ‚ - * 'uss -, (’usus) -, (’usus) 'isÞ'a - - 'isÞr - * 'asansàr - - 'asbaqáya - - 'istÞd - - 'istibdÞdá - -Þt, (-ãn) 'istibdÞl - - 'istibšÞr - * 'istibyÞn - - 'istiõÞra - * 'isti‚dÞ' - - isti‚Þba -Þt - 'isti‚wÞb - -Þt 'isti‡wÞμ - * istidrÞ‚ - * istid‘Þ' - -Þt 'istrÞtá‚áya - -Þt istir‚Þl - * istirsÞl - - istizrÞ‘ - * istizlÞm - * istiæÞfa - * istióÞ‘a - -

97 istióÞla - - istiólÞ‘ - -Þt isti‘Þra - - isti‘bÞr - * isti‘rÞæ - - isti‘œÞ' - - isti‘fÞ' - - 'istièlÞq - * istiènÞ' - - istiftÞ' - - istiftÞ‡ - - istifhÞm - - istiqÞla - -Þt istiqdÞm - * istikÞna - * istikõÞr - * istilóÞf - * istimÞla - * istinÞra - * istinbÞó - - istinfÞr - - istinkÞr - - istáæÞ‡ - -Þt isti'nÞs - * isti'nÞf - - 'isqÞó - - 'usqufáya - -

'isnÞd ’asÞnád,(-Þt) ’asÞnád, (-Þt) 'išÞrb -Þt * 'išÞda - - 'iškÞláya - - 'iškÞl -Þt - 'iš‘Þ‘ -Þt - ’iœdÞr -Þt - 'Þœira ’awÞœir, ('uœur) ’awÞœir, ('uœur)

’aœál ’uœalÞ’, (’ÞœÞl),’uœalÞ’, ’ޜޒil ’ޜޒil, ’ÞœÞl

'uórãfa - - 'iólÞla - - 'i‘Þqa - - i‘tirÞf - - ’i‘dÞd - - 'i‘rÞb - - 'a‘rÞbá - - 'i‘fÞ' - - i‘wi‚Þ‚ - - 'ièÞ÷a - * iètirÞr - *

98 iètirÞf - * iètinÞm - * iètiyÞl - -Þt 'ifÞæa - -Þt iftitÞ‡áya - - iftirÞæ - - 'ovarâl - * ’afóas fuós - 'afèÞná - - 'iqÞla - - 'iqtitÞl - * iqtiœÞr - * 'iqœÞ' - * 'iqóÞ‘áya - - ’akkÞdá -ãn - ’akbar ’akÞbir ’akÞbir, -ãn 'ikti÷Þ÷ - - 'iksÞ' - * 'akseswÞr - -Þt ’ukul ’ÞkÞl - ’ukla - - 'ikmÞl - - ’albÞná -ãn - iltiœÞq - * iltifÞf - -Þt iltimÞs - - 'alsunáya - - 'ilèÞ' - - 'alfáya - * 'almÞsa - * 'ilmÞm - -Þt 'almÞná - -ãn 'imÞóa - * 'imti‘Þæ - - 'imtihÞn - -Þt 'Þmir - - 'imsÞkáya - - 'imlÞ' ’amÞlin, - ’amÞlá, (-Þt)

’umnáya -Þt, (-Þt), ’amÞnin, ’amÞná ’amÞnin, ’amÞná inbihÞr - * ’intÞn -Þt * intišÞl - * inti‡Þrá - * intifÞ‰ - - intiqÞl - - inõinÞ'a - - in‡ibÞs - -

99 'in‡inÞ'a - - 'in‰isÞf - * 'indiõÞr - * ’indãnásá -ãn * inzilÞq - - insilÞ‰ - * inšiqÞq - - 'unšã‚a - - inóibÞq - * inqibÞæ - - inqióÞ‘ - - inqilÞb - - inkisÞr - - inkišÞf - * inhiyÞr -Þt - ’Þh - - ’ihÞb ’uhub - ’ihÞna - - 'ihdÞ' - - 'auba - - 'i'tilÞf - - 'á‚Þbáya - - 'ádÞ‘ - - ’áwÞn -Þt, ’awÞwán -Þt ’ámÞ’a -Þt - bÞdin budun budn bÞdi' bawÞdi', (-ãn) - bÞdi'a bawÞdi', (-Þt) * bÞrr barara, ('abrÞr) barara, 'abrÞr barašãt - - bÞsil bawÞsil bawÞsil, busalÞ’ bÞsim - * bÞèin buèÞt, -ãn buèÞt, (-ãn) bÞqa - - bÞkin bukÞt, (-ãn) bukÞt, (-ãn) bÞkira bawÞkár, -Þt bawÞkir bÞkistÞná -ãn - bÞlã‘a bawÞlá‘ -Þt, bawÞlá‘ bÞlon -Þt, (bawÞlán) -Þt, (bawÞlán) bÞ’is -ãn, bu’asÞ’ - ba‡‡Þr ba‡‡Þra ba‡‡Þra, -ãn ba‡õ bu‡ãõ, ’ab‡Þõ bu‡ãõ, ’ab‡Þõ, bu‡ãõÞt ba‡r bi‡Þr, bi‡Þr, ’ab‡Þr, bu‡ãr, ’ab‡ur bu‡ãr, ’ab‡ur ba‡ra - - ba‡rainá ba‡Þrina, (-ãn) - ba‡árá ba‡Þwira *

100 ba‰‰Þ‰a -Þt - bu‰Þr ’ab‰ira -Þt, ’ab‰ira ba‰t bu‰ãt - bidÞ’á -ãn, -Þt -ãn badr budãr, ’abdÞr budãr badan ’abdÞn ’abdÞn , ’abdun badawá - -ãn badáha -, (badÞ'ih) -, (badÞ’ih) badál ’abdÞl, badÞ’il, budalÞ’ budalÞ’, badÞ’il badán budun, -ãn budun biμla biμal - buμaira -Þt * barr ’abrÞr ’abrÞr, barara barrÞd -ãn, (-Þt) -ãn, (-Þt) barrÞda -Þt - burd ’abrÞd, ’abrÞd, (burãd, 'abrud) (burãd, 'abrud) bardÞya barÞdin - burdÞ burad - barμa‘a barÞμi‘, (-Þt) barÞμi‘, (-Þt) barlamÞn - -Þt barma‚a - - burnaióa barÞnáó barÞnáó, -Þt brotokâl - - brãsá - - brâfál - * bazzÞqa - - bizza -Þt, (bizaz) - bisÞó busuó, ’absióa -Þt, ’absióa, busuó bassÞm - - bustÞná -ãn - bušrÞ bušrayÞt, bušar bušrayÞt baœrá - - baœqa - - baœala - - baœár -ãn, buœarÞ’ buœarÞ’ baó‡Þ’ bióÞ‡ bióÞ‡, baó‡awÞt baó‡a - - baórakáya -Þt - baóramÞn -Þt * baóala -Þt - baón buóãn, 'abóun, buónÞn batin - -

101 baóóa - - baóán - bióÞn buóain - - bi‘õa (bi‘aõ), -Þt -Þt ba‘l bu’ãl, bu‘ãl, bu‘ãla ba‘r -, ('ab‘Þr) -, ('ab‘Þr) ba‘la - - ba‘ár 'abÞ‘ir, ’ab‘ira, ’abÞ‘ir, ’abÞ‘ár, bu‘rÞn bu‘rÞn, ba‘Þrán baèla - -Þt baqbãqa baqÞbáq - baqara ’abqÞr, -Þt -Þt baql buqãl buqãl, ’abqÞl bikbÞšá - bikbÞšáya bakkÞ' - - bakr ’abkur, bikÞr ’abkur, bukrÞn bakáy - * blÞtâh - -Þt ballÞ‘a - -Þt, balÞlá‘ balda bilÞd, - buldÞn, (-Þt) buldâzar -Þt * bul‘a - - bulèÞrá - - balèam - balÞèim balqÞná - - balkân -Þt, balÞkán -Þt ballaura - -Þt ballã‘a - -Þt, balÞlá‘ balwÞ -, (balÞwá) -, (balÞwá) bandãl banÞdil, (-Þt) - binèÞlá -ãn * banšar - * bank bunãk, bunãk ’abnÞk bunaiya - - bahdala -, (bahÞdil) -, (bahÞdil) bahra‚ -, (bahÞri‚) -, (bahÞri‚) bahra‚a -, (bahÞri‚) -, (bahÞri‚) baháy ’abhiyÞ’ - bawwÞba -Þt -

102 bãt -, ('abwÞt) * bãtaqa bawÞtiq, (-Þt) bawÞtiq, -Þt bãμá - - bãó -Þt, ('abwÞó) * bã‘ -, ('abwÞ‘) -, ('abwÞ‘) bãè ’abwÞè * bãq ’abwÞq -Þt, ’abwÞq bãfàh - -Þt bulmÞn -Þt * bãn -, ('abwÞn) -, ('abwÞn) baidÞ’ bád bád, baidawÞt bizanóá - - tÞbi‘a -Þt, (tawÞbi‘) tawÞbi‘, (-Þt) tÞbi‘áya - - ta'aõõur - -Þt ta'a‚ûu‚ - * ta'‚á‚ - * ta'‚ál - ta’Þ‚ál ta'‰ár - -Þt ta'aμμin - * ta'ar‚u‡ - * tÞratan - - ta'assin - * ta'assus - * ta'óár - * ta'affuf - - tÞfih - - tÞfiha -Þt, tawÞfih (-Þt), tawÞfih ta'aqlum - * ta'aksud - - tÞlin - - ta'alluh - * ta'láb - * ta'láf ta’Þláf ta’Þláf, tawÞláf ta'annuf - * ta'ahhub - -Þt ta'ahhul - * tÞ'ib - - tÞ'iq - - tÞ'ih - - tabÞ‡uõ - * tabÞdul - - tabÞyun - -

103 tabattul - * tabaddud - * tabarru‚ - * tabarruk - * tabarrum - * tabarru‘ - -Þt tabrár - -Þt tabassum - * tabšár -, (tabÞšár) -, (tabÞšár) tabœár - * taba‘õur - - taba‘áya - -Þt tabkár - * tabahru‚ - * tibyÞn - - tabayun - * tatÞlin - * tatalmuμ - * taõÞ'ub - * taõmár - * taõniya - - taõwár - * ta‚Þμub - * ta‚Þfin - * ta‚Þnuf - * ta‚bás - * ta‚addud - - ta‚ráb ta‚Þráb - ta‚rás - * ta‚azzu' - * ta‚sád - * ta‚sár - * ta‚sám -, (-Þt, ta‚Þsám) -, (-Þt, ta‚Þsám) ta‚allin - - ta‚alluó - * ta‚lád -, (ta‚Þlád) -, (ta‚Þlád) ta‚amhur - - ta‚annin - - ta‚náb - * ta‚nád ta‚Þnád - ta‚hár - * ta‚wáz - * ta‚wáf ta‚Þwáf, (-Þt) ta‚Þwáf, (-Þt) ta‚yár - * ta‡Þbuk - * ta‡Þrub - * ta‡Þwur - - ta‡báb - *

104 ta‡báša ta‡Þbáš, (-Þt) * ta‡a‚‚u‚ - - ta‡‚ám - * ta‡addub - - ta‡adduõ - * ta‡addud - * ta‡aμluq - * ta‡arruz - * ta‡ráka - * ta‡assub - * ta‡assus - - ta‡œál - -Þt ta‡ammul - -Þt ta‡mᜠ- * ta‡náó - * ta‡wár - -Þt ta‡wáš - * ta‡wáóa - * ta‰abbuó - - ta‰aõõur - - ta‰ráb - -Þt ta‰rád - * ta‰ráó - * ta‰ráf -, (ta‰Þráf) -, (ta‰Þráf) ta‰ráfa -, (ta‰Þráf) * ta‰rám - - ta‰aœœuœ - - ta‰aóóin - * ta‰láó - -Þt ta‰mán - - ta‰wál - - ta‰ayyul - -Þt ta‰yár - * tadÞ‰ul - * tadÞrus - * tadÞruk - * tadÞ‘in - - tadÞfu‘ - * tadÞyun - * tadarru‚ Þt - tadarrun - - tadannus - * taμabμub - - tiμkÞr - - taμkar‚á - * taμkira (-Þt), taμÞkir (-Þt), taμÞkir tarÞ‡um - * tarÞkum - -

105 trÞm - -Þt tarbá‘ - tarÞbá‘ tarbá‘a tarÞbá‘ , (-Þt) tarÞbá‘, (-Þt) tartáb (tarÞtáb), -Þt (tarÞtáb), -Þt tartál - tarÞtál, -Þt tar‚ᇠ- * tar‚á‘ - * tar‡Þl - - tarsáb - - taršá‡ - -Þt taršáq - * taraœœud - * tarœád - * tarœáf - * tur‘a tura‘, (-Þt) tura‘, -Þt tirèalla -,(tarÞèil, -Þt) -,(tarÞèil, -Þt) tarfá‘ - -Þt tarqá‘ - - tarqáq - * tarqiya - -Þt tarika - -Þt tarkába - * tarmáz - * tarnáma - -Þt, tarÞnám tarwása -Þt, (tarÞwás) - tarwá‘ - * tarwáqa - - tiryÞq - - taz‚á‚ - * tazawwud - * tazwáq - * tazyán - - tasÞmin - * tasabbub - * tasbᇠtasÞbá‡, (-Þt) tasÞbá‡, -Þt tasbá‡a tasÞbá‡, (-Þt) tasÞbá‡, -Þt tasdiya - * tasarrub - * tasráb - * tasriya - * tasóár - -Þt tas‘ár - -Þt tas‘ára - - tasfáh - * tasallu‰ - * taslᇠ- -Þt tasláó - * tasawwuq - *

106 taswár - * taswáf - -Þt tasyá‚ - * taš‰áœ - -Þt tašaddud - * tašadduq - * tašμáb - * tašarμum - * tašóár - * taš÷iya - * tašaqquq - -Þt tašammu‘ - * taœÞfu‡ - * taœaddin - * taœaddu‘ - - taœannut - * taœnáf (-Þt), taœÞnáf (-Þt), taœÞnáf taœwán - * taœwána -, (-Þt, taœÞwán) * taœayyud - * taæarru‘ - - taæráb - * taæallu‘ - * taóabbu‘ - * taóráz - - taómán - -Þt taówáq - -Þt ta‘Þdul - -Þt ta‘Þ÷um - * ta‘Þlin - * ta‘Þnuq - * ta‘addin - -Þt ta‘ráq - * ta‘zám - * ta‘aššuq - * ta‘šáb - * ta‘óáš - * ti‘lÞma - - ta‘láb - * ta‘lál -Þt, (ta‘Þlál) -Þt, (ta‘Þlál) taèÞyur - -Þt taèalèul - * taèláb - * taèyáb - * tafÞwuæ - * tafa‡‡uœ - * taf‡ám - * tafarrud - *

107 tafrád - * tafrá‘a - * tafæál -Þt - taf‘ála (-Þt), tafÞ‘ál * tafaqquh - * taflása -Þt - tafnád - * taqÞbul - * taqÞsum - * taqÞœœ - * taqÞóu‘ -Þt - taqdám - -Þt, taqÞdám taqdima taqÞdim -Þt, taqÞdim taqsám -Þt, taqÞsám taqÞsám taqœáb - * taqæiya - * taqaóóu‘ - -Þt taqóába -, (-Þt, taqÞóáb) -, (-Þt, taqÞóáb) taqa‘‘ur - * taqfiya - * taqalluœ - - taqalqul - * taqlᜠ- * taqammu‘ - * taqwám (-Þt), taqÞwám (-Þt), taqÞwám taqyás - * takÞtuf - * takbár - - takaddus - * takarrum - * takaššuf - * takmila - - talÞzum - * tilÞwa - - talabbuõ - * tal‰áœ -, (-Þt, talÞ‰áœ) -, (-Þt, talÞ‰áœ) talóáf - * tulfÞz - - talaqquf - * talahhuf - * talawwun - * taldán - * talaf ’atlÞf - talyán - * tamÞruæ - * tamÞšin - * tamÞhin - *

108 tamtá‘ - * tamõál - tamÞõál tamaœœur - * talmᇠ(-Þt), talÞmᇠ(-Þt), talÞmᇠtalfá‘a talÞfá‘ * talmá‡a -Þt talÞmᇠtalla tilÞl - talwá‡a - * tamazzzuq -Þt - tamóáó - * tamèa - - tamalmul - - tamauæu‘ - * tamayyuz - * tanÞ‡ur - * tanÞzul -Þt - tanÞbuμ - * tanÞsin - * tanÞmin - * tan‡áf - * tansáb - * tansáq - - tansáqa - * tanaœœut - * tanaœœul - * tan÷áf - -Þt tanaffu‰ - - tanqᇠ- - tanqáó - * tankár - * tanmár - * tahÞóul - * tahdáf - * taharru' - * tahaššum - * tahmáš - * tahmáša -Þt * tuhma tuham - tahayyu' - * tawÞzun - - tawÞfud - * tawÞfur - * tawwÞq -ãn - tuwÞlàt - - tau’am tawÞ’im * tau’ama - * tawa‚‚uh - - tawaddud - * tawarrud - *

109 tawarrum - - tauráq - * tawazzu‘ - * tawassul - - tausi‘a -Þt - tausám - * taušiya - - tauœáf - * tauœál - (-Þt), tawÞœál tauæᇠ- - tawaóóun - * tawa÷÷uf - * tawaqqin - * tauláf - * tauláfa - * tawahhu‚ - * tuwai‚ - -Þt tuwai‚áya - * tiyÞtrâ - - tayattum - * tayyÞh - - tàza - - tayaqqun - * tála - - õÞbit - - õÞwin - * õÞ'ira - õawÞ’ir õa‰Þna - * õu‰ãna - * õarõÞr - -ãn õarõÞra - -Þt õufl ’aõfÞl - õulÞõáya - - õamil - - õanÞ' - - õunÞ'áya - -Þt

‚Þbãná -ãn * ‚Þõin (-ãn), ‚uõiy -

‚Þõim (-ãn), ‚uõõam (-ãn), ‚uõõam ‚Þ‡id -ãn - ‚Þráya (-Þt), gawÞrin -Þt, gawÞrin

‚Þfin (-ãn), ‚ufÞh (-ãn), ‚ufÞh ‚Þfil - *

‚Þmi‡ ‚awÞmi‡, ‚ummÞ‡ -

‚Þm -Þt, -Þt ’a‚wÞm, ‚ãm

110

‚Þmi‘á -ãn - ‚Þhid - * ‚Þhir - *

‚Þhil ‚ahala, ‚uhhÞl, ‚ahala, ‚uhhal, ‚uhalÞ’, ‚uhhal, ‚uhhÞl, ‚uhalÞ’, (-ãn) (-ãn)

‚Þha - * ‚Þ'iba ‚awÞ’ib * ‚abbÞla -Þt * ‚ibs ’a‚bÞs - ‚abal ‚ibÞl ’a‚bÞl, ’a‚bul, ‚ibÞl ‚ubn ’a‚bÞn ’a‚bÞn , ‚ubãn

‚ubba ‚ubab, ‚ibÞb ‚ubab, ‚ibÞb, ‚abÞ’ib ‚Þ’i‡ * ‚awÞ’i‡

‚aõláq ‚aõÞláq ‚aõÞliqa

‚ur‡ ‚urã‡, ‚irÞ‡, ‚urã‡, ‚irÞ‡, ‚urã‡Þt ‚urã‡Þt, ’a‚rÞ‡

‚a‡š ‚i‡Þš, ‚ã‡ãš ‚i‡Þš, ‚u‡ãš,’a‚‡Þš, ‚ᇚÞn

‚abbÞr -ãn, ‚abÞbira -ãn, ‚abÞbir, ‚abÞbira ‚adwÞ - - ‚urn (‚urun), ’a‚rÞn (‚urun), ’a‚rÞn ‚arra (-Þt), ‚irÞr (-Þt), ‚irÞr

‚arw ‚irÞ’ 'a‚rin, 'a‚riya, 'a‚rÞ', ‚irÞ’

‚ará' (-ãn), ’a‚riyÞ’ (-ãn), ’a‚riyÞ’ ‚isr ‚usãr ‚usãr, ‚usãra

‚asãr ‚usr - ‚akk -Þt * ‚u‘Þla - ‚a‘Þ’il, (-Þt) ‚allÞbáya - -Þt, ‚alÞláb

‚allÞba -Þt, ‚alÞlib * ‚allÞ‰ -ãn * ‚alda - * ‚alóa -Þt -

‚alás ‚ulasÞ’ ‚ulasÞ’, ‚ullÞs ‚ulba ‚ulab -

‚ammÞl ‚ammÞla -ãn ‚amÞlân -Þt *

111 ‚um‘a ‚uma‘ -Þt, ‚uma‘ ‚amhara - - ‚umhãrá -ãn -

‚amál -, (‚amÞ’il) -, (‚amÞ’il) ‚anÞn - 'a‚nÞn ‚ayyid (-ãn), ‚iyÞd (-ãn), ‚iyÞd

‚anán ’a‚inna, (’a‚nun) ’a‚inna,’a‚nun ‚unaina ‚anÞ’in ‚anÞ’in, -Þt

‚anÞ‡ ’a‚ni‡a,’a‚nu‡ -Þt, ’a‚ni‡a,’a‚nu‡ ‚andãl ‚anÞdil ‚anÞdál

‚ihÞz ’aghiza -Þt, ’aghiza ‚awÞhir‚á - ‚awÞhir‚áya ‚or‚á -ãn * ‚âza - - ‚aun ‚ãn * ‚auhara - - ‚aiša -Þt * ‚ána -Þt * ‚izdÞn ‚azÞdán -Þt ‚azzzÞr -ãn -ãn, ‚azzÞra

‡Þbila ‡abala * ‡Þõõa -Þt -

‡Þ‚iz ‡a‚aza, ‡awÞ‚iz ‡awÞ‚iz

‡Þ‚a (‡awÞ'i‚), -Þt (‡awÞ'i‚), -Þt ‡Þ‚‚a - * ‡Þ‰Þmáya - * ‡Þμir - *

‡Þris ‡urrÞs ‡arasa, ‡urrÞs ‡Þzim (-ãn), ‡azama (-ãn), ‡azama ‡Þzãqa - -

‡Þsib (‡awasib), -Þt -ãn, -Þt, (‡awasib) ‡Þsãb ‡awÞsáb * ‡Þsiba -Þt *

‡Þriõ -ãn, ‡urrÞõ ‡urrÞõ ‡Þμiq -ãn, ‡uzzÞq ‡uzzÞq ‡Þœid -ãn, ‡uœœÞd ‡uœœÞd

‡Þfi÷a ‡awÞfi÷, (-Þt) ‡awÞfi÷, (-Þt) ‡Þn - - ‡Þnin - * ‡Þwáya -Þt *

112 ‡Þ’iæ ‡awÞ’iæ -

‡Þæir -ãn, ‡uæãr ‡uæãr, ‡aæara, ‡uææÞr, -ãn

‡Þ'ir - - ‡Þ'ió ‡ióÞn, ‡awÞ’ió ‡ióÞn, ‡awÞ’ió, ‡iyÞó ‡Þ'ik (-ãn), ‡Þka (-ãn), ‡Þka

‡Þ'ika -Þt, ‡awÞ’ik * ‡abka - -

‡abl ‡ibÞl, 'a‡bÞl, ‡ibÞl, 'a‡bÞl,'a‡bul, ‡ubãl

‡abás - ‡ubasÞ’ ‡itÞr - ‡utur ‡atf - ‡utãf ‡atm - ‡utãm

‡i‚r ‡u‚ãr, ’a‡‚Þr ‡u‚ãr, ’a‡‚Þr, ‡u‚ãra

‡a‚z ‡u‚ãzÞt - ‡addãta - * ‡iμwa - * ‡irÞsa - - ‡arrÞqa - - ‡irdabba - *

‡irz ’a‡rÞz ’a‡rÞz, ‡urãz ‡azan ’a‡zÞn * ‡irš ’a‡rÞš, (‡urãš) ’a‡rÞš, ‡urãš

‡arára - * ‡assÞs - - ‡asad -, (’a‡sÞd) -, (’a‡sÞd)

‡asm -, (‡usãm, ‡usãmÞt) -, (‡usãm, ‡usãmÞt) ‡ašafa - - ‡ašwa - -

‡ašd ‡ušãd, ‡ušãdÞt ‡ušãd ‡aœÞh ‡uœáy, ‡aœayÞt ‡aœan, ‡aœayÞt, ‡aœawÞt ‡aæra - -

‡iæn ’a‡æÞn, (‡udãn) ’a‡æÞn, (‡udãn) ‡akmadÞr - - ‡alaq - ’a‡lÞq, (‡ulqÞn)

‡alq ‡ulãq, ‡uluq, ‡ulãq, ’a‡lÞq ’a‡lÞq

‡alÞwa -Þt -

113 ‡alla ‡ilal -Þt, ‡ilal

‡imÞr ‡amár, ‡umur 'a‡mira, ‡umur, ‡amár ‡alabá - - ‡alazãn - -Þt ‡alaqa -Þt, ‡alaq -Þt ‡umãla ‡ama’il -Þt ‡inóa ‡inaó - ‡anóãr ‡anÞóár - ‡iwÞr -Þt - ‡iyÞdá - - ‡uwaiœila * -Þt

‡amæ 'a‡mÞæ, (‡umãæ) 'a‡mÞæ, (‡umãæ) ‡amámáya - * ‡imya - - ‡anáya ‡anÞya -Þt, ‡anÞya ‡anya - - ‡ãt ‡itÞn 'a‡wÞt, ‡itÞn ‡auš ’a‡wÞš ‡ášÞn, ’a‡wÞš

‡auæ ‡áyÞæ, ’a‡wÞæ ‡áæÞn, ’a‡wÞæ, ‡iyÞæ

‡auqala - ‡awÞqil, (-Þt) ‡auma - -Þt

‰Þæi‘ - ‰uææa‘, ‰ud‘Þn ‰Þóib ‰ãóóÞb ‰ãóabÞ’, ‰ãóóÞb

‰Þóira (-Þt), ‰awÞóir * ‰Þfiya ‰awÞfin ‰awÞfin, ‰awÞfá

‰ÞqÞn (-Þt), ‰awÞqán (-Þt), ‰awÞqán ‰Þlid - (-ãn), ‰awÞlid ‰Þni‘ ‰ana‘a - ‰Þ'ib - -

‰Þ'in ‰awana, (-ãn) ‰awana, ‰uwwÞn, (-ãn) ‰abbÞœ - - ‰a‚lÞn - - ‰a‚ãl - -

‰add ‰udãd, ‰idÞd ‰udãd, ‰udad ‰idr ‰udãr, 'a‰dÞr ‰ãdãr, ’a‰dÞr,'a‰Þdár ‰idš ‰udãš 'a‰dÞš, ‰udãš ‰adá‚ - - ‰arbaša - - ‰ar‚ 'a‰rÞ‚ ‰ãrã‚Þt

‰ur‚ ‰ára‚a,’a‰rÞ‚, ‰ára‚a, (‰urã‚) (‰ãrã‚)

114 ‰aršana - - ‰aróa ‰uraó * ‰aznadÞr - - ‰asta‰Þna - * ‰iœÞm - - ‰aóóÞf - - ‰aóár - ‰ãór ‰aóá’a ‰aóÞya -Þt, ‰aóÞya ‰ill * ’a‰lÞl ‰ilÞsá - - ‰ilÞf - -Þt ‰allÞq - - ‰al‰ala - * ‰alóa - -Þt ‰al‘ -, (‰ulã‘) -, (‰ulã‘) ‰alf - -

‰alá‚ ‰ãl‚Þn ‰ulu‚, ‰ãl‚Þn ‰aláfa ‰ãlafÞ’ ‰alÞ'if, ‰ãlafÞ’

‰aláqa - ‰alÞ'iq ‰umm ‰ámama 'a‰mÞm ‰inÞq - ‰awÞniq, ‰awÞnáq ‰inÞqa - - ‰anzára - - ‰ayÞl (-Þt), ’a‰yila (-Þt), ’a‰yila

‰ayyÞl ‰ayyÞla -ãn, ‰ayyÞla ‰airazÞna - ‰ayÞzir ‰aiša ‰áyaš -Þt, ‰áyaš

‰aió ‰áóÞn, ‰ãyãó ‰áóÞn,’a‰yÞó, ‰ãyãó danimÞrká - - dubba - - dubaila - * da‚‚Þl - -ãn, da‚Þ‚ila darrÞ‘a - -Þt durrÞ‘a (-Þt), darÞrá‘ (-Þt), darÞrá‘ dur‚ ’adrÞ‚ durã‚, ’adrÞ‚ dur‘ 'adru‘, durã‘ 'adrÞ‘, durã‘, 'adru‘ darfa (-Þt), diraf (-Þt), diraf daffÞf - * dafá’a - * diktÞtâráya - - daktâra - dakÞtira dikka dikak, dikÞk dikak damdama - -Þt dam‘a - - damèa - - dandana - *

115 dahhÞn - - duwwÞr -Þt dawÞwár dublÞ‚ - - dau‡a (-Þt), ’adwÞ‡ (-Þt), ’adwÞ‡ dauša - - dauóa - - disk - - dánÞmâ - - diya - -Þt

μÞhil - - μabbÞ‡ - -ãn μubÞla - - μub‡a - - μurráya - -Þt, μarÞráy μikr - ’aμkÞr,

μakar μukãr, μukãra μukãr, μukãra, μukrÞn μimÞm - ’aμimma μi’ba - * rÞ‚il ra‚‚Þla -ãn, ra‚‚Þla rÞdÞr - - rÞsib (-ãn), rawÞsib (-ãn), rawÞsib rÞœida - - rÞèib - raèaba, (-ãn) rÞfiæá - ’arfÞæ rÞqãd - rawÞqád rÞqiya - * rabb (rubãb),’arbÞb (rubãb),’arbÞb ribÞóá - - rabbÞnáya - * rib‡áya - * rutãš - - rutailÞ’ - - ra‚fa - - ru‚ail - * ra‡‡Þla - - ra‡‡Þya - * ra‡awáya - * ra‡an ’ar‡Þ’ ’ar‡Þ’, ru‡áy ra‡ám ru‡amÞ’ - radda - - radáf - - raμÞla - - ruznÞma - - rašša - - raæ‘a - * raæfa - * ra‘da - - ra‘ša - - rufqa - rifÞq, rifaq, ’arfÞq

116 rakkÞæ - - rakæa - - ruknáya - - ramša - - rihÞn - - rãznÞma - - rãmá - ’arwÞm, (-ãn) ra’ãf - - riyÞda - * rábÞn - * rai‘áya - * zÞ‡ifa zawÞ‡f * zÞd ’azwÞd ’azwida, ’azwÞd zÞnáya (-Þt), zawÞnin (-Þt), zawÞnin zÞhid (-ãn), zuhhÞd (-ãn), zuhhÞd zubr ’azbÞr - zabãr zubur - zubãn - - zabãn zubanÞ’, zabÞ’in zubanÞ’, zabÞ’in, zubun zabãna -Þt * za‚rÞ - * za‡lÞwá - - zirÞr zarÞyir * zarÞfa -Þt -Þt, zarÞ’if, zarÞfÞ zarfál zarÞfál * zarkaša -Þt * zarada -Þt, (zarad) - za‘qa - -Þt za‘lÞn - - za‘áma - - zaèda - * zaèóa - - zilÞ‚ - - zinbarak (-Þt), zanÞbik (-Þt), zanÞbik zanbaq - zanÞbiq zina - - zakÞt zakawÞt zakawÞt, zakan zallÞ‚a -Þt * zammÞr -ãn - zin‚á zunã‚ - zindáq zanÞdáq zanÞdiqa zinká - * zahra -Þt, zuhãr, ’azhÞr -Þt zimbÞbwá -ãn * sÞbi‡ -ãn, subbÞ‡ -ãn, subbÞ‡ suba‡Þ’

117 sÞtir -, (sawÞtir) -, (sawÞtir) sÞ‚i‘ - - sÞ‰ió - * sÞri‡ - - sÞriqa - sawÞriq sÞ‘in su‘Þt -ãn, su‘Þt sÞ‡a -Þt -Þt, sÞ‡in sÞ‰ir -ãn - sÞriq -ãn, surrÞq, -ãn, surrÞq, saraqa sÞfil (-ãn), safala (-ãn), safala sÞkit - - sÞlib sawÞlib -ãn, sawÞlib sÞlim - - sÞhin - - sÞhid - - sÞhir - -ãn sabbÞb - - subÞ‘áya - - sibÞq - - sabat ’asbita sabatÞt stÞd - - si‚Þl - - sa‚da - -Þt sa‚f * ’as‚Þf, su‚ãf sa‚ána - -Þt sa‚án su‚anÞ’ sa‚nÞ, su‚anÞ’ sa‚áya sa‚ÞyÞ sa‚Þya, -Þt sa‡Þba -Þt, su‡ub -Þt, su‡ub, sa‡Þ’ib sa‡‡Þr (sa‡ara), ãn (sa‡ara), ãn sa‡ar - ’as‡Þr sa‡r - su‡ãr, ’as‡Þr si‡láya sa‡Þlin sa‡Þlá si‡na - sa‡anat, su‡an sa‰la (-Þt), si‰Þl (-Þt), si‰Þl sa‰áf - si‰Þf, su‰afÞ’ sadd sudãd sudãd, ’asdÞd

sidr - sudãr, sidarÞt sadám - sudum surÞdiq - -Þt sarÞi -Þt - suryÞná - - sišwÞr - -Þt si‘lÞh * si‘layÞt, sa‘Þlin

118 sa‘a - - sa‘dÞn - sa‘Þdán saffÞk - -ãn safsaóÞ’á - -ãn sufl - - safáh sufahÞ’ sufahÞ’, sifÞh siqÞla (-Þt), saqÞyil (-Þt), saqÞyil siqó - - suqm - ’asqÞm sakta - - sikr - * sukkara - * saksofân - - saksâná - - sallÞ‰ - sallÞ‰a, -ãn sultÞna - - salóana -Þt - silfa -, (silaf, salÞyif) -, (silaf, salÞyif) sulfa sulaf sulaf, -Þt salafá - -ãn slâvÞká - * samÞka - - samsara - - simsÞr samÞsira samÞsár, samÞsira samkará - - samn sumãn - samᇠ- suma‡Þ’ samár - - sinÞd - * sinnÞra (-Þt), sanÞnár -Þt, sanÞnár sindÞn (-Þt), sanÞdán (-Þt), sanÞdán sanóa - - sanóãr -, (sanÞóir) -, (sanÞóir) sanóár - - sinèÞlá - - sanãsá - - sunãnã - - sahhÞr - - sahrÞn - - siwÞk - sãk su’Þl (-Þt), ’as’ila (-Þt), ’as’ila sãbarmÞrkit - - saudÞwá - - susta susat -Þt, susat, sust sausan -, (-Þt, sawÞsin) -, (-Þt, sawÞsin) sãqá - - sauna - * sawáya - sawÞya, (-Þt)

119 siyÞsa - -Þt siyÞq - - sirk - - sairãra - * saif suyãf ’asyÞf, suyãf,’asyuf sirdÞb sarÞdáb sarÞdáb, saradib sur‘a -Þt - sirk ’asrÞk - sarár surur,’asirra surur, ’asirra, sarÞyir sará‘ sirÞ‘, ãn sirÞ‘, sur‘Þn, (-ãn) srálÞnká -ãn * saó‡ ’asóu‡, suó㇠suóã‡, ’asóu‡, ’asói‡a saór ’asóur, suóãr ’asóur, suóãr, ’asóÞr sa‘dá - -ãn su‘ra -Þt * su‘ãdá -ãn - safar‚al safÞri‚ safÞri‚, -Þt safára -Þt * saqqÞóa -Þt, saqÞqáó - saqf ’asquf, suqãf ’asquf, suquf, suqãf, suqãfÞt saqáfa saqÞ’if -Þt, saqÞ’if sakkÞf -ãn - sikritÞráya -Þt - silfÞdârá - * sullam salÞlim salÞlim, salÞlám slâváná -ãn * simÞó ’asmióa -Þt, sumuó, ’asmióa sammÞn -ãn - samkará - - samandal samÞdil - samᇠ- suma‡Þ’ samá‘ - suma‘Þ’ sammá‘ sammá‘a * sinn ’asnÞn ’asnÞn, ’asinna,’asnun sinÞda -Þt * sunbula sanÞbil -Þt, sanÞbil sin‚Þb sanÞèáb sanÞ‚ib sin‰ ’asnÞ‰ ’asnÞ‰, sun㉠sinnaur sanÞnár * siwÞr ’aswira, ’asawir, ’aswira, ’asÞwira, sãr, ’asÞwir siwÞk - sãk swàsrá -ãn - siyÞ‚ -Þt, ’aswi‚a -Þt, ’aswi‚a,’asyÞ‚

120 siyÞsa - -Þt sayyÞf -ãn - sayyid sÞda, ’asyÞd sÞda, ’asyÞd, sÞdÞt sairãra - * siya -Þt *

šÞbba -Þt, šawÞbb -Þt, šawÞbb, šabÞ’ib šÞ‡in -ãn, (šawÞ‡in) - šÞdin - -ãn šÞdáya - -

šÞrib -ãn, šarb, -ãn, šarb, šawÞrib, šurrÞb šawÞrib, šurãb

šÞói’ (šuó’Þn ), šawÞói’ šawÞói’ , šuó’Þn šÞhid šuhãd, šawÞhid šuhãd, ’ašhÞd, šawÞhid, šuhud

šÞhida -Þt, šawÞhid šawÞhid šabÞt šaban, šabawÞt šabawÞt šab‘Þn šabÞ‘Þ šabÞ‘Þ, šibÞ‘ šabiq - - šabaka -Þt, šabak, šibÞk -Þt, šibÞk, (šabak) šabakáya - - šubha -Þt -Þt, šubah širÞk ’ašruk, šuruk ’ašruk, šuruk,’ašrÞk šitÞ’ ’aštáya šutáy, ’aštáya

šatla -Þt, šatÞ’il šatÞ’il, šutãl, šatl ša‡‡Þt -ãn -ãn, ša‡‡Þta ša‡m šu‡ãm šu‡ãm, šu‡ãmÞt

ša‡ma - - ša‰tãra ša‰Þtár - šidda - šadÞ’id širÞ’ -Þt, ’ašriya - širÞ‘ ’ašri‘a šuru‘,’ašri‘a šarak ’ašrÞk, širÞk ’ašrÞk, šuruk, širÞk

širrár ’ašrÞr - šarák šurakÞ’ ’ašrÞk, šurakÞ’ šaráka -Þt šarÞ’ik ša‘‘Þr -ãn, ša‘‘Þra -ãn, ša‘Þ‘ár

ši‘Þr -Þt, ’aš‘ira -Þt, ’aš‘ira, šu‘ur šu‘Þ‘ ’aši‘‘a -Þt, ’aši‘‘a šu‘ba šu‘ab ši‘Þb, šu‘ab šu’ãbá - - ša‘waμa - -Þt šaèÞf šuèuf -

šuèl ’ašèÞl ’ašèÞl, šuèãl

121 šifÞ’ ’ašfiya ’ašfiya, ’ašÞfin šaffÞfa -Þt *

šafra -Þt -Þt, šifÞr šaf‘ ’ašfÞ‘ ’ašfÞ‘, šifÞ‘

šafa šifÞh, -Þt, šafÞyif šifÞh, -Þt

šafãq - - šafáq šufaqÞ’ - šaqfa - * šaqáq ’ašiqqÞ’ ’ašiqqÞ’, ’ašiqqa šakkÞk - * šakl ’aškÞl ’aškÞl, šukãl šakáma šakÞ’im šakÞ’im, šukum šallãt šalÞlát * šam‘adÞn -Þt -Þt, šamÞ‘id, šamÞ‘dán šamsáya -Þt -Þt, šamÞsá šam‘a -Þt, šumã‘ - šanab ’ašnÞb -Þt, ’ašnÞb šanóa -Þt, šunaó šunaó šihÞb šuhub šuhub, šuhbÞn šahráya -Þt - šahqa - - šahár -ãn - šaula -Þt - šãna šuwan -Þt, šuwan šayyÞl -ãn -ãn, šayyÞla šayyÞla -Þt - šášÞn -ãn * šáša -Þt, šiyaš - šáma šiyam -Þt, šiyam šÞμμ šawÞμ šawÞμ, šuμμÞμ šÞrid šurud, šuμμÞμ šurud, šawÞrid šÞfi‘ - - šÞqãl -, (šawÞqál) -, (šawÞqál) šakk - šukkÞk šÞkin - - šÞkir - - šÞkila - (-Þt), šawÞkil

šÞl (-Þt), šálÞn -Þt, šálÞn šÞmit (-ãn), šummÞt (-ãn), šummÞt šÞmi‰ (-ãn), šawÞmi‰ (-ãn), šummah, šawÞmi‰ šÞh - - šÞt šiyÞh šiyÞh, šiwÞh šÞhir - * šÞ’ib - šáb šÞ’i‰ - * šÞyil - * šabka - -

122 ša‡á‡ ši‡Þ‡ ši‡Þ‡, ’aši‡‡Þ’ šu‰šai‰a ša‰Þšá‰ -at, ša‰Þšá‰ šarrÞqa - - šar‡a - - šarμama šarÞμám šarÞμám, šarÞμim šarwa - - šaèla - * šafra -Þt -Þt, šifÞr šafár - ’ašfÞr šakkÞ’ - - šal‘a - -Þt šahqa - - šahwÞná - -

šã‡a -, (šuwa‡, -Þt) -, (šuwa‡, -Þt) šârba - -Þt šort - - šâfÞ‚ - * šaufa - - šâfáná - - šãna šuwan -Þt, šuwan šifra - -

œÞbir - - œÞbãn - - œÞ‚ - -

œÞ‡in -ãn -ãn, œu‡Þh œÞ‡iba -Þt, œawÞ‡ib -Þt, œawÞ‡ib œawÞ‡ibÞt

œÞd - - œÞdiq - - œÞrim (-ãn), œawÞrim (-ãn), œawÞrim œÞri‰ - - œÞri‰a -Þt *

œÞ‘ (-Þt), œá‘Þn (-Þt), œá‘Þn, ’aœwu‘, ’aœwÞ‘

œÞ‘id - œawÞ‘id œÞ‘ida œawÞ‘ád *

œÞli‡ -ãn (-Þn), œawÞli‡ œÞèir - - œalœa - -Þt, ’aœlÞœ œÞmit (-ãn), œawÞmit (-ãn), œawÞmit, œumãt

œÞmid - - œÞmãla œawÞmál œawÞmál, œawÞmil œÞni‘ œunnÞ‘ -ãn, œunnÞ‘

123 œÞni‘a - * œÞ’ib - - œÞ’it œawÞ’it - œÞ’im -ãn, œuwwam -ãn, œuwwam œiyÞm œiyÞm, œuyyam œabbÞó œabÞbáó * œabÞ‡áya - * œubÞ‘ - - œabba - * œabãr (-ãn), œubur (-ãn), œubur œabáy œibyÞn, œibya œibyÞn, œibya, ’aœbiya œa‡Þbá - -

œa‡‡Þra -Þt œa‡Þ‡ár œa‡rÞ’ œa‡rawÞt, œa‡ÞrÞ œa‡rawÞt, œa‡ÞrÞ, œa‡Þrin

œa‡á‡ œi‡Þ‡, ’aœi‡‡Þ’ œi‡Þ‡, ’aœi‡‡Þ’, ’aœi‡‡a œa‰r œu‰ãr -Þt, œu‰ãr, œu‰ãra

œa‰ra - - œidÞr - - œudráya - - œadafa -, (-Þt, ’aœdÞf) -, (-Þt, ’aœdÞf) œadáq ’aœdiqÞ’ ’aœdiqÞ’, œudaqÞ’, œudqÞn œiddáq - - œirÞó - - œirbá -ãn - œar‘a -Þt * œarfá -ãn - œurm -, (’aœrÞm, œurãm) -, (’aœrÞm, œurãm)

œarᇠœura‡Þ’ œura‡Þ’, œarÞ’i‡ œu‘ãba -Þt, œi‘Þb -Þt œa‘ád ’aœ‘ida œu‘ud, ’aœ‘ida œaèár œièÞr, -Þt œièÞr, œuèarÞ’

œafan - œafawÞt œifÞd ’aœfÞd - œafÞr - - œaffÞf - - œaf‘a - -Þt œafawá - * œaf㇠- - œaqqÞl -ãn - œaqr œuqãr œuqãr, ’aœqur œiqillá - -ãn

œakk œukãk œukãk, ’aœukk, œikÞk œill ’aœlÞl ’aœlÞl, œilÞl

œulb ’aœlÞb ’aœlÞb, ’aœlub

124 œalb㉠-, (œalÞbá‰) -, (œalÞbá‰) œalóa‘ãn - - œal‘a -Þt - œaláb œulbÞn œulub, œulbÞn œalábá -ãn - œamè œumãè œumãè, ’aœmÞè œamãla œawÞmál œawÞmál, œawÞmil

œannÞ‚ - - œinnÞra (-Þt), œanÞnár (-Þt), œanÞnár

œinÞ‘a -Þt -Þt, sanÞ’i‘ œan‘a -, (œanÞ’i‘) -, (œanÞ’i‘)

œinf ’aœnÞf œunãf, ’aœnÞf œinw œinwÞn , ’aœnÞ’ ’aœnÞ’ œaná‘ -, (œanÞ’i‘) -, (œanÞ’i‘) œâmÞlá - - œiyÞèa - - œaidÞwá -ãn - œaidalÞná - - œaidalÞnáya - *

æÞbióa (-Þt), æawÞbió (-Þt), æawÞbió æÞ‡ik - æawÞ‡ik æÞrib - æawÞrib æÞll - æawÞll, æullÞl, (-ãn)

æÞli‘ - * æÞlla - -

æÞ’i‘ - æuyya‘, æiyÞ‘ æabb æibÞb æibÞb, ’aæubb, æubbÞn æubÞra æabÞ’ir æabÞ’ir, ’aæÞbár

æa‚á‘ - - æi‡ka - -Þt æa‡ãk - -

æarb æurãb æurãb, ’ÞærÞb æaróa -Þt - æar‘ æurã‘ æurã‘, æirÞ‘

æaráb ’aærÞb æurabÞ’ æarᇠ’aæri‡a ’aæri‡a, æarÞ’i‡

æa‘áf æu‘afÞ’, æi‘Þf æu‘afÞ’, æi‘Þf, æa‘afa æaèó æuèãóÞt, æuèãó æuèãó

æil‘ ’aælu‘, ’aælÞ‘, ’aælu‘, ’aælÞ‘, æulã‘ æulã‘, ’aæÞli‘

125 æilfa æulaf - æamÞæ * - æamÞna -Þt - æai‘a -Þt, æiyÞ‘ -Þt, æiyÞ‘, (æiya‘)

æalá‘ - - æaif æáfÞn, æuyãf æáfÞn, æuyãf, ’aæyÞf æaifa - * æa’ál æu’alÞ’ æu’alÞ’, æi’Þl

óÞbi‘a -Þt * óÞra -Þt - óÞ‘ãn - óawÞ‘án óÞèin -ãn, óuèÞt óuèÞt óÞèáya - - óÞqim - , (’aóqum, -, (’aóqum, óawÞqim) óawÞqim)

óÞmi‘ - * óÞ’ir (’aóyÞr), óuyãr (’aóyÞr), óair, óairÞt óÞ’iš -ãn - óÞ’i‘ - - óÞ’if - - óabbÞh -ãn, -Þt -ãn óibÞq - - óab‰a -Þt - óabšãra -, (óabÞšár, -Þt) -, (óabÞšár, -Þt) óabar - -

óab‘ óibÞ‘ ’aóbÞ‘, óibÞ‘ óabaq ’aóbÞq ’aóbÞq, óibÞq óabl óubãl óubãl, ’aóbÞl

óarÞbizãn - - óarrÞ‡a -Þt, óarÞrᇠóarÞrᇠóarrÞd -Þt - óarrÞda -Þt - óar‡ -, (óurã‡) -, (óurã‡) óirs ’aórÞs ’aórÞs, óurãs óaraf ’aórÞf, ’aóÞráf ’aórÞf óarãb -ãn - óarád - - óaráda - óarÞ’id óaráf - - óa‘‘Þ‚a -Þt * óa‘n - óu‘ãn óaèÞr -Þt - óuèrÞ’ - -Þt óuèma -Þt, (óuèam) -Þt, (óuèam) óaffÞša -Þt * óaf‡ -, (óufã‡) -, (óufã‡)

126 óafra -Þt - óifla -Þt - óufailá -Þt -Þt, -ãn óaqm ’aóqum, óuqãm ’aóqum, óuqãm, óuqãma óilÞ’ -Þt - óallÞ‘ - - óalÞ’i‘á -ãn - óilasam óalÞsim -Þt, óalÞsim óaláqa -Þt - óammÞ‘ - - óam㇠- - óahãr - - óawwÞb óawwÞba - óawwÞf - óawwÞfa, (-ãn) óãba - óubÞr - * óãrbád -Þt -Þt, óarÞbád óayyÞn - - óayyib -ãn - óãfÞn - - óawafÞn - * óáz - * óayyi‘ - - óaif ’aóyÞf ’aóyÞf, óuyãf óailasan óayÞlis óayÞlisa ÷Þfir - - ÷Þmi’ - - ÷Þhir - ÷awÞhir ÷ibyÞná - * ÷abya ÷ibÞ’ ÷abayÞt ÷aribÞn ÷arÞbáy ÷arÞbáy, ÷arÞbán

÷ufr ’a÷fÞr, ’a÷Þfir ’a÷Þfir, ’a÷Þfir,’a÷Þfár ÷ill ÷ilal ÷ilal, ÷ulãl, ’a÷lÞl

÷ilf ’a÷lÞf ’a÷lÞf, ÷ulãf ÷alãm - * ÷anãn - - ÷anán ’a÷inna’ - ÷ahr ÷uhãr, ’azhur -Þt, ÷uhãr, ’azhur ÷ahár ÷uharÞ’, zahÞ’ir zahÞ’ir

‘Þbiõ - - ‘Þbir -ãn -ãn, -Þt ‘Þbis - - ‘Þ‚iz -ãn, ‘a‚aza, (-ãn), ‘a‚aza, ‘awÞ‚iz ‘awÞ‚iz

‘Þdin ‘udÞt ‘udÞt, ‘awÞdin ‘Þdil -ãn, ‘udãl -

127 ‘Þdah -Þt -Þt, ‘awÞ’id ‘Þrifa - - ‘Þráya ‘awÞrin * ‘Þzib ‘uzzÞb - ‘Þziqa -Þt * ‘Þzil ‘awÞzil - ‘Þzim -ãn - ‘Þóiš - - ‘Þóif - ‘awÞóif ‘Þóifá - - ‘Þqq - - ‘Þqir - -

‘Þqil -ãn, ‘uqalÞ’ -ãn, ‘uqalÞ’, ‘uqqÞl ‘Þkif -ãn, ‘ukãf -ãn, ‘ukãf, ‘ukkaf

‘Þliq - ‘awÞliq ‘Þlam ‘awÞlim -ãn, ‘awÞlim ‘Þlim (-ãn), ‘ulamÞ’ (-ãn), ‘ulamÞ’ ‘Þlima -Þt - ‘Þna - - ‘Þ’iz - - ‘Þ’iš - - ‘Þ’iq ‘uyyÞq, ‘awÞ’iq ‘uyyÞq ‘Þ’il - - ‘Þ’ima -Þt - ‘ubb - - ‘abÞ’a -Þt, ’a‘bi’a -Þt ‘abÞya -Þt, ‘abáy -Þt

‘abd ‘abád, ‘ibÞd ‘abád, ‘ibÞd, ‘ubdÞn ‘abra -Þt -Þt, ‘ibar

‘abqará ‘abÞqira -ãn, ‘abÞqira ‘abãs - - ‘itÞb - - ‘attÞl -ãn, ‘attÞla -

‘ataba -Þt, ’a‘tÞb, (-Þt), ’a‘tÞb, ‘atab ‘atab ‘utull - * ‘atala -Þt ‘atal ‘atáq ‘utaqÞ’ - ‘igl ‘u‚ãl ‘u‚ãl, ‘i‚ala ‘i‚la -Þt * ‘a‚amá - ’a‘‚Þm

‘a‚ãz ‘a‚Þ’iz ‘a‚Þ’iz, ‘u‚uz ‘a‚ál * ‘i‚Þl ‘adÞwa - -Þt ‘adÞ’á - -

128 ‘adasáya - *

‘idl ’a‘dÞl, (‘udãl ) ’a‘dÞl, ‘udãl

‘adãw ’a‘dÞ’ ’a‘dÞ’, ’a‘Þdin, ‘udÞt, ‘idan ‘udwÞná - - ‘adád -ãn - ‘adál ‘udalÞ’ ‘adÞ’il

‘iμÞr - ‘uμur ‘iμq ‘uμãq, ’a‘μÞq ’a‘μÞq ‘arrÞf -ãn - ‘arabÞna - * ‘arabá -Þt, (‘arab) -

‘irbád -, (‘arÞbád) -, (‘arÞbád) ‘atÞba - * ‘aræ‡Þl -Þt * ‘irq ‘urãq, ’a‘rÞq ‘urãq ‘arqÞn - * ‘arqala - ‘arÞqál ‘arim - - ‘urma -, (‘uram) -, (‘uram) ‘urra -, (‘urar) -, (‘urar) ‘urãbá -ãn * ‘arás ‘irsÞn - ‘aráf ‘urafÞ’ ‘urafÞ’ , ‘irfÞn ‘aráq - - ‘azaqa -Þt, ‘azaq * ‘uzul ’a‘zÞl - ‘azma -Þt - ‘azãf - - ‘uzãma ‘azÞ’im - ‘ušš ’a‘šÞš, ‘išaš ’a‘šÞš, ‘išÞš, ‘išaša ‘ušba - - ‘ušr ’a‘šÞr ‘ušãr, ’a‘šÞr ‘ašáq - - ‘ašáqa - - ‘aœan ‘uœáy ‘uœáy, ’a‘œin ‘uœÞbá - * ‘aœÞya - - ‘aœr ‘uœãr, ’a‘œur ‘uœãr, ’a‘œur, ‘aœÞrin ‘aœÞrin, ’a‘œÞr

‘uœ‘uœ - ‘aœÞ‘iœ ‘aœáda -, (‘aœÞ’id) -, (‘aœÞ’id) ‘aœára -Þt - ‘iœyÞn - - ‘aææÞæ - - ‘aææa -Þt -

129 ‘aóóÞr -ãn -ãn, ‘aóóÞra ‘aóab ’a‘óÞb - ‘iór ‘uóãr ‘uóãr, ‘uóãrÞt ‘aósa - - ‘aóiš - - ‘aóšÞn ‘ióÞš, ‘aóšÞ, ‘aóÞšÞ ‘ióÞš, ‘aóšÞ, ‘uól ’a‘óÞl - ‘aóãf - - ‘i÷Þ’a -Þt, ‘i÷Þ’ * ‘a÷Þya -Þt * ‘a÷ma - -

‘a÷ám ‘i÷Þm, ‘u÷amÞ’ ‘i÷Þm, ‘u÷amÞ’, ‘a÷Þ’im ‘afa‚ ’a‘fÞ‚ - ‘ifráta - - ‘afráta - - ‘afrata - - ‘afš -, (‘ufãš) -, (‘ufãš) ‘afan -, (’a‘fÞn) -, (’a‘fÞn) ‘afawá - - ‘afáf - ’a‘iffÞ’, ’a‘iffa

‘uqÞb ‘iqbÞn ’a‘qub, ‘iqbÞn ‘aqqÞd -ãn - ‘aqlÞná - - ‘aqláya - -Þt ‘aqãl - - ‘aqára ‘aqÞ’ir - ‘aqála -Þt, ‘aqÞ’il ‘aqÞ’il ‘aqám - ‘uqum, ‘iqÞm

‘ukka ‘ukak * ‘ilÞ‚ - -Þt ‘allÞm - - ‘alama -Þt, ‘alÞ’im -Þt ‘alaqa - - ‘alqa - -Þt ‘ilq * ’a‘lÞq ‘ulma ‘ulam * ‘allãš ‘alÞliš * ‘alãfa ‘alÞ’if ‘alÞ’if, ‘uluf ‘alãq - *

‘amm ’a‘mÞm, ‘umãma ’a‘mÞm, ‘umãma, ‘umãm ‘imÞda - - ‘imÞd ‘umud ‘umud, ’a‘mida ‘imÞma (-Þt), ‘amÞ’im (-Þt), ‘amÞ’im ‘umÞná -ãn - ‘amra -Þt - ‘umra -, (-Þt, ‘umar) -, (-Þt, ‘umar) ‘amla - -

130 ‘amáda * - ‘amála -Þt - ‘antrá - ‘antráya, ‘anÞtira ‘anz ’a‘nuz, ‘unãz ’a‘nuz, ‘unãz, ‘inÞz

‘unœurá - -ãn ‘anafa -Þt * ‘anád -ãn, ‘unud ‘unud ‘uhda -, (-Þt, ‘uhad) -, (-Þt, ‘uhad) ‘awwÞm - - ‘ayyÞb -ãn, ‘ayyÞba * ‘ayyÞr -ãn -ãn, -Þt ‘ayyÞn - - ‘ádáya - - ‘ayáy ’a‘yiyÞ’ -

èÞbir - èubbar, èawÞbir èÞbâná -ãn * èÞdir - - èÞda -Þt, èád -Þt èÞriq (-ãn), èarqÞ - èÞšim - - èÞœib -ãn -ãn, èuœœÞb èÞæib - -

èÞfil -ãn, èuffal, -ãn, èuffal, èufãl èÞlib - èalaba èÞlân -Þt * èÞmbá - * èÞná -ãn * èÞnim - - èÞ’ib -ãn -ãn, èuyyab, èuyyÞb èubÞr - ’aèbira èutra èutar * èa‚ará - - èaddÞr - - èudÞf èidfÞn -

èurÞb 'aèriba èirbÞn 'aèriba, èirbÞn,'aèrub èarsa - - èurfa èuraf èuraf, èirÞf èarqÞn - - èarãr - - èarár ’aèirra ’aèirra, ’aèirrÞ’ èarása èarÞ’is èirÞs, èarÞ’is èazÞl èizlÞn èizla, èizlÞn èazzÞl -ãn - èazza -Þt * èassÞl -ãn - èaššÞš -ãn - èašãm - -

131 èuœœa èuœaœ -Þt, èuœaœ èaæãb - - èaóóÞs - - èaósa - * èufra -, (-Þt, èufar) - èaflÞn - - èafwa - -Þt èallÞb - -

èilÞf ’aèlifa -Þt, ’aèlifa, èuluf èulÞm èilmÞn èilma, gilmÞn èalabÞwá èalabÞwáya - èalóÞn - - èalóa -Þt -Þt,’aèlÞó èulfa -, (èulaf) -, (èulaf) èammÞz - * èammÞza -Þt -

èimd ’aèmÞd ’aèmÞd, èumãd èamr èimÞr èimÞr, èumãr èamæa - - gamèama -Þt èamÞèim èamáza -, (èamÞ’iz) -, (èamÞ’iz) èannÞm - - èandãra - - èunna - -Þt èuwÞtimÞlá - * èurilla - - èátÞr - - èátâ - - èaiõ èuyãõ èuyãõ, ’aèyÞõ èair ’aèyÞr - èairá -ãn - èaiæa èiyÞæ -Þt, èiyÞæ, ’aèyÞæ

èaim èuyãm èuyãm, èiyÞm

èain - -Þt, èuyãn, ’aèyÞn fÞ’ - - fÞti‡ - -ãn fÞtin fawÞtin, (-Þt), fawÞtin, (-Þt), fÞtina * fawÞtin, (-Þt) fÞ‚ir fu‚‚ar, fa‚ara, fu‚‚ar, fa‚ara, (-ãn) (-ãn) fÞ‚ira (-Þt), fawÞ‚ir (-Þt), fawÞ‚ir fÞ‡iœ -ãn * fÞ‰ita fawÞ‰it * fÞ‰ãra -, (fawÞ‰ár) -, (fawÞ‰ár)

132 fÞ‰ãrá - - fÞdin - - fÞriza - - fÞrisa -Þt, fawÞris -Þt fÞrisá furs - fÞz -Þt * fa’s fu’ãs fu’ãs, ’af’us fÞsid - fasdÞ fÞsiq fussÞq, fasaqa, fussÞq, fasaqa, (-ãn) (-ãn) fÞšistá - - fÞšil - - fÞšãš - * fÞšá -ãn - fÞæil -ãn, fuæalÞ’, -ãn, fuæalÞ’, fawÞæil fÞqa - - fÞks - * fÞkih - - fÞkihÞná fÞkihÞnáya - fa’l fu’ãl ’af’ul, fu’ãl vals -Þt - vÞn - * fÞnin - - fÞnilla - -Þt fÞhim - * fÞyi÷‚á - - fitÞq - - fattÞl - - fatq futãq, (futãqÞt) futãq, (futãqÞt) fatla -Þt, fital fital fatál fatÞ’il -Þt, fatÞ’il fatála fatÞ’il -Þt, fatÞ’il fa‚‚Þl fa‚‚Þla * fa‚wa -Þt -Þt, fi‚Þ’ fa‡‡Þš - - fa‡‡Þm fa‡‡Þma - fa‡œ fu‡ãœ, fu‡ãœÞt fu‡ãœ fa‰‰ fi‰Þ‰ fi‰Þ‰, fu‰ã‰ fa‰μa - - fa‰rÞná fa‰rÞnáya * fa‰ãr - - fidya - -Þt, fidan faμμ ’afμÞμ fuμãμ, ’afμÞμ farrÞ’ -ãn - faμlaka - -

133 farrÞz - * farrÞza -Þt - farÞša - - farÞè -Þt - farrÞma -Þt * farrÞn -ãn - fir‚Þr farÞ‚ár - fir‚aun farÞ‚án - fari‡ -ãn - far‡Þn - - far‰ furã‰, ’afrÞ‰ furã‰, ’afrÞ‰, ’afru‰ fard furãd, ’afrÞd furãd, ’afrÞd, farÞdÞ, firÞd, furãda farda - - fardá -ãn - furšÞh farÞšin - faraæáya - - far‘ furã‘ ’afru‘, furã‘ farq furãq, furãqÞt furãq faransÞwá -ãn - faransiskÞná - - farwa - - frázar -Þt * fràza - * faráq firaq, furaqÞ’ furãq, ’afriqa, ’afriqÞ’, firaq, furaqÞ’ fazzÞ‘a - - fazi‘ - - fazzah - - fasála fasÞ’il fasál, fasÞ’il faššÞr -ãn - faššÞša - * faœla -Þt - faœá‡ fuœa‡Þ’ fuœa‡Þ’, fuœu‡, fiœÞ‡ faœál fuœlÞn fiœÞl, fuœlÞn faæÞ’ - (-Þt),’afæiya faæÞ’áya - * fuæãlá - - faóin - - fi‘l fi‘Þl, ’af‘Þl fi‘Þl, ’af‘Þl,’afÞ‘ál fuqÞ‘a (-Þt), faqÞqá‘ (-Þt), faqÞqá‘ faqád - - faqáda - * fikra ’afkÞr ’afkÞr, fikar fakih - -

134 fall fulãl fulãl, ’aflÞl, fullÞl fallÞ‡ -ãn -ãn, fallÞ‡ flÞš - * falÞt falawÞt falawÞt, ’aflÞ’ filtar -Þt, (falÞtir) -Þt, (falÞtir) filka -Þt * falaká -ãn -ãn, falakáya filibbáná -ãn * fallána -Þt - famm ’afmÞm ’afwÞh, ’afmÞm finzuwàlá -ãn - finig -Þt * fahd fuhãd fuhãd, 'afhud fahlawá - - fahim - - fawwÞl fawwÞla - fotoèrÞfá - - fãtàl -Þt * forma -Þt * faura -Þt - fãnáya -Þt * fuwwaha -Þt, ’afwÞh fuwwahÞt, fawÞ’ih fá‚á -ãn * fidrÞláya - - vidiyo vidiyâhÞt * vázÞ -Þt, (viyaz) - fál fiyala, ’afyÞl fiyala, ’afyÞl, fuyãl qÞbi‘ - - qÞtil (-ãn), qatala (-ãn), qatala, qattÞl qÞdir -ãn - qÞdim -ãn -ãn, qudãm, quddÞm qÞμifa -Þt, qawÞμif -Þt qÞriæ qawÞriæ * qÞri’a -Þt * qÞœin qÞœœãn qÞœœãn, ’aqœÞ’ qÞœir quœœar -ãn, quœœar qÞœœa - * qÞæin quæÞt quæÞt, qawÞæin qÞæiya - * qÞói‘ -Þt, qawÞói‘, qawÞói‘, quóóÞ‘ quóóÞ‘ qÞói‘a qawÞói‘ - qÞóin -ãn, quóóÞn -ãn, quóóan, qaóán qÞ‘ qá‘Þn qá‘Þn, ’aqwÞ‘, ’aqwu‘,

135 qÞ‘id - qa‘ãd, qu‘‘ad qÞf - - qÞla - - qÞma - - qÞnió - - qÞni‘ - - qÞnãná -ãn - qÞhir - - qÞ’il -ãn -ãn, quwwal qÞμif -Þt, qawÞμif -Þt qÞsim -, (qawÞsim) -, (qawÞsim) qabbÞn qabÞbán - qubóÞn qabÞóina qabÞóina, qabÞóán qibóiy ’aqbÞó - qabᇠqibÞ‡ qibÞ‡, qabÞ‡Þ, qab‡Þ qabá‡a qabÞ’i‡ qabÞ’i‡, qibÞ‡ qi‡f ’aq‡Þf, qu‡ãf ’aq‡Þf, qu‡ãf, qi‡afa quddÞs qadÞdás -Þt, qadÞdás qid‡ * ’aqdÞ‡ , ’aqdu‡, ’aqÞdá‡, qidÞ‡ qaddãm qadÞ’im qadÞ’im, qudum qadãm * qudum qirÞb ’aqriba ’aqriba, qurub qirba qirab -Þt, qirab qurœÞn qarÞœina qarÞœina, qarÞœán qarœana - - quró ’aqrÞó ’aqrÞó, qirÞó, qurãó qarfÞn - - qarnáya - - quza‡áya - - qazma -Þt, qizam * quz‘a - - qass qusãs qusãs, qusus qasÞwa - - qissás -ãn, qasÞwisa -ãn, qasÞwisa, qussÞn, ’aqissa, qussÞ’ qasám ’aqsimÞ’ ’aqsimÞ’, qusamÞ’ qišÞó ’aqšióa, (-Þt) - qaššÞóa - * qašša - - qaœœÞb -ãn - qaœœÞr -ãn - qaœaba - -Þt

136 qaœ‘a -Þt, qiœÞ‘ (-Þt), qiœÞ‘, qiœa‘ quœœa quœaœ qiœÞœ, quœaœ qióó qióaó qióaó, qióaóa, qióÞt qióÞr -Þt, quóur -Þt, quóur, quóurÞt qaóóÞra -Þt - qaóóÞn -ãn, qaóóÞna - qaór - qióÞr, quóãrÞt quó‘a quóa‘ quóa‘, qutu‘Þt qaóqãóa qaóÞqáó - qaóma - - qaóá‘ quó‘Þn quó‘Þn, ’aqóÞ‘, qióÞ‘ qa‘ãd qi‘dÞn qi‘dÞn, qu‘ud, qa‘Þ’id, ’aq‘ida qa‘ád - - qafan ’aqfiya, ’aqfÞ’ ’aqfiya, ’aqfÞ’, ’aqfin, qufáy qaffÞl -ãn - qafaœ ’aqfÞœ ’aqfÞœ, ’aqfiœa qufl ’aqfÞl ’aqfÞl, qufãl qallÞba -Þt - qalÞwã÷ -, (qalÞwá÷) -, (qalÞwá÷) qallÞya -Þt - qulóq qalÞóiq * qala‘a qilÞ‘ qilÞ‘, qulã‘ qaliq - - qalansuwa qalÞnis qalÞnis, qalÞnás qalqala - qalÞqil qalál qalÞ’il qalÞ’il, qilÞl, ’qillÞ’ qammÞš -ãn - qimÞó qumuó, ’aqmióa -Þt, qumuó, ’aqmióa qam‡ ’aqmÞ‡, qum㇠qum㇠qumquma - qamÞqim qamᜠ’aqmiœa, qumœÞn ’aqmiœa, qumœÞn, qumuœ qamán -, (qamÞ’in) -, (qamÞ’in) qunn - qinÞn qinn 'aqnÞn 'aqinna, 'aqnÞn qinÞ‘ -Þt, ’aqni‘a -Þt, ’aqni‘a, qunu‘ qanÞ‘a -Þt - qanÞl - - qanÞt ’aqniya, qanawÞt ’aqniya, qinÞ’, qanan, qanawÞt,qanayÞt

137 qunbu‘ qanÞbi‘ * qundus -, (qanÞdis) -, (qanÞdis) qanió - - qani‘ - - qunna qunan, qinÞn -Þt, qunan, qinÞn, qunãn qanw ’aqnÞ’ ’aqnÞ’, qunyÞn, qunwÞn qinnána qanÞnin, qanÞná qanÞnin qahramÞna -Þt - qahqaha -Þt - qahwa‚á -ãn, qahwa‚áya - qawwÞd -ãn - qawwÞs - * qawwÞl -ãn - qawwÞm -ãn - qãóá - - qaula - - qumandÞn -Þt - qiyÞdá - - qátÞra -Þt qayÞõár qai‡ - quy㇠qaid quyãd, quyãdÞt ’aqyÞd, quyãd, quyãdÞt qárÞó (-Þt), qarÞráó (-Þt), qarÞráó qaiœar qayÞœir qayÞœir, qayÞœira qaiœará -ãn - qail quyãl, ’aqyul ’aqyÞl qayyim -ãn - qáma qiyam, ’aqyÞm qiyam qána qiyÞn -Þt, qiyÞn kÞtim -, (-ãn, kawÞtim) -, (-ãn, kawÞtim) kÞμib -ãn, kaμaba - garÞ‚ - * kÞrtil - - kÞrikÞtàr - - kazÞ‰á -ãn * ka’s -Þt, ku’ãs -Þt, ku’ãs, ki’Þs kÞsib kasaba, (-ãn) - kaskàt -Þt * kÞsàt - - kÞšif - kašafa,(kawÞšif) kÞf - - kafetàráya -Þt - kÞfir -ãn, kuffÞr -ãn, kuffÞr, kafara, kifÞr gÞlân -Þt gawÞlán kambâdá -ãn * kamrãná -ãn *

138 kÞma -Þt * kantán -Þt - kÞnisa -Þt - kÞhin kahana kahana,kuhhÞn kauntar -Þt * kabbÞš -Þt * kabid ’akbÞd ’akbÞd , kubãd kibda - * kabsa - - kabš kibÞš, kubãš kibÞš, kubãš, ’akbÞš kabša - - kabwa - - kitÞbá - - katif ’aktÞf kitafa, ’aktÞf katãm - - kaõÞfa - - kaõáb kuõbÞn kuõbÞn, kuõub,’akõiba ku‡l - ’ak‡Þl ka‰ál - ka‡Þ’il kudÞsa - - kadar -, (’akdÞr) -, (’akdÞr) kaμμÞb -ãn - kiμba - - kaμãb - - kurÞ‘ ’akru‘ ’akru‘, ’akÞri‘ karrÞm - -ãn kurba kurab, -Þt kurab karkadan - - karaka - - karkar - - karmalá -ãn - karra - -Þt kura -Þt -Þt, kuran kruwÞtá -ãn * karawÞn karÞwán karÞwán, kirwÞn karãb karãbáyãn, karãbáyãn, karãbám karãbáya, karãbám krain -Þt * karáh - - kuss ’aksÞs * kostÞráká -ãn * kustubÞn - kasÞtbán kasr kusãr kusãr, kusãrÞt kasra - - kasm -, (’aksÞm, kusãm) -, (’aksÞm, kusãm) kasãl - - kaššÞš - - kaššÞf -Þt, kaššÞfa kaššÞfa kaškaša - kašÞkiš

139 kaškãl kašÞkál - kašmárá - * kušin -Þt * ka÷ám - - ka÷áma ka÷Þ’im * kuf’ ’akfÞ’ ’akfÞ’, kifÞ’ kaffÞra - - kifÞf ’akiffa - kafÞla -Þt - kifÞya -Þt - kaftá - * kafal ’akfÞl ’akfÞl, kufãl kaffa (-Þt), kifaf (-Þt), kifÞf, kifaf kafáf - - kullÞb (-Þt), kalÞláb (-Þt), kalÞláb klÞsáká -ãn - kalsãn -Þt, (kalÞsán) -Þt, (kalÞsán) kalif - - kalm kulãm kulãm, kilÞm kalmÞná - - killa kilal -Þt, kilal kaláb - kalbÞ kalál - - kalám kulamÞ’, kalmÞ kulamÞ’ kulya kulan kulan, kalÞwá kulláya - -Þt kumm ’akmÞm ’akmÞm,kimama kimm ’akmÞm ’akmÞm, ’akimma, kimÞm, ’akÞmám kimÞda -Þt - kamÞn -Þt - kambâdá -ãn * kimbyÞla - -Þt kambyãtar -Þt * kaman‚a -Þt - kamán - (kamÞ’in), kumanÞ’ kinn ’aknÞn ’akinna, ’aknÞn kanÞr - - kannÞs -ãn - kunÞsa - - kinÞya - - kanab - - kanabÞya -Þt * kundur‚á kindar‚iya *

140 kanza -Þt - kanèar kanÞèir - konfidrÞláya -Þt - kanãd - - kahrubÞ’áya - - kahráz kahÞráz * kahl kuhãl kuhãl, kuhlÞn, kuhhal, kihÞl kawwÞ’ -ãn - kuwÞra (-Þt), kawÞ’ir (-Þt), kawÞ’ir kuwÞfàr - - kuwÞfàra - - kãr ’akwÞr, kárÞn ’akwÞr, kárÞn,’akwur kauras -, (kawÞris) -, (kawÞris) kostaráká -ãn * kâša (-Þt), kuwaš (-Þt), kuwaš kaukaba - - kaum ’akwÞm ’akwÞm, kámÞn kauma -Þt, ’akwÞm -Þt, ’akwÞm, kuwam kaun - ’akwÞn kontar - * kontàsa - * kuwwa -Þt, kuwan -Þt, kuwan, kiwÞ’ kayyÞl - - kiyÞn - -Þt kaid - kiyÞd kayyis - ’akyÞs, kaisÞ kálâ - -Þt kàná -ãn * ka’áb - - lÞbis - * lÞtfá -ãn * lÞhiqa (-Þt), lawÞ‡iq (-Þt), lawÞ‡iq lÞzima - - lÞfita -Þt, lawÞfit -Þt lÞqió - -Þt, (lawÞqió) lÞmma - - lÞhin - - lÞhãtá - - lÞwin - luwÞh lÞwusá -ãn * lÞ’im - luwam, luwwÞm, luyyam lubb ’albÞb ’albÞb, lubãb libÞs ’albisa -Þt, ’albisa labbÞn labbÞna - labbÞna - *

141 libd lubãd lubãd,’albÞd labiq - - laban ’albÞn ’albÞn, libÞn labãs -Þt - labbása -Þt - lattÞt -ãn - litâná - * liõÞm luõum - laõma -Þt - lu‚‚a lu‚a‚ lu‚a‚, li‚Þ‚ la‚ã‚ - - la‡‡Þd -ãn - li‡Þ÷ - * li‡Þm - -Þt la‡m lu‡ãm lu‡ãm, li‡Þm la‡ma -Þt - lu‡ma - lu‡am la‡máya -Þt - la‡n ’al‡an ’al‡an, lu‡ãn la‡ã‡ - - la‡y lu‡áy lu‡áy, ’al‡in la‡ám -ãn, la‡áma - la‰ma - - ladèa -Þt - lida - lidãn, lidÞt ladãd - ludd, lidÞd, ’aliddÞ’ lazqa (-Þt), luzaq (-Þt), luzaq las‘a -Þt - lasin - lusn liœœ luœãœ luœãœ, ’alœÞœ liœœa - - laó‰ - * laó‘a - (-Þt), luóa‘ laóám - - la‘na -Þt -Þt, li‘Þn la‘‘áb la‘‘ába * la‘án - - luèd ’alèÞd ’alèÞd, luèãd lafáfa lafÞ’if - laqÞ‡ -Þt - luqya -, (luqan) -, (luqan) lammÞ‡ - - lum‚a - - lum‘a luma‘ luma‘, limÞ‘ lamma - limÞm lumma - -

142 limma limam, limÞm limam lan‚a -Þt * landaná - * laháf - lihÞf liwÞ’ -Þt, 'alwiya 'alwiya, 'alwiyÞt lawwÞm - * lauõa - - lau‡ ’alwÞ‡ ’alwÞ‡, ’alÞwᇠlau‡a -Þt -Þt, ’alwÞ‡ lãóá - - lãmÞn - - lábrÞlá -ãn - lábá -ãn - lábàrá -ãn * litwÞná -ãn - láfa -, (liyaf) -, (liyaf) laila layÞlin -Þt, layÞlin, layÞ’il layyin -ãn -ãn, ’alyinÞ’ láya - * la’ám li’Þm, lu’amÞ’ li’Þm, lu’amÞ’, lu’mÞn mÞtor -Þt * ma’μãn - - ma’μãnáya - - mÞr - - mÞri‚ - * mÞrid marada -ãn, marada, murrÞd mÞristÞn -Þt - mÞzÞtá - * mÞzi‡ - - mÞsi‡ -ãn -Þt mÞsãná - - mÞ‘iz ma‘áz ma‘áz, mawÞ‘iz ma‘iza mawÞ‘iz - mÞkir -ãn, makara makara ma’Þl - - malÞwá -ãn * mÞlá -ãn - mÞlázá -ãn - mÞliká -, (mÞlikáya, ãn) -, (mÞlikáya, ãn) ma’mãr -ãn - mÞni‘ mawÞni‘ -Þt, mawÞni‘ mÞni‘a - - mÞnawá - - mÞni‡ * - mÞjistrâ - - mÞháya -Þt, mahÞyÞ -Þt mabÞ’a -Þt -

143 mubÞdaha - -Þt mubÞriz - -ãn mubÞraza -Þt - mubÞlin - - mubtÞ‘ - - mubtada’ - - mubtada‘ -Þt * mubtasim - * mubtaèan - - mubtakir -ãn - mubtalan - - mib‰ara mabÞ‰ir -Þt, mabÞ‰ir mibrÞt mabÞrin - mibraša -, (mabÞriš) -, (mabÞriš) mubarmi‚ -ãn * mabsãó - - mubœir - * mibœaqa mabÞœiq - mubdi‘ * -ãn mibóa‰a mabÞói‰ * mubaóóin - * mub‘ad - - mubqin - * mubakkir - - mab‰ãt - - mabhãr - - mubayyit * -ãn mabáæ mabÞyiæ - mubayyiæ -ãn, (-Þt) -ãn, (-Þt) mubayyaæa - - mutÞbi‘ - * mutÞ‚ir - * muta’a‰‰ir -Þt, -ãn -ãn muta’Þzir - * muta’assif - - muta’akkid - - muta’Þlif - - muta’alliq - - muta’allim - - muta’allih - - muta’ammil - - muta’annin - - muta’anniq - - muta’ahhib - - muta’ahhil - - muta’awwih - * mutabÞrin - - mutabÞkin - * mutabÞhin - -

144 mutaba‚‚i‡ -ãn - mutaba‡‡ir - - mutabarrim - - mutabaóóil - -ãn muttabi‘ - * matbã‘ - - matbã‘áya - * mutatÞliya -Þt * mutaõÞqil - - mutaõÞ’ib - * muta‚Þwib - - muta‚Þwiz - * mutta‚ih -Þt, (-ãn) - muta‚awwil -ãn - muta‡a‚‚ir -Þt, (-ãn) - muta‡addin - - mutta‡id - - muta‡arriz - * muta‡azzib -ãn - muta‡aššim - * muta‡aœœil -Þt - muta‡aææir - - muta‡affiz - - muta‡affi÷ - - muta‡ammil - * muta‡awwil -Þt - muta‡ayyir - - muta‡ayyiz - - muta‰Þμil -ãn - muta‰abbió - * mutta‰iμ - * muta‰arri‚a * -Þt muta‰aœœiœ -ãn * mut‰am - -ãn muta‰ayyil -ãn * mutadÞ‰il - * mutadaõõir - * mutadallil - * mutadayyin -ãn - mutaμarri‘ - * mutaμakkir - * mutaμallil -ãn * mutaμammir - * mutarÞ‰in - - mutarÞfi‘ - * mutarabbi‘ - - mutara‚‚il - - mutašabbiõ - - mutašanni‚ - * mutašawwiq - * mutaœÞhir - *

145 mutaœarifáya - - mutaœanni‘ - - mutaœawwif -ãn, mutaœawiffa - mutaæÞmin - - mutaæÞyiq - - mutaóÞwil - - mutaóaffil - - mutaóayyir - - muta‘Þóif - * muta‘Þlin - - mutraf - -ãn mutaraffi‘ - - mutaraqqib - * mutaranni‡ - * mutrahhil - - mutaraubiœ -ãn * mutaza‡liq -ãn * mutazallif -ãn - mutazammit - - muttazin - - mutazawwi‚ - - mutasÞmi‡ - - mutasÞhil - - mutasattir - - mutasarri‘ - - mutasalsila -Þt * mutasallió - - mutasalliq - - mutasayyid - * muta‘Þqid - - muta‘Þlin - - muta‘Þhid - - mut‘ab - - mut‘ib - - muta‘abbid - -ãn muta‘a‚rif - - muta‘a‚‚il - - muta‘addin - -ãn, (-Þt) muta‘aœœib -ãn - muta‘aóóiš - - muta‘affif - - muta‘aqqil - * muta‘ammid - - muta‘ammiq - * muta‘annit - - muta‘awwid - - mutaèarriæ - -ãn mutaèaóris - - mutaèayyib - - mutafÞwiæ -ãn *

146 mutafarrid - * mutafarriè - - muttafiq - * mutafalsif (-ãn), - mutafalsifa mutafannin - - mutafawwiq -ãn - muttaqin - - mutaqÞæin - -ãn mutaqÞ‘id - -ãn mutaqaššif -ãn - mutaka’ -Þt - mutakÞfil - * mutakÞfi’ - - mutakabbir - - mutakaddir - - mutakallif - * mutakallim - - mutakahhin -ãn - mutalabbis - - mutala‚li‚ - * mutalaqqin - * mutalaki’ - * mutalahhif - - mutamaddin - - mutamarrid -ãn - mutamarris - - mutamassik - - mutamakkin -ãn - mutamalmil - * mutammim - * mutamannin - * mutamahhil - - mutamayyiz - - matn mutãn mutãn, mitÞn mutanÞzi‘ -ãn - mutanÞzil - - mutanabbih - - mutana‡‡in - * mutanarfiz - * mutanaqqil - - mutanakkir - - mutahÞwin - - mutahattik - - mutahaμμib - - mutahakkim - - mutahallil - - mutahawwir - - mutahawwis - -ãn mutahayyib - -

147 mutahayyi‚ - - mutawÞ‚id - - mutawÞzin -Þt - mutawÞdi‘ - - mutawÞói’ -ãn * mutawÞfiq - - mutawÞnin - - mutawattir - - mutawwa‚ - * mutawa‡‡id -ãn - mutawassió -Þt - mutawaffan - - mutawallin - - mutawahhim - * muta’id - - mutayaqqi÷ - * mutayaqqin - - mutayyam - - muõÞbir - * miõÞlá -ãn - muõabbit - - muõabbió - * miõqÞb maõÞqáb - muõaqqif - * muõamann -Þt - mu‚Þbaha - - ma‚Þz - - mu‚Þzifa -Þt - mu‚Þlis -ãn * mu‚Þlisa -Þt * mu‚Þmil -ãn * mu‚bar - - mu‚abbir -ãn - ma‚bana ma‚Þbin - ma‚bãr - - ma‚bãl - * mu‚tarr - - mu‚tama‘ - -Þt ma‚õam - * mu‚‡if - - mu‚idd - - mu‚addar - - ma‚dãr - - ma‚dã‘ - * mu‚aμμif -ãn * ma‚μãb -ãn, ma‚Þμáb ma‚Þμáb ma‚μãm -, (-ãn, ma‚Þμám) -, (-ãn, ma‚Þμám) mu‚arrib - -ãn mi‚raša -, (ma‚Þriš) -, (ma‚Þriš)

148 ma‚r㇠-, (-ãn, ma‚Þrá‡) -, (-ãn, ma‚Þrá‡) ma‚rÞ ma‚Þrin mu‚rayÞt, ma‚Þrin mi‚azz ma‚Þzz - mi‚ass ma‚Þs, (-Þt) - mu‚alli‰ - * mu‚ammi‘ -Þt -ãn, -Þt mu‚anna‡ - - mu‚annada - * ma‚hãl -ãn -ãn, ma‚Þhál mi‚waz - - mu‚ár - - mu‚ayyir -ãn * mu‡‡ - - mu‡Þ‚‚a - * mu‡Þœar - * mu‡Þœir - * mu‡Þkin - * mu‡Þwir - -ãn mu‡Þwara - - ma‡bãb - (-ãn), ma‡Þbáb ma‡bãba - - ma‡bãr - * ma‡bãs (-ãn), ma‡Þbás (-ãn), ma‡Þbás mu‡tÞ‚ - - mu‡tÞl - - mu‡ta‚az -ãn * mu‡taris - - mu‡tarifa -Þt * mu‡tadd - - mu‡tasib -ãn - mu‡tašim - - mu‡taæir - - mu‡taqar - - mu‡tall - -ãn ma‡a‚‚ ma‡Þ‚ - ma‡a‚‚a - ma‡Þ‚‚ ma‡‚ãr - ma‡Þ‚ár mu‡addab - - mu‡daõ -Þt, -ãn -ãn mu‡addiõa -Þt * mu‡diõ -ãn - mu‡addid - - mu‡addida -Þt * mu‡aμμir - * ma‡μãr ma‡Þμár -Þt, ma‡Þμár mi‡rÞk ma‡Þrák - mu‡ra‚ - -

149 mu‡arrar -Þt, (-ãn) -Þt, (-ãn) mu‡arrik -ãn, -Þt -Þt mu‡rim -ãn - ma‡rãb - * ma‡rãr - - ma‡rãsa -Þt * ma‡rãm -ãn - ma‡azz - - ma‡zãn -ãn - mu‡sin - -ãn ma‡sãd - - ma‡sãr - * mu‡aœœila -Þt * mu‡œina -Þt - ma‡œãb - * mi‡æana ma‡Þæin * mu‡aóóima - - ma‡÷ã÷ -ãn - mi‡fÞr ma‡Þfár * mu‡affi÷ - * mu‡iqq - - mu‡aqqar - * ma‡qãq - - mi‡akk -Þt - ma‡kãm -ãn - ma‡kãmáya - * ma‡lab ma‡Þlib - mu‡ammis - * mi‡maœa ma‡Þmiœ - ma‡mãd - - ma‡mãq - * ma‡mãm - - mu‡annaó - - mu‡naq - - mu‡annak - - mu‡awwil -Þt -Þt, -ãn mu‡awwila - -Þt mu‡áó -Þt, (-ãn) -Þt, (-ãn) mu‡ál -ãn - mu‰Þtil - - mu‰Þdi‘ -ãn - mu‰aœim - -ãn mu‰Þœama * -Þt ma‰‰Þæa - * mu‰Þóab - - mu‰Þóib - -ãn mu‰Þóir - -ãn ma‰Þfa ma‰Þwif - mi‰bÞó - - mu‰abbal - -

150 ma‰bãl - - mu‰tÞr -Þt, ma‰Þtár, -Þt, ma‰Þtár, (-ãn) (-ãn) mu‰tÞl - - mu‰tabir -ãn - mu‰tatam - - mu‰taœœ - -Þt, (-ãn) mu‰tafan - - mu‰tall - - mu‰talis - -ãn mu‰taliq -ãn - ma‰tãn - * mu‰aõõar -Þt - ma‰‚ãl - - mu‰addar - - mi‰adda -Þt, ma‰Þdd ma‰Þdd ma‰dã‘ - * ma‰dãm -ãn -ãn, ma‰Þdám ma‰dãma -Þt - ma‰μãl - * mu‰arram -Þt - ma‰rãó (-Þt), ma‰Þráó - mu‰æram - -ãn ma‰æara ma‰Þæir - mi‰óÞf - * ma‰óãb - * ma‡óãba - - ma‰óãf - - mu‰ói’ - - mi‰faqa ma‰Þfiq - ma‰fãr - - mu‰l ’am‰Þl ’am‰Þl , mu‰ãl mi‰lÞt ma‰Þlin ma‰Þlá, mi‰al ma‰laœ - - mu‰liœ - -ãn mu‰alliœ - - ma‰lã‘ - - ma‰lãqa - * mu‰ammas -Þt - ma‰mãr - - mu‰annaõ - - ma‰naq ma‰Þniq - mu‰awwal - -

151 mu‰ai‰ - * ma‰yaóa - * maddÞ‡ - - mudÞ‰ala - - mudÞ‘ib - - mudÞn - - mudÞhin -ãn - madabb madÞbb - mudbir - - mudabbira - * mudaõõar - * muda‚‚a‚ - - mad‚ana madÞ‚in * mid‡a mida‡ * mud‰al -Þt * muda‰‰ina -Þt * mad‰ãl (-Þt), madÞ‰ál (-Þt), madÞ‰ál mudirr - -Þt mudarri‚a - * mudrik - - mad‘Þh madÞ‘in - mad‘ãw - -ãn mudda‘an - -Þt, (-ãn) mudda‘iya -Þt * midfa‘‚á midfa‘‚áya - midfa‘á -ãn - madfã‘ -Þt - midaqq -Þt - mudallis - * mudalla‘ - * mudallal - - mudmin - -ãn mudannis - * madanáya -Þt - madhãš - - midwasa madÞwis * mudawwin -ãn - madána mudun mudun, madÞ’in mudya mudan mudan, -Þt madyãn - - madyãnáya - - maμÞq - - muμ‘in - - miμ‘Þn - - maμmãm - - muμnib - -ãn maμhãl - -

152 muμáb -Þt * murÞbin -ãn - murÞbióá - - murÞ‚a‘a - - murÞdif -Þt - murÞfaqa - - murÞqaba -Þt - murÞqiœ -ãn * marrÞkišá - - mar’a - nisÞ’ mir’Þh marÞyÞ marÞyÞ, marÞ’in murÞhiqa -Þt * murÞwiè - * murabban -Þt - murtÞb - - murtÞ‡ - - murtabik - - murta‚il - - murta‚an - * murtadin - * murta‘id - * murta‘iš - * murtafaq - - murtakib - -ãn murtakaz -Þt - murtakiz - * murtahin -ãn - mar‚Þt -, (marÞ‚á) -, (marÞ‚á) mur‚if -ãn * mar‚i‘áya * - mari‡ -ãn, mar‡Þ (-ãn), mar‡Þ, marÞ‡Þ mura‡‡ib - * mura‡‡il * - mar‡ãm - - mir‰ama marÞ‰im * mardãd - - mirμÞμ - - marazza - * marzãq - - mursil -ãn, -Þt -Þt marsam marÞsim - murašši‡a -Þt * muršid -ãn, -Þt -ãn mirašša - - mirœad marÞœid -

153 muræi‘a marÞæi‘, -Þt marÞæi‘ muræi‘ - marÞæi‘ mar‘ãb - - murèam - * muraffah - * muraffih - * markaba (-Þt), marÞkib -Þt, (marÞkib) murakkiba -Þt * marmãq - - murhaf - - murhaq - - marhãb - - muraubiœ -ãn * murawwi‚ -ãn * marwa‡áya - * murawwiq - * mará’ ’amri’a ’amri’a, murã’ maráæ maræÞ maræÞ, marÞæÞ maráæa -Þt * maryala marÞyil * maryãl -, (marÞyál) * muzÞwada - * muzbid - * maz‡a - - muzdarin - * muzan‚ara - * mazhãw - - mizwad mazÞwid mazÞwid, mazÞ’id muzawwir - -ãn massÞ‡ -ãn - masÞfa -Þt -Þt, masÞwif massÞka -Þt * musÞlim -ãn - musÞmara - -Þt masÞmma masÞm * musÞnada - - musÞwama - -Þt musÞyir - * mustÞ’ - - musta’õir - * musta’hil - - mustabidd - -ãn musta‚din - * musta‚wib -ãn - musta‚áb - - musta‚ár - * musta‡in - *

154 musta‡aqq - * musta‡lab -Þt - musta‰μin - * mustadára - - mustadán - * mustaráb - - mustarᇠ- - mustazád - * mustaslim - * mustaæ‘af - - mustaæáf - * mustaóál -Þt -Þt, -ãn musta‘bad - * musta‘‚il - - musta‘idd - - musta‘lin - - musta‘mar - - musta‘ár -ãn - mustaèrib - - mustaèriq - - mustaqbil -Þt, -ãn -ãn mustaqar - - mustaqirr - - mustaqóa‘ -Þt - mustaqill - - mustaqál - - mustaqám -Þt, (-ãn) -Þt, (-ãn) mustaktab -ãn * mustaktaba -Þt * mustakán - * mustalqin - * mustamsak -Þt * mustanbat -Þt - mustanár - - mustahtir -ãn - mustahdaf - * mustahÞm - - mustahall - - mustau‚ib - - mastãr - masÞtár, (-ãn) mustau‘ib - * mustaufin - * mustauqad -Þt - mustaiqi÷ - - musa‚‚ila -Þt * musa‚‚an - - mas‡ musã‡Þt, (musã‡) - mis‡Þt masÞ‡in * mas‡a - - mas‡uba - - mas‡ãr - -

155 mas‡ãq masÞ‡áq, (-ãn) masÞ‡áq, (-ãn) musa‰‰ar - * mas‰ara masÞ‰ir -Þt, masÞ‰ir mis‰ana masÞ‰in * musaddid - * musarra‡ - * musri‘ - * musrif -ãn - masrãr - - masóarán - - masóãl - masÞóál masóaba masÞóib, (-Þt) masÞóib, (-Þt) musaflita -Þt * misqÞt masÞqin * musaqqif -ãn * maslãl - - musannan - - musahhad - - musawwada -Þt - musá’ -ãn - masበ- - musayyar - - musaióir - -ãn mušÞ‡‡a -Þt - mašÞra -Þt * mušÞhada - -Þt mušÞhara - -Þt maššÞ’á - * mašbãh -ãn - muštabah - - muštÞq - - muštari‘ - -ãn muštaran muštarawÞt, muštarayÞt muštarayÞt muštaèil - - muštakin -ãn - muštahin - - maš‡ãf -Þt * muša‰‰iœÞtá muša‰‰iœÞtáya * mašdãh - - mišrÞó mašÞráó * mašrabáya - - mašra‡a mašÞri‡ - mušarrad - -ãn mašra‘ mašÞri‘ * mušarri‘ - -ãn mušarraf - -

156 mušrifa -Þt * mašriqá (-ãn), -Þt, (-ãn), -Þt, mašÞriqa mašÞriqa mašrãb -Þt, (mašÞráb) -Þt, (mašÞráb) mišó ’amšÞó ’amšÞó , mišÞó muš‘il - * mušèil -ãn * mašèãf - - mašèãl -Þt, (-ãn) -Þt, (-ãn) mašfã‘ -Þt - mušakkik - -ãn muškil mašÞkil - mašla‡ mašÞli‡ - mašmasa - * mašmãl -Þt, (-ãn) -Þt, (-ãn) mišanna -Þt - mušawwah - - mašwáy -Þt -Þt, mašÞwá mušayyid -ãn * mušayyi‘ -ãn * mišya - - maši’a - - muœÞb -, (-ãn, -Þt) -, (-ãn, -Þt) muœÞdara - - muœÞdaqa -Þt - maœœÞœ - - maœÞè - -Þt muœÞfa‡a -Þt * muœa‡‡i‡ -ãn - muœdir -ãn * muœaddiq - * maœra‘ -, (maœÞri‘) -, (maœÞri‘) muœœir - - maœrafá -ãn - muœóafan - - maœ‘ãq - - muœèin - - muœaèèar -Þt - muœaffad - * muœaffiq - * maœfan maœÞfin - maœœa -Þt - miœhar maœÞhir -Þt muœawwib - * muœáb - - muœába maœÞ’ib maœÞ’ib, -Þt

157 miœyada maœÞyid maœÞ’id, maœÞyid muæÞf - - muæa‡‡in - * miærÞb maæÞráb - maæarra maæÞrr maæÞr, -Þt muæóa‚a‘ -Þt maæÞ‚i‘ muæóa‚i‘ - -ãn muæóarr - - muæóarib - - muæóahad -ãn * miæèaó maæÞèió * muæallal - * muæallil -ãn - maæalla - - miæmÞr maæÞmár, (-Þt) maæÞmár, (-Þt) miæyÞf - - maæyafa maæÞyif - muóÞra‡a -Þt * muóÞraæa -Þt - muóÞlib - - muóÞlab - - muóÞlaba -Þt - muóÞli‘ - - maóbã‘a -Þt - muórÞn maóÞrina maóÞrina, maóÞrán maóra‡a maóÞri‡ * muóarraz - * mióraf maóÞrif - maórãd - * maóaráya - * muóa‘‘am - * mat‘an maóÞ‘in * maó‘ãn - - muóallaqa -Þt * miólama maóÞlim - maólãb (-ãn), -Þt, (-ãn), -Þt, maóÞláb maóÞláb miómar maóÞmir - maómãra maóÞmár -Þt, maóÞmár muóma’inn - - muóahhir -Þt, (-ãn) -Þt, (-ãn) miówÞt maóÞwin - mióyÞf - - muóá‘ - - mu÷affar - -

158 ma÷lãm -, (-ãn, ma÷Þlám) -, (-ãn, ma÷Þlám) mu÷ahhar - * mu÷ahhir -ãn - ma‘Þba (-Þt), ma‘Þyib (-Þt), ma‘Þyib mu‘Þdin - - mu‘Þdil - - mu‘Þfan - - mu‘Þq -ãn * mu‘Þqab - - mu‘Þkasa - -Þt mu‘Þla‚a - - mu‘Þnid - - mu‘Þwin -ãn - mu‘Þyara - - mu‘Þyin - -ãn mu‘Þyana - - mi‘bara ma‘Þbir * ma‘bãd -Þt - mu‘tariæ - - mu‘tarif - - mu‘tarak - - mu‘tamir -ãn * mu‘tall - - mu‘a‚‚al - - mu‘‚amá -ãn - mu‘idd - * mu‘addida -Þt - mu‘dim - - mu‘addil - - mu‘addin -ãn - mu‘aμμab - - mu‘aμμib -ãn * ma‘æãr - - mi‘rÞ‚ - ma‘Þrá‚ mu‘arrab - -Þt mu‘arbid - - mu‘arraš -Þt * mu‘arraœ -ãn - mu‘arriq - - mu‘arqil - * mu‘azzin - - mi‘zÞt ma‘áz * ma‘zãm (-ãn), ma‘Þzám * mu‘sir - - ma‘sala ma‘Þsil - ma‘sãr - - ma‘šãqa -Þt - ma‘œãm - - mu‘æil ma‘Þæil - ma‘ió - mu‘ó

159 mu‘óin - - mu‘aóóil -ãn, -Þt -Þt mu‘aqqib -ãn * mu‘aqqim -Þt - ma‘lãl - - mi‘mÞrá -ãn mi‘mÞráya mu‘ammad - - mu‘awwad - - mu‘wiz - -ãn mi‘an ’am‘Þ’ ’am‘Þ’, ’am‘áya mu‘ár - - mu‘ál - - mu‘ayyan -ãn, -Þt -Þt mu‘án -ãn, -Þt -ãn ma‘áná -ãn * maèÞr -Þt - maèÞra -Þt, maèÞwira -Þt, maèÞwir, maèÞyir maèbãó - - maèbãn - - muètÞ÷ - - muètabaó - - muètasal - - muètaœab - * muètamm - - muèrin -ãn - mièrÞt - - muèarrab - - muèriæ - -ãn muèriq - - muèram - - maèrãr - - mièsal - - maèæãb - - maèlãb - - maèmãr - - maèmãm - - maèãlá - - maèáb - - muèáb(a) * - muèayyir - * mufÞraqa -Þt - mufÞæala - - muèáõ - - mufa‚‚ir -Þt * maf‚ã‘ -, (-ãn, mafÞ‚á‘) * mufa‡‡im -Þt * mifrÞk mafÞrák - mafra‰ mafÞri‰ - mufarriza -Þt * miframa mafÞrim -

160 mufsid - -ãn mufaææal - * mufóir - * mafqãd -Þt, -ãn -ãn mufli‡ - - muflis - (-ãn), mafÞlás maflã‚ -, (-ãn, mafÞlá‚) -, (-ãn, mafÞlá‚) mufahras - * mufahris - * mufawwah - - muqÞbil -ãn, -Þt -ãn muqÞtil -ãn - muqÞsim - - maqbis maqÞbis - muqtatal - - muqta‡im - * muqtadir - - muqattir - - muqtariæ -ãn * muqtari‘ -ãn * muqtarif - - muqtaœid - * muqtanin -ãn * muqtarin - * miqdÞm maqÞdám - muqaddir -ãn - muqaddam -ãn, (-Þt) -ãn, (-Þt) maqdãr maqÞdár -Þt, maqÞdár maqdãná -ãn - maqarr maqÞrr -Þt, maqÞrr miqrÞb - * muqsió - - muqašši‘ - * miqašša -Þt - miqaœœ -Þt, maqÞœœ maqÞœœ maqœab maqÞœib * muqaœœir - - miqæab maqÞæib - muqaóóir - -Þt muq‘ad - - muqa‘‘ar - - muqill - - miqlad * maqÞlid miqlama -Þt, maqÞlim -Þt muqanóar - - muqanna‘ - - maqhãr - - miqwara maqÞwir -

161 muqám -ãn - mukÞbir - - makkÞr - - mukÞfi‡ -ãn * mukÞyada - * mukibb - - maktaba -Þt -Þt, makÞtib muktatib -ãn - muktariõ - - muktasab -Þt * muktafin - - mukõir - - mukrin mukrãn - mukarbin - - makruma -Þt, makÞrim makÞrim makrãb - - mikrâb -Þt -Þt, makÞráb mikrobÞœ -Þt * mukrah * - makrãh -, (-ãn, -Þt) -, (-ãn, -Þt) miksa‡a makÞsi‡ - maksãf - * mukaššir - * mikšaó makÞšió - mukallaf -ãn - makana -Þt, mukun, -Þt, makÞ’in makÞ’in makwa‚á makwa‚áya - makkãk (-Þt), makÞkák (-Þt), makÞkák makká - - mikyÞ‚ - - makáda makÞyid, makÞyid makÞ’id mukayyisa -Þt * mullÞ malÞlá * milÞó - muluó mallÞq - - milÞk - - malÞm - (-Þt), malÞwim malÞma - (-Þt), malÞwim malÞwá -ãn - malban malÞbin - malbana malÞbin - multa‡in -ãn - multa‡ima - - multamis -ãn * mil‡ ’amlÞ‡ ’amlÞ‡ , milÞ‡ mil‡Þ‡ - -

162 mulÞm - - mulaõõam - - muladdin -Þt * malaμμa -Þt -Þt, malÞμ mulzam - * milzam malÞzim * mal‘ãn - malÞ‘án, (-ãn) malak malÞ’ika - malakáya - - mulham -Þt, (-ãn) - malhãf - - mulawwiõ -Þt * mulawwi‡a -Þt - mulãká -ãn - malãm - - mulawwan -ãn - milwan malÞwin malÞwá malᇠmilÞ‡ ’amlÞ‡, milÞ‡ mallám -Þt -Þt, malÞlám milyânàr - - mumÞ‡aka - -Þt mumÞris -ãn * mumtalik -ãn - mumtann - - mumaõõiláya -Þt - mim‡Þt mamÞ‡in - mumsik - - mams㉠- - mamsãs - - mimaœœ mamÞœœ - mumæin mumæãn - mamlãká - - mamnãn - - munÞ‚aza -Þt - munÞ‰ -Þt - munÞdin -ãn - munÞdim -ãn - manÞra -Þt, manÞ’ir manÞ’ir, manÞwir munÞzala - - munÞzil * -ãn munÞšada - - munÞ÷ara - - munÞfasa - -Þt munÞfisa -Þt * manÞm - -Þt manÞma -Þt - munÞwib -ãn - munÞwaba - -

163 munÞwir * -ãn manbiæ - - munbaói‡ - - munbaóa‡ * - munbahir - * munta‚ -Þt * munta‚a‘ -Þt - munta‰ab -Þt -Þt, -ãn muntadab - - muntaœir - - muntaqid -ãn - muntaqim -ãn - muntamin -ãn - mun‚ib - * mun‚id -ãn * man‚ara manÞ‚ir * mun‚iz - * man‚ala manÞ‚il - man‚an - - mun‡Þz - - mun‡adir -ãn - mun‡alla -Þt * man‡ãs - - mindÞla -Þt - mundafi‘ - * mundahiš - - mandã ‡a - manÞdi‡ munμir -ãn - munza‘i‚ - - muna÷÷ah - - munzawin - - minsag manÞsi‚ - munassiq -ãn * manšar manÞšir * manšara -, (manÞšir) -, (manÞšir) munšaèil - * minašša -Þt, manÞš - manšãrá - - munœarif - - munaœœif - - munœif - - minæada manÞæid -Þt, manÞæid munæawin - * munóaliq - * muna÷÷ir -ãn * munóawin - - mun‘azil - - muna‘‘am - - mun‘im - - manèâlá -ãn - munfa‘il - -

164 manfáy -ãn - munaqqin -Þt * minqab -, (manÞqib) -, (manÞqib) munqiμ -ãn - minqala manÞqil - munkar -Þt -Þt, manÞkir munkir - -ãn munakkis - * mankãd manÞkád -ãn, manÞkád minhÞ‚ manÞhi‚, manÞhá‚ manÞhá‚ munhazim - * munhamik - - munawwiba -Þt * munawwa‘a -Þt - minwal - - munawwim -ãn -Þt, ãn munáb - - muhÞ‚ama -Þt - mahÞna - - mahbãl -, (-ãn, mahÞbál) -, (-ãn, mahÞbál) muhtadin - -ãn muhtazi’ -ãn * muhtamm - - muha‚‚ar -ãn * muhaddid - -ãn muhaddad - - mahdáy - - muhaμμab - - muhr ’amhÞr ’amhÞr, mihÞra mahrÞ‚Þ - * mahzala mahÞzil mahÞzil, -Þt mihazza - * mahzãm - * mahfãf - - muhla -, (muhal) -, (muhal) muhmil - - mahmãm - - mihwÞh mahÞwin - mahwãs - - muwÞ‚aha - - mu’Þzir - * muwÞsin - * mawÞsir‚á muwÞsir‚áya * muwÞ÷ib - - muwÞfiq - -

165 muwÞfaqa - - muwÞlin -ãn - motâr -Þt, mawÞtár -Þt mu’õir - * mauõãq - - mãgiba -Þt - mãgid - - mu’taman - -ãn mu’a‰‰ira - - mu’addab - * mãda‘ -Þt - mâda - -Þt muwarriõ -ãn - muwarraó - - muwarriq -ãn - mãzambáqá -ãn * mãs ’amwÞs * mãsir - -ãn, mayÞsár muwassam -ãn * muwaswas - - mauwsã‘áya - * mãsÞ mawÞsin ’amwÞs, mawÞsin muwaffir - * muwaffaq - - muwaffiq - * muwaqqit - - muwaqqar - - mãqin - - mauqãf - - mu’aksid - - muwakkal - - mâkàt - * mãla‘ - - mu’allaf -Þt * mu’ammin -ãn * mu’na - mu’an mu’ahhal - - mauhãb - - mauhãm - - ma’ãna -Þt, mu’an mu’an mayyÞl - - muyattam - - maita - - máda‘a - - mázÞn mawÞzán, mawÞzán mayÞzán mázÞnáya -Þt - mu’ayyad - * maisãr mayÞsár, (-ãn) mayÞsár, (-ãn)

166 mikroèrÞm - * mikrofon -Þt - mikrofáš - * mail muyãl ’amyÞl, muyãl málodrama -Þt - mám - - maimana - mayÞmin nÞb ’anyÞb, nuyãb ’anyÞb, nuyãb, ’anÞyáb nÞbiæ nawÞbiæ - nÞti‚ nawÞti‚ - nÞõir -Þt, (-ãn) - nÞ‚in - * nÞ‚i‡ - - nÞμir - - nÞzil nawÞzil, (-ãn) nawÞzil, (-ãn) nÞšió - * nÞœi‡ nuœœÞ‡ , (-ãn) (-ãn), nuœœÞ‡, nuœœa‡ nÞœir ’anœÞr, (-ãn) (-ãn), ’anœÞr, nuœœÞr nÞæi‚ -ãn - nÞóir nuóóÞr, naóara nuóóÞr, naóara, nuóarÞ’, nawÞóir nÞóiq -ãn - nÞ÷ira -Þt - nÞ÷ãr nawÞ÷ár - nÞfin - * nÞqid -ãn, nuqqÞd -ãn, nuqqÞd, naqada nÞqil -ãn, nawÞqil, (nawÞqil), -ãn, naqala nuqqÞl, naqala nÞqim - - nÞqih -ãn - nÞqa nãq, niyÞq -Þt, nãq, niyÞq nÞkiõ - - nÞkir - - nÞmãsáya -Þt - nÞmábá -ãn * nÞhin - - nÞhid -, (nawÞhid) -, (nawÞhid) nÞhiæ - - na’y nu’áy, ’ÞnÞ’ ’ÞnÞ’, ’an’Þ’

167 nÞ’ib nuwwÞb - nÞ’il - - nÞ’im (-ãn), niyÞm, (-ãn), niyÞm, nuwwÞm nuwwÞm nabÞtá -ãn - nabbÞš - - nabta -Þt - nibr ’anbÞr ’anÞbir, ’anÞbár nibrÞs - nabÞrás nabaóá (-ãn),’anbÞó - nubã’a - -Þt nabáh nubahÞ’, (-ãn) nubahÞ’, (-ãn) nitÞ‚ -Þt - na‚Þsa - - na‚‚Þm - -ãn na‚áy ’an‚iyÞ’ ’an‚iyÞ’, ’an‚iya na‚áb nu‚abÞ’ nu‚ub, nu‚abÞ’, ’an‚Þb nu‚aima - - na‡‡Þt -ãn - na‡‡Þs -ãn - na‡wá -ãn, nu‡Þt -ãn, (nu‡Þt) na‡ál na‡lÞ na‡lÞ, nu‡‡al na‰‰Þs - - nu‰Þ‘ -Þt nu‰u‘ na‰r -, (nu‰ãr) -, (nu‰ãr) na‰la - - naddÞf -ãn - nadwa -Þt - nadan ’andÞ’ ’andÞ’, ’andiya nadám nidÞm, nudamÞ’, nidÞm, nudamÞ’ nudmÞn naμl ’anμÞl nuμãl, ’anμÞl nizÞ‘ -Þt - nizÞl -Þt - nazl nuzul, nuzãl, nuzul, nuzãl ’anzÞl nazih - nizÞh, nuzahÞ’ nazáh nuzahÞ’ nizÞh, nuzahÞ’ nassÞ’ - -

168 nassÞb -ãn - nassÞ‚ -ãn - nassÞ‰ nassÞ‰a, -ãn nassÞ‰a nasaq -, (’ansÞq) -, (’ansÞq) nasá‚ nusu‚, ’ansi‚a nusã‚, ’ansi‚a, ’ansÞ‚ nasám nisÞm nisÞm, nasÞ’im naššÞb naššÞba - naššÞr -ãn - naššÞla -Þt * naštará - - našió - - našád ’anÞšád ’anÞšád, ’anšÞd, našÞ’id našáó nišÞó, -ãn, nišÞt, (nušaóÞ’) (nušaóÞ’, -ãn) naœœÞb -ãn - naœœÞba -Þt * naœba - -Þt naœl niœÞl niœÞl, ’anœul, nuœãl nuóóÞr - - nióÞq nuóuq, (-Þt) nuóuq, (-Þt) naó‡a -Þt - naó‘ ’anóÞ‘ ’anóÞ‘, nuóã‘ naóóa -Þt - na÷÷ÞrÞtá na÷÷ÞrÞtáya - ni÷Þra - - na‘‘Þr - - na‘‘Þra -Þt - na‘ra -Þt - na‘sÞn - - na‘l ni‘Þl ’an‘ul, ni‘Þl, (nu‘ãl) ni‘ma -Þt, ni‘am -Þt, ni‘am, ’an‘um na‘wa - * na‘áy na‘ÞyÞ - nafÞwa - * naf‰a -Þt - nafsÞ' nawÞfis, nawÞfis nafsawÞt nafsáya -Þt - nafóa - - nafaqa -Þt -Þt, nifÞq

169 nafal ’anfÞl ’anfÞl, nufãl, nifÞl nafnãf -, (nafÞnáf) -, (nafÞnáf) naffa - - niqÞb nuqub nuqub, ’anqiba naqqÞš -ãn - naqqÞóa - - naqqÞq - - naqÞha - - naqb ’anqÞb ’anqÞb, niqÞb naqr nuqãr - nuqra nuqar nuqar, niqÞr naqza - - naq‘ - niqÞ‘, nuqã‘, ’anqu‘ nuql nuqãl, nuqãl nuqãlÞt naqla -Þt - naqma niqam niqam, niqmÞt nuqãó - - naqába -Þt, naqÞ’ib naqÞ’ib nikÞya - - nakid - 'ankÞd, manÞkád nakha - - nammÞm -ãn - nimr numur, numãra, numur, numãr ’anmÞr ’anmÞr, numura nimra - * namaó ’anmÞó ’anmÞó, nimÞó namláya -Þt - namnama - - nahhÞz - - nihÞ’áya - * nahr ’anhÞr, ’anhur ’anhÞr, ’anhur, nuhãr nahim - - nuhair - -Þt nawwÞ‡ - - nau’ ’anwÞ’ nu’Þn, ’anwÞ’ naubat‚á naubat‚áya - nauba -Þt -Þt, nawab nâta -Þt - normÞná - -

170 nauó ’anwÞó ’anwÞó , niyÞó novotàh - * nauma -Þt - nuwai‘ -Þt * nábÞlá -ãn * nai‚árá -ãn * nára -, (-Þt, niyar) -, (-Þt, niyar) nákarÞèuwá -ãn * niyãzálandá -ãn * hÞbióa hawÞbió * hÞ‚in - - hÞ‚ira - -Þt, hawÞ‚ir hÞdim - - hÞμin - - hÞzi‚a - * hÞzil - - hÞzi' * - hÞlik - halkÞ, hullak, hullÞk, hawÞlik, (-ãn) hÞmis - * hÞwin hawÞwán ’ahwÞn, hawÞwán hÞyitá -ãn - hÞ'im - (-ãn), huyyam, huyyÞm habba -Þt - hatáka - - ha‚‚Þ’ - * hi‚ra -Þt - ha‚ma -Þt - ha‚án hu‚anÞ’, hu‚anÞ’, mahÞ‚án, hu‚un, mahÞ‚án hu‚un, mahÞ‚ina haddÞf - - hidm hudãm, ’ahdÞm hudãm, ’ahdÞm, hidam hidma hidam, hudãm * hudna hudan, -Þt -Þt haμir - - haróaqa -Þt - harim - - huraira -Þt - hazzÞl - - hazhaza - hazÞhiz

171 huóãl - - hektolitr -Þt - hilÞl ’ahilla ’ahilla, 'ahÞlál hulÞmá - - hammÞz -ãn - hammÞm - - hama‚á - - hamhama -Þt -Þt, hamÞhim hindÞz - - hindÞza - - handasa - - hondãrÞsá -ãn * hindãsá - - hindãká - - hunèÞrá - - hanhãna - - hawÞ’ ’ahwáya ’ahwáya, ’ahwÞ’ hawwÞya - - haura - -Þt hauša - - haul ’ahwÞl ’ahwÞl, hu’ãl huwwa huwan huwan, -Þt hawan ’ahwÞ’ ’ahwÞ’, hawÞyÞ hayyÞb - - haya‚Þn - - haiša - - haiœa - * haikaláya - * hayãb - - huyãlÞ huyãláyÞt - wÞ‚ib -Þt -Þt, wa‚Þ’ib wÞõiq - - wÞ‚is - - wÞ‚im - - wÞ‡idá - * wÞdi‘ - - wÞriõ waraõa, (-ãn) (-ãn), waraõa, wurrÞõ wÞrid -Þt -Þt, wurrÞd wÞæi‘ - -ãn wÞ‘in - - wÞfin - - wÞfida -Þt - wÞqif - - wÞlid -ãn -

172 wÞlih - - wÞhib - - wÞhim - - wÞw -Þt - wa‚ra ’au‚ar - wa‚a‘ ’au‚a‘ ’au‚a‘, wi‚Þ‘ wa‚il - -ãn, wi‚Þl wi‡Þm - - wa‡š wu‡ãš wu‡ãš, wu‡šÞn wa‡šá - - wa‡ma - * wa‡ád -ãn - wa‰za - - wari‘ - (-ãn),’aurÞ‘ waraqa -Þt, ’aurÞq - wirk ’aurÞk - waráõa - * warád ’aurida wurud, wurãd, ’aurida wuraida -Þt * wuraiqa -Þt * wazzÞn - * wazára -Þt * wasÞóa - -Þt wasin - - waswasa - wasÞwis wasám wisÞm wisÞm, wusamÞ’ wišÞ‡ ’auši‡a wušu‡, wašÞ’i‡, ’auši‡a wišÞya -Þt - wašaq - - wašm wušãm wušãm, wišÞm wašwaša - - waœfa -Þt - waœla - - waœwaœa - - waób wióÞb, ’auóÞb wióÞb, ’auóÞb, ’awÞóib waówÞó waóÞwáó waóÞwáó, waóawió wi‘Þ’ ’au‘iya ’au‘iya, ’awÞ‘in wa‘õ wu‘ãõ - wa‘la wi‘Þl, -Þt * waèd ’auèÞd ’auèÞd, wuèdÞn wafd wufãd wufãd, ’aufÞd

173 wafdá - - waqqÞ‘ -ãn - waqb wuqãb, wiqÞb, ’auqÞb ’auqÞb waqi‡ - - waq‘a -Þt - wiqqa -Þt -Þt, wiqaq waqãr - - wakr ’aukÞr wukãr, ’aukÞr walÞ' - - wallÞda - - wilÞda - - wallÞ‘a -Þt - walad ’aulÞd wuld, ’aulÞd walwala - walÞwil waláya -Þt, walÞyÞ - winš ’aunÞš ’aunÞš, winšÞt wahhÞb - * wahd ’auhud - wahda wihÞd wihÞd, wuhud wahán - - waiba - -Þt yÞ' - - yÞfi‘ - - yÞ’is - - yatáma - * yazádá - - yusrÞ - yusrayÞt ya‘qãb - ya‘Þqáb yaqi÷ -ãn ’aiqÞ÷ yam - yumãm yan - * yahãdá - - yaumáya - - yãnÞná - -ãn

174 5.2 Cross-reference system in the LS Many substantives in Arabic have broken plural forms, which are derived from the root and not from the singular form. These forms pose a serious problem to the learners of Arabic, because they are not predictable. Unless learners know them by heart or they have a very good command of Arabic, it would be impossible to guess the singular form or the other way round. Therefore, bilingual Arabic German dictionaries adopting the alphabetic system should lemmatize all these broken plurals. Of course, the lemmatization of these forms consumes a lot of place, which the compiler of the LS tries to reduce. This has been carried out assuming the predictability of the singular of the following plural forms fu‘ul (kutub), fi‘Þl (ûimÞl), ’af‘Þl (’aulÞd), mafÞ‘il (ma‘Þmil), mafÞ‘ál (mafÞhám), fawÞ‘il (‘awÞmil), fa‘Þ’il (qabÞ’il), fu‘alÞ’ (lu’amÞ’), ’af‘ilÞ’, fu‘‘Þl (‘ummÞl) and fa‘ala (qatala). The LS does not explain other broken plural forms such as ’af‘ila (’aûhiza), ’afÞ‘ál (’aqÞlám), fu‘lÞn (‡umlÞn), fi‘Þl (‰irÞf),, fu’lÞn (‰ulûÞn), and it does not even indicate their existence. Moreover, it did not lemmatize them in a systematic way. This treatment is misguiding and not satisfactory. Moreover, the LS does not abide to these rules which he made himself. Many examples which belong to the same group have been lemmatized such as ‡udãd, ’aqfÞl, ’akwÞz and ’‘nÞq. In addition to the lemmatization of the above broken plurals, the LS should have also lemmatized some regular plural forms where a vowel undergoes a change such as ‡amawÞt, ‡aœayÞt. Moreover, there are many cases where it is possible to lemmatize a plural form such as maqÞμáf and make a cross reference to different related lemmata. In other cases, it would be recommendable to make a cross reference under some homographs of the plural form as it is the case with ‡ulãl, šarak and šuhub. The following list includes all those broken plural forms which have not been lemmatized in the LS, where the user is fully left on his own. However, it should be stressed that the lemmatization of some of them could be a matter of opinion depending on the target user group and their language competence. It should be also said that some of these plural forms could be unpredictable even for Arab users. The first column represents these broken plural forms and the second one represents the singular form.

175 Plural form singular form

'ÞbÞd 'abad 'abÞráq 'ibráq 'abÞriqa 'ibráq 'abÞzám 'ibzám 'ÞbÞæ 'ubæ 'ÞbÞó 'ibó 'abÞlisa 'iblás 'abÞhám 'ibhÞm 'utun 'atÞn 'aõÞfin 'uõfáya 'aõl 'uõãl 'iõÞõ 'aõáõ 'uõamÞ' 'aõám 'u‚ãr 'a‚r 'a‚Þnib 'a‚nabá 'a‡Þbál 'u‡bãla 'a‡Þ‚á 'u‡‚áya 'a‡Þrám 'i‡rÞm 'a‡Þsás 'i‡sÞs 'a‡Þsin 'a‡san 'a‡Þfár 'u‡fãr 'a‡Þmis 'a‡mas 'a‰Þdád 'u‰dãd 'adÞrisa 'idrásá 'adÞnin 'adnÞ 'arÞ‚áf 'ir‚Þf 'arނᇠ'ur‚ã‡a 'arÞ‚áz 'ur‚ãza 'arÞdib 'irdab 'arÞæin 'aræ 'arÞèin 'arèan 'arÞkál 'arkála 'arÞmil 'armal 'arÞmil 'armala 'arÞnib 'arnab 'arÞ'ik 'aráka 'uzur 'izÞr zu‘rÞn 'az‘ar 'azÞmál 'izmál 'usus 'asÞs 'asÞbá‘ 'usbã‘ 'asÞták 'usták su‡m 'as‡am 'usãd 'asad 'asÞóár 'usóãra 'asÞóál 'usóãl 'asÞfil 'asfal

176 'asÞfán 'isfán ’asÞqifa 'usquf ’asÞkifa 'iskÞf 'asÞláb 'uslãb 'asÞrÞ 'asár 'ašÞ'ib 'ušÞba 'ašÞbán 'išbán 'ašawis 'ašwas 'aœÞbi‘ 'iœba‘ 'aœÞèir 'aœèar 'uœãl 'aœl 'uœlÞ' 'aœál 'aæÞbár 'iæbÞra 'aæÞ‡ák 'uæ‡ãka 'aæÞ‡á 'uæ‡áya 'uóur 'ióÞr 'aóÞlis 'aólas 'uóum 'aóãm 'aóÞyib 'aóyab 'a‘Þ‚im 'a‘‚am 'a‘Þ‚áb 'u‘‚ãba 'a‘Þœár 'i‘œÞr 'a‘Þlám 'u‘lãma 'a‘Þlin 'a‘lÞ 'aèÞrád 'uèrãda 'aèÞláó 'uèulãóa 'aèÞwá 'uèwiya 'afއᜠ'uf‡ãœ 'afÞráz 'ifráz 'afÞriqa 'ifráqá 'afÞšán 'ifšán 'afÞ‘in 'af‘Þ 'afÞkáh 'ufkãha 'afÞ’ik 'afáka 'aqÞ‡á 'uq‡uwÞn 'aqÞ‡in 'uq‡uwÞn 'aqޜᜠ'uqœãœa 'aqÞœin 'aqœÞ 'aqÞlád 'iqlád 'aqÞlám ’iqlám 'aqÞnám 'uqnãm 'akÞbir 'akbar 'akÞsád 'uksád 'akÞl 'ukl 'akala 'Þkil 'akÞlál 'iklál 'akÞm 'akama 'alÞ‘áb 'ul‘ãba 'ulafÞ' 'aláf 'alÞya 'alya 'amÞõil 'amõal

177 'amÞõál 'umõãla 'amÞ‚id 'am‚ad 'amÞdᇠ'umdã‡a 'amÞsá 'umsáya 'amalᇠ'umlã‡a 'imÞ' 'ama 'anÞbár 'anbÞr 'anÞbáš 'unbãš 'inÞõ 'unõÞ 'anÞõÞ 'unõÞ 'anÞ‚ál 'in‚ál 'awÞnis 'Þnisa 'anÞšáó 'unšãóa 'anÞmil 'unmula 'arÞnák 'urnák wurq 'auraq 'awÞq 'ãqáya 'ayÞ'il 'ail 'ayÞ'im 'aim 'awÞwán 'iwÞn buõãr baõr bu‡ãõ ba‡õ bu‡ãr ba‡r bu‰ãt ba‰t ba‰Þšáš ba‰šáš budãr badr badÞ'i‘ badá‘a 'abdÞl badál badÞ'il badála buμãr baμr burãr barr barÞbi‰ barba‰ barÞbira barbará barÞõin burõun barÞ‚il bar‚al barÞ‚im bur‚um barÞdáq birdÞq barÞdin bardÞya barÞdi‘ barda‘a barÞμin birμaun barÞzi‰ barza‰ barÞóál baróál barÞ‘im bur‘um barÞ‘ám bar‘ãm barÞèáõ burèãõ barÞèá burèá barÞfár birfár barÞqi‘ burqu‘ barÞkán burkÞn barÞmiq barmaq birÞm burma

178 barÞmál birmál barÞnis burnus barÞhán burhÞn barÞwáz birwÞz barÞ'iz baráza barÞrá barráya bizÞz biz bazÞbáz bazbãz buzãr bizr 'abÞzár bizr bisÞs bass basÞtán bustÞn bašÞ'ir bišÞra bašÞkár baškãr bašÞkár baškár bašÞnáq bašnãqa bušarÞ' bašár buœarÞ' baœár baœÞ'ir baœára baæÞ'i‘ biæÞ‘a baóÞ'in bióÞna bióÞ‡ baó‡Þ' baóÞri‰ baóra‰ baóÞrik baórak baóÞrika baóriyark baóÞriqa baóráq buóãn baón bu÷ãr ba÷r ba‘Þbi‘ ba‘ba‘ bu‘ãõ ba‘õ 'ab‘Þæ ba‘æ bu‘ãl ba‘l bu‘rÞn ba‘ár bièõÞn buèÞõ baèÞya baèá baqÞbáq baqbãqa baqÞšáš baqšáš buqãl baql bikÞr bakr bakÞri‚ bakra‚ balÞlᜠballÞœ balÞbil bulbul balÞbil bulbula balÞbil balbÞl balÞbi‘ balbã‘a buldÞn balad bilÞd balda balÞsim balsam balÞ‘im bul‘ãm balÞqi‘ balqa‘ bulaèÞ' baláè

179 balÞya baláya bunãd band banÞdir bandar banÞdiq bunduq banÞdiq bunduqáya banÞdál bandãl banÞœir binœar bunãk bank banÞwár binwÞr bahÞ'im baháma bawÞtiq bãtaqa bawÞ‚i bã‚á bawÞèáz bãèÞz 'abwÞq bãq bawÞqál bãqÞl bawÞliœ bãláœa banÞdir baydar bayÞdiq baydaq bayÞriq bayraq bayÞóira baióari buyã‘ bai‘ ta'Þlif ta'láf ta‚Þráb ta‚ráb ta‚Þrád ta‚rád ta‚Þ‘ád ta‚‘ád ta‚Þráf ta‚ráf ta‡Þbáš ta‡báša ta‡addiyÞt ta‡addin ta‡arriyÞt ta‡arrin ta‡Þsán ta‡sán ta‡Þlál ta‡lál ta‡Þmál ta‡mála ta‡Þwál ta‡wála tu‰ãt ta‰t tu‰ãm tu‰um tadÞbár tadbár tadÞri‚ tadarru‚ taμÞkur taμkara tarÞbás tirbÞs tarÞbá‘ tarbá‘a tarÞtál tartála tarÞ‚ima tur‚umÞn tarÞ‚im tar‚ama tarމᜠtar‰áœ turãs tirs tarÞqin turquwa tarÞkáb tarkáb tarÞmis tirmus tarÞmás tarmãs tasÞbᇠtasbá‡

180 tasÞbᇠtasbu‡a tasÞbᇠtasbá‡a tasÞlin tasliya tašÞbáh tašbáh taœÞrᇠtaœrᇠtaœÞmám taœmám taœÞnáf taœnáf taœÞwár taœwára 'at‘Þb ta‘ab ta‘Þrág ta‘rá‚ ta‘Þráf ta‘ráf ta‘Þráf ta‘ráfa ta‘Þzin ta‘ziya ta‘Þšáq ta‘šáqa ta‘Þláq ta‘láq ta‘Þláq ta‘láqa ta‘Þlám ta‘lám ta‘Þmám ta‘mám ta‘Þwáμ ta‘wáμ tu‘asÞ’ ta‘ás tafÞtáš taftáš tafÞsár tafsár tafÞœál tafœál tafÞ‘ál taf‘ála tafÞlás taflás taqÞdár taqdár taqÞráó taqráóa taqÞrá÷ taqráó taqÞsám taqsám taqÞóá‘ taqóá‘ taqÞfᜠtaqfáœa taqÞlád taqlád taqÞlá‘ taqlá‘a takÞráz takráz tilÞl tall/tilla tulãl tall talÞbáb talbáb talÞ‡án tal‡án talÞ‘in tal‘a talÞfá‘ talfá‘a talÞfáf talfáf talÞmᇠtalmᇠtalÞmáμ tilmáμ tamÞõál timõÞl tamÞrád timrÞd tamÞrán tamrán tamÞ'im tamáma tanÞbila tanbal tunãk tanak tanÞnár tanãr tanÞnár tanãra

181 tahÞwál tahwál tawޚᇠtawšá‡ tawÞqá‘ tawqá‘ tawÞlád tawlád tawÞnisa tãnisá tuyãs tais

’aõ'Þr õa'r ’ÞõÞr õa'r õa‘Þbán õu‘bÞn õa‘Þlib õa‘lab õuèãr õaèr õuqãb õuqb õiqÞl õaqla õiqÞl õaqál õulã‚ õal‚ õulal õulla õimÞr õamar 'aõmÞr õamar

‚ubÞt ‚Þbin ‚awÞbin ‚Þbiya ‚abÞbira ‚abbÞr ‚abÞ'ir ‚ibÞra ‚abÞ'ir ‚abára ‚ubanÞ' ‚abÞn ‚abÞbán ‚abbÞna ‚aõÞláq ‚aõláq ‚u‡ãr ‚u‡r ‚i‡Þš ‚a‡š ‚u‡ãš ‚a‡š ‚a‡Þfil ‚a‡fal ‚udãd ‚add ‚adÞ‚id ‚ud‚ud ‚adÞwil ‚adwal ‚idÞ' ‚ady ‚udud ‚adád ‚udarÞ' ‚adár ‚adÞ'il ‚adála ‚uμãr ‚aμr 'a‚μÞr ‚aμr ‚iμÞ' ‚aμwa ‚arÞráf ‚arrÞfa ‚irÞ‡ ‚ur‡ ‚arÞdil ‚ardal ‚arÞμán ‚irμaun ‚arÞnál ‚urnÞl ‚irÞr ‚arra ‚irÞ' ‚arw ‚arÞ'ir ‚arára ‚arÞ'im ‚aráma

182 ‚iμÞl ‚aμl ‚izaz ‚izza ‚azÞ'iz ‚izza ‚usãr ‚isr ‚usur ‚asãr ‚isÞm ‚asám ‚išÞ‘ ‚aši‘ ‚i‘Þb ‚u‘ba ‚i‘Þd ‚a‘d ‚ifÞn ‚afna ‚ufãn ‚afn ‚alÞlib ‚allÞba ‚alÞbáb ‚ilbÞb ‚alÞbát ‚albãt ‚alÞ‚il ‚ul‚ul ‚ulãd ‚ild ‚alÞmid ‚almad ‚alÞmád ‚ulmud ‚ulal ‚ullÞ ‚ulasÞ' ‚alás ‚amÞ‚im ‚um‚uma ‚anÞnáz ‚unnÞz ‚anÞ'iz ‚anÞza ‚unãb ‚anb 'agnÞb ‚anb ‚unãd ‚und ‚unãd ‚undá ‚anÞdib ‚undub ‚anÞdil ‚andal ‚anÞdil ‚andãl ‚anÞzár ‚inzár ‚unan ‚unna ‚anÞ'in ‚unaina 'a‚hiza ‚ihÞz ‚ahÞbiμa ‚ahbaμ ‚uhãd ‚uhd ‚awÞrib ‚awrab ‚awÞsiq ‚awsaq ‚awÞhir ‚awhar ‚uyãb ‚aib ‚iyÞd ‚ayyid 'a‚yÞl ‚ál

‡u‚‚Þb ‡Þ‚ib ‡a‚aba ‡Þ‚ib ‡awÞ‚ib ‡Þ‚ib ‡awÞsáb ‡Þsãb ‡awÞœil ‡Þœil ‡ubãb ‡abb ‡ibÞb ‡ubb ‡ibaba ‡ubb

183 ‡ibÞl ‡abl ‡abÞlÞ ‡ublÞ ‡abÞ'ib ‡abába ‡u‚ub ‡i‚Þb ‡i‚Þ‚ ‡a‚‚Þ‚ ‡i‚Þra ‡a‚ar ‡u‚ãzÞt ‡a‚z ‡i‚Þl ‡a‚ala ‡idÞb ‡adab ‡idÞõ ‡adaõ ‡adÞ'id ‡adáda ‡adÞ'iq ‡adáqa ‡irÞr ‡arrÞn ‡arrÞ ‡arrÞn ‡arÞrÞ ‡arrÞn ‡urãb ‡arb ‡arÞbáy ‡irbÞ' 'a‡rÞ‚ ‡ara‚ ‡arÞμán ‡irμaun ‡arÞšif ‡aršaf ‡urãf ‡arf ‡arÞqid ‡arqada ‡arÞmil ‡armala ‡árÞr ‡arra ‡arÞ'ir ‡arãr ‡urun ‡arãn ‡arÞ'ir ‡arár ‡arÞyir ‡arár ‡irÞœ ‡arᜠ‡urafÞ' ‡arráf ‡arÞ'iq ‡aráq ‡urum ‡arám ‡uzãz ‡azz ‡azÞnÞ ‡aznÞn ‡azÞzár ‡azzãra ‡uzamÞ' ‡azám ‡uzanÞ' ‡azán ‡azÞnÞ ‡azán ‡izÞn ‡azán ‡isÞn ‡asan ‡usud ‡asãd ‡asÞsán ‡assãn ‡usabÞ' ‡asáb ‡asrÞ ‡asár ‡ašÞ'iš ‡ašáša ‡ašÞ'iš ‡ašáš ‡ušamÞ' ‡ašám ‡uœãœ ‡uœs ‡aœayÞt ‡aœÞt ‡uœãn ‡iœn ‡iœaœ ‡iœsa

184 ‡aœÞ'ir ‡aœára ‡uœafÞ' ‡aœáf ‡aœÞ'il ‡aœála ‡aæÞ'ir ‡aæára ‡uæaæ ‡aæáæ ‡aóÞ'ió ‡aóáóa ‡u÷ã÷ ‡a÷÷ ‡a÷Þ'ir ‡a÷ára ‡a÷Þya ‡a÷áya ‡afÞ'ir ‡afára ‡afÞ'i÷ ‡afá÷a ‡iqÞq ‡uqq ‡aqÞ'ib ‡aqába ‡aqÞ'id ‡aqáda ‡uqarÞ' ‡aqár ‡aqÞ'iq ‡aqáqa ‡ukkÞm ‡akam ‡ukamÞ' ‡akám ‡ulãl ‡all ‡ulãq ‡alaq ‡alÞqám ‡ulqãm ‡ulal ‡ulla ‡alÞwÞ ‡alwÞ ‡ulamÞ' ‡alám ‡umur ‡imÞr ‡amÞ'ir ‡imÞra ‡amÞ'il ‡imÞla ‡amawÞt ‡amÞt ‡umlÞn ‡amal ‡amÞ'il ‡umãla ‡ummayÞt ‡ummÞ ‡anÞbila ‡anbalá ‡anÞ‚ir ‡an‚ara ‡anÞ‚ár ‡un‚ãr ‡anÞóár ‡anóãr ‡anÞyÞ ‡anáya ‡awÞœil ‡auœala ‡awÞœil ‡auœal ‡ayawÞt ‡ayÞt

‰Þdim ‰uddÞm ‰awÞriq ‰Þriq ‰ubaõÞ' ‰abáõ ‰abÞ'iõ ‰abáõa ‰ubuõ ‰abáõ ‰udãd ‰add ‰idÞd ‰add ‰udãr ‰idr 'a‰dÞr ‰idr ‰udãš ‰adš ‰adÞ'i‘ ‰adá‘a

185 ‰udanÞ' ‰adán ‰udad ‰udda ‰arÞ'ib ‰araba ‰arÞrá‚ ‰urrÞ‚ ‰arÞtát ‰artát ‰ira‚a ‰ur‚ ‰arÞóáš ‰aróãš ‰arÞóám ‰uróãm ‰urãq ‰arq ‰urãm ‰urm ‰irÞf ‰arãf ‰irfÞn ‰arãf ‰arÞ'id ‰aráda ‰arÞ'ió ‰aráóa ‰uzãz ‰azz ‰azÞ'in ‰azÞna ‰azÞ'in ‰azána ‰uzun ‰azÞna ‰asÞ'ir ‰asÞra ‰uœãœ ‰uœœ ‰iœÞœ ‰uœœ ‰uœãr ‰aœr ‰iœÞl ‰iœla ‰uœãm ‰aœm ‰iœyÞn ‰aœáy ‰uœamÞ' ‰aœám ‡uœmÞn ‰aœám ‰uœan ‰uœyÞ ‰uda‘ ‰adã‘ ‰uóãó ‰aóó 'a‰óÞ' ‰aóa' ‰aóÞóáf ‰uóóÞf ‰uóãb ‰aób ‰uóÞn ‰uówa ‰uóabÞ' ‰aóáb ‰afÞfáš ‰uffÞš ‰ufarÞ' ‰afár ‰ifÞf ‰afáf ‰ifÞf ‰uff ‰ulqÞn ‰alaq ‰ul‚Þn ‰alá‚ ‰alÞ'ió ‰aláó ‰ula‘Þ' ‰alá‘ ‰ulafÞ' ‰aláfa ‰ullÞn ‰alál ‰amÞmisa ‰ammÞs ‰umãr ‰amr ‰amÞ'ir ‰amára ‰amÞ'il ‰amála ‰inÞõ ‰unõÞ ‰anÞ‚ár ‰an‚ar

186 ‰anÞdiq ‰andaq ‰anÞœir ‰anœar ‰ana‘a ‰anã‘ 'a‰wina ‰uwÞn ‰awÞrina ‰ãrá ‰ayÞšám ‰aišãm dawÞlin dÞliya dibaba dubb 'adbÞš dabaš dabÞbár dabbãr dabÞbás dabbãs duõur diõÞr du‰alÞ' da‰ál da‰Þ'il da‰ála durar durr darÞrá‚ durrÞ‚ darÞrá‘ darrÞ‘a durãb darb darÞbás dirbÞs durãs dars durã‘ dar‘ darÞfál darfál darÞhim dirham darÞwáš darwáš dusãt dast dasÞtár dustãr dasÞkir daskara dasÞ'is dasása dašÞdáš dišdÞša dušãr dašra da‘Þ'im di‘Þma da‘ÞwÞ da‘wÞ da‘Þwin da‘wÞ dufãf duff dafÞtir daftar dufã‘ daf‘ dufanÞ' dafán daqÞmáq duqmÞq diqÞq daqáq daqÞ'iq daqáqa dakÞkán dukkÞn dikÞk dakka dalÞfán dulfán dilÞl dalla dilÞ' dalw dalÞ'il dalál damÞmil dummal damÞmál dummal dimÞõ damáõ dinÞn dann

187 danÞyÞ danáya duhãr dahr dahÞqina duhqÞn dahÞláz dihláz dihÞn duhn duhãn duhn dawayÞt dawÞt duwáy dawÞt dawÞriq dawraq dawÞláb dãlÞb dabÞbá‚ dábÞ‚ dayÞ‚ár dai‚ãr duyãk dák damÞmás dámÞs dayÞmás dimÞs duyãn dain

'aμ‰Þr μu‰r μa‰Þ'ir μa‰ára μuran μirwÞ μarÞ'i‘ μará‘a μuqãn μaqn μukãr μakar μukãra μakar μulal μalãl μilÞl μalál μimÞm μamám μunãb μanb μawÞ'ib μu'Þba μi'Þb μi'b rÞ‚awÞt rÞ‚Þ’ rawÞ‡il rÞ‡ila rawÞsin rÞsin rawÞsib rÞsib rawÞ'iz rÞ'iz rubãb rubb rabÞbᇠrubbÞ‡ rabÞbina rubbÞn rubã‘ rab‘ ribÞq ribqa rabÞ'ib rabába rutu‚ ritÞ‚ rutabÞ' ratáb ratÞ'in ratána riõÞõ raõõ ra‚ÞwÞt ra‚Þ' 'ar‚Þl ri‚l ru‚ãm ra‚m ri‡Þl ra‡l ru‡amÞ' ra‡ám

188 ri‰Þ‰ ra‰‰ rudãd radd ruμalÞ' raμál raμÞ'il raμála 'arzÞq rizq razza ruzaz razÞyÞ razáya rasÞ'il risÞla 'arsaè rusè 'arsÞn rasan rušãm rašm rašÞwÞ rašwÞ rušadÞ' rašád ruœafÞ' raœáf ruæãæ raææ ruææa‘ raæá‘ rióÞb ruóab ru‘ãd ra‘d ra‘Þdád ri‘dád ri‘Þl ra‘ál raèÞ'ib raèába rufãf raff rufãd rifd rafÞrif rafraf rufãš rafš rimam rimma ruhãn rahn rihÞ' rahw rahÞ'in rahána rayÞ‡án rai‡Þn zawÞ‚ir zÞ‚ir zabÞdáy zubdáya za‰Þrif za‰rafa za‰Þrif za‰rafa zarÞyir zirÞr zarÞbáy zurbáya zurãd zarad zarÞzár zarzãr zarÞfál zarfál zarÞ'ib zarába za‘Þbáó za‘bãó za‘Þrár za‘rãr za‘Þnif zi‘nifa zu‘amÞ' za‘ám zaèÞrád zaèrãda zaèÞlál zaèlãl ziqÞq ziqq zakawÞt zakÞt 'azkiyÞ' zakáy zakÞ'ib zakába

189 zalÞzil zilzÞl zalÞzil zalzala zalÞlám zallãma zamÞmár zammÞra 'azimma zimÞm zumãr zamr zumalÞ' zamál zanÞnár zunnÞr zanÞbár zunbãr zanÞbál zinbál zunã‚ zin‚á zanÞ‚ár zin‚ár zunãd zand zinÞd zand zanÞdáq zindáq zuhãr zahra zawÞbi‘ zauba‘a zawÞriq zauraq zuyãt zait zázÞn záz sÞqa sÞ'iq sawÞ'il sÞ'il sabÞbáó sabbÞó subãt sabt sibÞ‰ sab‰a sibÞó sibó sibÞ‘ sab‘ sabÞyÞ sabáy sabÞ'ik sabáka subul sabál sutur sitÞr satÞ'ir sitÞra ’astÞr sitr sutãr sitr sa‚Þ‚ád sa‚‚Þd su‚ãn si‚n su‚anÞ' sa‚án sa‚ÞyÞ sa‚áya sa‡ÞyÞ si‡Þ'a su‡ub sa‡Þba sa‡Þ‡ár sa‡‡Þra su‡ãb sa‡b sa‡Þlin si‡láya sudãd sadd sadÞ'ir sidÞra surã‚ sar‚ sarÞ‡án sir‡Þn sarÞdáb sirdÞb sarÞwál sirwÞl surÞt saráy

190 sarÞ'ir sarára sirÞ‘ sará‘ sarÞyÞ saráya suó㇠saó‡ suóãr saór suóãl saól su‘adÞ' sa‘ád safÞti‚ safta‚a suf㇠saf‡ safÞri‚ safar‚al safÞsif safsÞf safÞfád saffãd sufarÞ' safár safÞ'in safána sufahÞ' safáh 'asqáya saqqÞ' saqÞqáó saqqÞóa saqÞyil siqÞla suqãf saqf saqÞliba saqlabáy saqÞ'if saqáfa suqamÞ' saqám siqÞm saqám sakÞrÞ sakrÞn sakrÞ sakrÞn sakÞ'in sakána salÞ‡if sula‡fÞt salÞsil silsila salÞóán sultÞn 'aslÞk silk salÞlim sullam silÞl salla salÞwÞ salwÞ salÞ'iq saláqa sulamÞ' salám simÞm summ sumãt samt simÞ‡ sam‡ samÞsira simsÞr sumãó simó sumãn samn samÞdil samandal samÞmár sammãr simÞn samán sanÞnár sinnÞra sanÞbik sunbuk sanÞbil sunbula sanÞ‚áb sin‚Þb sanÞ‚iq san‚aq sanÞdán sindÞn sunãn sana

191 sunan sunna sanÞnár sinãr suhãb suhb suhãl sahl sihÞm sahm susat susta siyÞó sauó suyãf saif suyãl sail

šawÞmi‰ šÞmi‰ šabÞbák šubbÞk 'ašbÞ‡ šaba‡ 'ašbÞr šibr šabÞriq šabraqa šabÞšib šibšib šabÞ‘Þ šab‘Þn šibÞ‘ šab‘Þn šibÞk šabaka 'ašbÞl šibl 'ašbÞh šibh šabÞyin šabán šibÞh šabáh šatÞ'il šatla šatÞ'im šatáma šu‚‘Þn šu‚Þ‘ ša‚a‘a šu‚Þ‘ šu‚ãn ša‚an ši‚Þ‚ ša‚‚a ša‡Þrár šu‡rãr šu‡ãm ši‡m ši‡Þ‡ ša‡á‡ ša‰Þtár ša‰tãra ša‰Þšá‰ šu‰šá‰a šadÞyiqa šidyÞq šidÞd šadád šadÞ'id šadáda šuμãr šaμra 'ašriya širÞ' šarÞráb šurrÞb šarÞráb šarrÞba šuruk širÞk šur㇠šar‡ šarÞμim širμama šurãš širš šarÞšif šaršaf šarÞšár šuršãr šurãó šaró širÞk šarak šarÞkisa šarkasá šurãm šarm

192 šarÞmáó šarmãóa šarÞniq šarnaqa šarÞ'i‡ šará‡a šarÞ'ió šaráóa šarÞ'i‘ šará‘a šuœãœ šaœœ šuóãó šaóó šuóãr šaór ši÷Þf ša÷af ša÷ÞyÞ ša÷áya šu‘ãb ša‘b šu‘ãr ša‘r ša‘Þ'ir ša‘ára šufãf šaff šafawÞt šafa šafÞyif šafa šufa‘Þ' šafá‘ šufaqÞ' šafáq šuqãq šaqq šiqaq šiqqa šaqÞ'iq šaqáqa šukãk šakk šakÞyir šikÞra šukul šikÞl šakÞwÞ šakwÞ šakÞ'im šakáma šilal šilla šalÞlát šallãt šamÞmisa šammÞs šamÞrበšamr㉠šumãs šams šumã‘ šam‘a šumus šamãs šamÞ'il šamála 'ašnÞb šanab šanÞbir šanbar šanÞkil šankal šuhub šihÞb šihÞm šahm šuy㉠šÞi‰ šayÞóán šaióÞn

œabÞbáó œabbÞó œubur œabãr œibyÞn œabáy œibÞ‡ œabᇠœa‡ÞrÞ œa‡rÞ' œa‡rawÞt œa‡rÞ' œu‡ãn œa‡n œu‡uf œa‡áfa œu‰ãr œa‰r

193 œuduq sadÞq œudãr œadr œudã‘ sad‘ œur㇠œar‡ œarÞœár œirœÞr œarÞœár œarœãr œarÞœir œurœur œarÞmá œurmÞya œurar œurra œura‡Þ' œarᇠœar‘Þ œará‘ œarÞ'if œaráfa œa‘Þlák œu‘lãk œaèÞ'ir œaèára œafÞfᇠœuffÞ‡ œafÞ'i‡ œafá‡a œifÞq œafáq œafÞyÞ œafáya œaqÞ'il œiqÞla œuqãr œaqr œukãk œakk œalawÞt œalÞt 'aœlÞb œalab œulafÞ' œalif œulbÞn œaláb œumãè œamè œalÞbበœulb㉠œanÞnár œinnÞra œanÞbár œunbãr œunã‚ œan‚ œanÞdil œandal œanÞdáq œundãq œanÞdád sindád sinwÞn œinw œanÞ'i‘ œaná‘a œahÞrá‚ œihrá‚ œahÞyinna œahyãná œawÞmi‘ œauma‘a œayÞdila œaydalá œayÞrifa œairafá œawÞwán œáwÞn

æabÞ'ir æibÞra æibÞ‘ dab‘ æibÞb æabb æubab æabba æa‡ÞyÞ æa‡áya æi‰Þm æa‰m æarÞ'ib æarába æurã‘ æir‘ æarÞèima æirèÞm

194 æu‘afÞ' æa‘áf æuèãó æaèó æaèÞ'in æaèána æafÞæi‘ æifæa‘a æifÞf æaffa æafÞ'ir æafára æamÞ'ir æamár æumanÞ' æamán æiyÞ‘ æai‘a æuyãf æaif æuyãm æaim

óuyãr óÞ'ir óubãl óabl óubãl óabla óabÞ'i‘ óabá‘a óu‡ul ói‡Þl óa‡Þlib tu‡lub óarÞrᇠóarrÞ‡a óuruz óirÞz óarÞbáš óarbãš óurãd óard óarÞóár óaróãr 'aóÞráf óaraf óar‡Þ óarᇠóarÞ'if óaráfa óusãó óisó óušãt óišó óu‘ãm óu‘m óu‘am óu‘ma óaqÞóáq óaqóãqa óuqãm óaqm óalÞsim óilsam óalÞ'i‘ óalá‘a óulaqÞ' óaláq óanÞbár óunbãr óanÞ‚ir óan‚ara óunãf óanf óanÞfis óunfusa óawÞrá óãráya óawÞmir óumÞr óiwÞl óawál óawÞyÞ óawáya 'aóyÞr óair óayÞlis óailasÞn óuyãb óáb 'aóyÞb óáb ÷ullÞm ÷Þlim ÷ibÞ' ÷aby ÷ibÞ' ÷abya ÷arÞbáy ÷aribÞn

195 ÷urãf ÷arf ÷urafÞ' ÷aráf ÷ilÞl ÷ill ÷ulmÞn ÷alám ÷unãn ÷ann ÷uharÞ' ÷ahár

‘awÞ‚iz ‘Þ‚iz ‘a‚aza ‘Þ‚iz ‘abáy ‘abÞya ‘ibÞd ‘abd ‘abÞqira ‘abqará ‘ibÞl ‘abl ‘ubaóÞ' ‘abáó 'a‘tida ‘itÞd ‘utaqÞ' ‘atáq ‘uõaõ ‘uõõ ‘u‚ur ‘u‚ra ‘u‚ãl ‘i‚l ‘a‚ÞlÞ ‘a‚lÞn ‘i‚Þl ‘a‚lÞn ‘a‚Þ'iz ‘a‚ãz ‘u‚ul ‘a‚ãl ‘a‚Þ'ib ‘a‚ába ‘udad ‘udda ‘udalÞ' ‘adál ‘udãl ‘adl ‘aμÞrÞ ‘aμrÞ' ‘uμãq ‘iμq ‘arÞbán ‘urbãn ‘urãš ‘arš ‘urãæ ‘aræ ‘urãq ‘irq 'a‘rÞq ‘irq ‘arÞqáb ‘urqãb ‘arÞnás ‘irnÞs ‘arÞnán ‘irnán ‘arÞ'is ‘arãs ‘arÞ'is ‘arãsa ‘urÞ ‘urwÞ ‘arÞyÞ ‘uryÞn ‘irsÞn ‘arás ‘uruš ‘aráš ‘irÞæ ‘aráæ ‘arÞ'iæ ‘aráæa ‘urafÞ' ‘aráf ‘azÞ'im ‘azáma ‘azÞ'im ‘uzãma ‘asÞkir ‘askará ‘ušarÞ' ‘ašár ‘ašÞyÞ ‘ašáya

196 ‘iœáy ‘aœan ‘aœÞ'ib ‘iœÞba 'a‘œÞb ‘aœab ‘aœÞfár ‘uœfãr ‘uœãr ‘aœr ‘aœÞrin ‘aœr ‘aœÞ'ir ‘aœár ‘ióÞšÞ ‘aóšÞn ‘ióÞš ‘aóšÞn ‘aóÞyÞ ‘atáya ‘i÷Þ' ‘i÷Þ'a ‘u÷amÞ' ‘a÷ám ‘a÷Þ'im ‘a÷áma ‘afÞrát ‘afrát ‘iqbÞn ‘uqÞb ‘aqÞqár ‘uqÞr ‘uqul ‘iqÞl ‘iqÞb ‘aqaba ‘uqãd ‘aqd ‘aqÞrib ‘aqrab ‘aqÞ‘iq ‘aq‘aq ‘uqãl ‘aql ‘uqadÞ' ‘aqád ‘aqÞ'id ‘aqáda ‘aqÞ'ir ‘aqára 'a‘iqqa ‘aqáq ‘aqÞ'il ‘aqála ‘akÞkáz ‘ukkÞza ‘alÞ'iq ‘ilÞqa ‘alÞ'im ‘alÞma ‘ilal ‘illa ‘alÞliš ‘allãš ‘alÞ'if ‘alãfa ‘alÞ'iq ‘aláq ‘amÞ'ir ‘imÞra ‘amÞ'im ‘imÞma ‘umud ‘imÞd ‘amÞliqa ‘imlÞq ‘umalÞ' ‘amál ‘unãq ‘anÞq ‘anÞbir ‘anbar ‘anÞdil ‘andaláb ‘unãz ‘anz ‘anÞœir ‘unœur ‘anÞœil ‘unœul ‘anÞqád ‘unqãd ‘anÞkib ‘ankabãt ‘anÞwán ‘unwÞn ‘uhãd ‘ahd 'a‘yira ‘iyÞr ‘uyãb ‘aib

197 ‘uyãn ‘ain 'a‘yÞn ‘ain

èidfÞn èudÞf èudrÞn èadár èudur èadár èadÞ'ir èadára èurbÞn èurÞb èarÞ'ir èirÞra èarÞráf èarrÞf èarÞbál èirbÞl èurãš èirš èarÞnáq èurnãq èurabÞ' èaráb 'aèrÞb èaráb èarÞ'ib èarába èarÞ'iz èaráza èarÞ'is èarása èarqÞ èaráq èuramÞ' èarám èizlÞn èazÞl èuzãl èazl èizÞr èazár èušamÞ' èašám èuœãn èuœn èuœaœ èaœœa èiæÞb èaæbÞn èaæÞbÞ èaæbÞn èaæÞráf èuærãf èufarÞ' èafár èalÞ'il èilÞla èilmÞn èulÞm èulqÞn èalaq èilÞ÷ èalá÷ èalÞyán èalyãn èamÞ'im èamÞma èamÞm èamÞma èamÞ'im èimÞma èanÞdira èindãr èanÞ'im èanáma èálÞn èãl èuyãb èaib èuyãõ èaiõ 'aèyÞr èair èáóÞn èaió èuyãm èaim èayÞhib èaihab èuyur èayãr fawÞtin fÞtin fawÞriè fÞriè

198 fut㇠fat‡ futã‡Þt fat‡ fatÞfát fatfãta futãq fatq fatÞ'il fatála fitya fatan fityÞn fatan fi‚Þ‚ fa‚‚ fi‚Þ'i‘ fa‚á‘a fu‡ãœ fa‡œ fu‡ãl fa‡l fu‡ãla fa‡l fi‰Þ‰ fa‰‰ fudãr fadar furuš firÞš furã‚ far‚ farÞ‚ár fir‚Þr farÞ‚án fir‚Þn farÞdás firdaus farÞsi‰ farsa‰ furãš farš furãæ faræ furã‘ far‘ farÞfár farfãr furãq farq farÞmil farmala firÞ' farw farÞ'id faráda farÞ'is farása farÞ'iæ faráæa furaqÞ' faráq fawÞzár fazzãra fasÞtán fustÞn fasÞóáó fisóÞó fasÞfis fasfas fasÞfás fasfãsa fasÞqá fisqáya fasÞ'il fasála fišaš fišša fuœãœ faœœ fuœãl faœl fuœa‡Þ' faœá‡ fuœlÞn faœál faœÞ'il faœála faæÞ'i‡ faæá‡a faæÞ'il faæála faóÞ‡il faó‡al fuóãr fiór faóÞ'ir faóára faóÞ'is faóása fuóum faóáma

199 fuóanÞ' faóán fa÷Þ'i‘ fa÷Þ‘a fi‘Þl fi‘l faqÞqá‘ fuqÞ‘a fuqahÞ' faqáh fukãk fakk fulãl fall fulã‘ fal‘ fulãq falq funãn fann 'afnáya finÞ' fanÞ‚án fin‚Þn fanÞdiq funduq fanÞóás finóÞs fuhãd fahd fahÞris fahras fahÞris fihrist fuhamÞ' fahám fuyã' fai' fayÞfin faifÞ' filal filla fayÞliq failaq qabÞbán qabbÞn qubãr qabr qabÞriœa qubruœá qabÞóina qubóÞn qabÞqáb qabqÞb qibÞ‡ qabᇠqatlÞ qatál qaõÞtir qaõtara qaõÞóir qaõóara qi‡Þb qa‡ba qudãd qadd qadÞdás quddÞs qudãr qidr qadÞ'im qaddãm qudamÞ' qadám qaμÞ'if qaμáfa qarÞbán qurbÞn qarÞbás qarbãs qur㇠qar‡ qurãd qird qurãš qirš qarÞœina qirœÞn qurãæ qaræ qarÞóᜠqiróÞœ qarÞqár qarqãr qarÞqáš qarqãša qurãn qarn qarÞ'i‡ qará‡a

200 quranÞ' qarán qazÞ'iz qizÞza qusãs qiss qasÞóás qisóÞs qasÞóil qasóal qasÞwisa qissás qasÞ'im qasáma 'aqšióa qišÞó qušãr qišr qaœÞbá qaœba qaœÞrin qaœráya qiœÞ‘ qaœ‘a qaœÞ'id qaœáda 'aqæiya qaæÞ' qióaó qióó quóur qióÞr 'aqóÞ‘ qaó‘ quóã‘ qaó‘ quóãf qióf qaóÞqáó qaóqãóa qióaóa qitta qióaó qióóa quó‘Þn qaóá‘ qu‘ãr qi‘r qi‘dÞn qa‘ãd qafÞfáz quffÞz qifÞr qafr qafÞóán qufóÞn qufaf quffa qalÞ'id qilÞda qulãb qalb qalÞšán qalšán qalÞóiq qalóaq qulã‘ qil‘ 'aqlÞm qalam qalÞnis qalansuwa qulal qulla qalÞ'il qalál qum㇠qam‡ qamÞriq qumruq qamÞmiœa qummaœ qamÞóir qimaór qamÞqim qumqum qanÞbáz qunbÞz qanÞbir qunbur qanÞbil qunbula qanÞdál qindál qanÞœil qunœul qanÞóár qinóÞr qanaóir qanóara qunu‘ qanã‘

201 qanÞnin qinnána qahÞrima qahramÞn qahÞwin qahwÞ qawÞóá qãóáya qawÞqi‘ qauqa‘a qawÞli‡ qaula‡a 'aqyisa qiyÞs qayÞõár qáõÞr quyãd qaid qarÞráó qirÞó qayÞœira qaiœar qayÞóán qaióÞn quyãn qain qiyÞn qaina kabÞ'in kÞbána kabÞ'in kabána kurãt kÞrt karÞtán kÞrtân kawÞmin kÞmin 'akbÞd kabid kabÞrá kubrá kibÞš kabš kubãš kabš kabÞbát kabbãt kabÞbád kabbãd kabÞ'ir kabára kabÞ'in kabána katÞtáb kitÞb kutuf kitÞf 'aktÞf katif katÞkát katkãt katÞ'ib katába kuõbÞn kaõáb kadÞdás kuddÞs kuduš kadáš karÞrás kurrÞs kurãb karb karÞbá‚ kurbÞ‚ karÞbá‚ karbã‚a kurãt kart karÞtán kartân karÞ‰án kara‰Þna kurãd kard karÞdán kirdÞn karÞdás kardãs karasin kursá kurãm karm karÞnáš kurnáš karÞwán karawÞn kuramÞ' karám

202 karÞ'im karáma karÞ'ih karáha 'aksÞs kuss kusãr kasr kasÞlÞ kaslÞn kasÞwin kuswa kisan kuswa kasÞrÞ kasár kasrÞ kasár kušãf kašf kašÞkál kaškãl ka÷Þ'im ka÷áma ku‘ãb ka‘b ka‘Þbir ku‘bura kufãf kaff kufãr kafr kufaf kuffa kufuf kiffa kalÞláb kullÞb kalÞkil kalkal kalÞká‘ kalkã‘a kulãm kalim kilal killa kalmÞ kalám kulamÞ' kalám kam'a kam' kamÞ'im kimÞma 'akmÞr kamar kamÞrik kumruk kanÞnáš kunnÞš kanÞ'in kinÞna kanÞ‚ir kan‚ar kanÞdir kundara kunãz kinz kanÞèir kanèar 'aknÞf kanaf kanÞ'in kanna kanÞ'is kanása kunuf kanáf kahÞrib kahrab kuhãf kahf kuhãl kahl kawÞ'ir kuwwÞra 'akwÞb kãb kabÞrá kubrá 'akwÞ‰ k㉠kawÞkib kaukab kawÞlás kulás kuyãf kaif kayÞk kaika kayÞká kaika

203 lubãd libd luõum liõÞm lu‚a‚ lu‚‚a lu‡uf li‡Þf lu‡ãm la‡m 'al‡Þn la‡n luœãœ liœœ luó㉠laó‰ luóafÞ' laóáf lióÞf laóáf laóÞ'if laóáfa 'alfÞ÷ laf÷ lafÞ'if lifÞfa 'alqÞb laqab laqÞliq laqlaq luqaóÞ' laqáó 'alkÞn lakan lahawÞt lahÞt lahayÞt lahÞt lahÞfÞ lahfÞn 'alwÞ‚ lâ‚ 'alwÞ‡ lau‡ lawÞlib laulab 'alwÞn laun luyãõ laiõ 'alyÞf láf lawÞwán liwÞn 'ulafÞ' 'aláf mawÞ'i‘ mÞ'i‘ mabÞrr mabarra mabÞrin mibrÞt mabÞ‡iõ mab‡aõ mabÞ‰ir mib‰ara mabÞμil mabμal mabÞrid mabrad mabÞsim mabsim mabÞšir mibšara mabÞœiq mibœaqa mabÞæi‘ mibæa‘ mabÞói‰ mabóa‰a mabÞ‘iõ mab‘aõ mabÞliè mablaè mabÞwil mabwala mabÞyiæ mabáæ matÞ‚ir mat‚ar matÞ‡if mat‡af 'amtÞr mitr mutãn matn maõÞlib maõlab maõÞwin maõwan

204 mabÞrin mabarra mabÞrr mibrÞt ma‚Þdáf mi‚dÞf ma‚Þμáf mi‚μÞf ma‚Þráf mi‚rÞf ma‚Þrif mi‚rafa ma‚Þrár ma‚rãr magÞrin ma‚ran ma‚Þz mi‚azz ma‚Þzir ma‚zar ma‚Þzir ma‚zara ma‚Þss mi‚ass ma‚Þlib ma‚laba ma‚Þli‰ ma‚la‰ ma‚Þlis ma‚lis ma‚Þmir ma‚mara ma‚Þmá‘ ma‚ma‘ ma‚Þnán ma‚nãn ma‚Þnn mi‚an ma‚Þhir mi‚har ma‡Þbir ma‡bara ma‡Þbis ma‡bas ma‡Þbis mi‡bas ma‡Þbás ma‡bãs ma‡Þ‚û ma‡a‚‚ ma‡Þ‚ir ma‡‚ar ma‡Þ‚im mi‡‚am ma‡Þráb mi‡rÞb ma‡Þrim ma‡ram ma‡Þriq ma‡raq ma‡Þšš mi‡ašš ma‡Þœid mi‡œad ma‡Þœál ma‡œãl ma‡Þæir ma‡æar ma‡Þæin mi‡æan ma‡Þæin mi‡æana ma‡Þfár mi‡fÞr ma‡Þfir mi‡far ma‡Þfi÷ mi‡fa÷a ma‡Þfil ma‡fil ma‡Þlib mi‡lab ma‡Þli‚ mi‡la‚ ma‡Þli‚ ma‡la‚ ma‡Þmid ma‡mada ma‡Þmiœ mi‡maœa ma‡Þmil ma‡mal ma‡Þwir mi‡war mi‰Þ‰ mu‰‰ ma‰Þbi' ma‰ba' ma‰Þbár mi‰bÞr

205 ma‰Þbir ma‰bar ma‰Þbiz ma‰baz ma‰Þbió mi‰baó ma‰Þráz mi‰rÞz ma‰Þri‚ ma‰ra‚ ma‰Þriz mi‰raz ma‰Þrió mi‰rata ma‰Þrit ma‰rãó ma‰Þzin ma‰zÞt ma‰Þzin ma‰zan ma‰Þæir ma‰æara ma‰Þfiq mi‰faqa ma‰Þlin mi‰lÞt ma‰Þlib mi‰lab ma‰Þniq ma‰naq 'amdÞd mudd madÞbiè madbaèa madÞ‚in mad‚ana madÞ‰il mad‰al madÞ‡il mid‡ala madÞ‰in mad‰ana madÞ‰ál mad‰ãl madÞrin midrÞt madÞri‚ madra‚ madÞri‚ madra‚a madÞfi' midfa'a madÞfi‘ midfa‘ madÞfin madfan madÞqq midaqqa madÞmák midmÞk madÞwis midwasa madÞ'i‡ madá‡a maμÞrin miμrÞt maμÞhib maμhab maμÞwid miμwad maμÞyá‘ miμyÞ‘ marÞyÞ mir'Þt marÞbiæ marbaæ marÞbi‘ marba‘ marÞõin marõÞt marÞõin marõiya murã‚ mar‚ marÞ‚il mir‚al marނᇠmar‚ã‡a marÞ‡áæ mir‡Þæ marÞ‡il mar‡ala marÞ‡im mar‡ama marÞ‰im mir‰ama marÞdin mirdan marÞzáb mirzabba marÞsin mirsÞt

206 marÞœid marœad marÞœid mirœad marÞæi‘ muræi‘a marÞ‘in mar‘an marÞfá‘ mirfÞ‘ marÞfá‘ marfa‘ marÞqin mirqÞ‘ marÞqid marqad marÞkib markab marÞkib markaba marÞkiz markaz marÞkáb markãb marÞmin marman marÞhim marham marÞwi‡ mirwa‡a marÞwid mirwad marÞ'ir marár marÞyil maryala mazÞbid mazbada mazÞbil mazbala mazÞráb mizrÞb mazÞráq mizrÞq mazÞri‘ mazra‘a mazÞèil mazèal mazÞfit mizfata mazÞli‚ mizla‚ mazÞlá‚ mizlÞ‚ mazÞliq mizlaq mazÞliq mazlaq mazÞliq mazlaqa mazÞmár mizmÞr mazÞmár mazmãr mazÞhir mizhar mazÞwid mizwad mazÞwil mizwala mazÞyit mizyata masÞbár misbÞr masÞbi‡ masba‡ masÞbi‡ masba‡a masÞbir misbar masÞbik masbak masÞ‚id mas‚id masÞ‚án mas‚ãn masއႠmis‡Þ‚ masÞ‡in mis‡Þt masÞ‡il mis‡al masÞ‡in mis‡ana masÞ‡áq mas‡ãq mus㉠mis‰ masÞ‰ir mas‰ara masÞ‰ió mas‰aóa

207 masÞ‰in mis‰ana masÞ‰áó mas‰ãó masÞrib masrab masÞri‚ misra‚a masÞri‡ masra‡ masÞrid masrad masÞóib masóaba masÞóir masóara masÞqin masqan masÞkib maskab masÞkin maskan masÞkán maskán masÞlin maslÞt masÞll misalla masÞli‰ masla‰ masÞlik maslak masÞmár mismÞr masÞmi‘ masma‘ masÞmik masmaka masÞnn misann masÞnn musinn masÞnid misnad masÞnid musnad masÞhir mashar masÞwák miswÞk masÞyil masál mašÞbik mišbak mašÞtá maštÞt mašÞ‚ib miš‚ab mašÞ‡iμ miš‡aμ mašÞ‡áf maš‡ãf mašÞráó mišraó mašÞrib mašrab mašÞri‡ mašra‡a mašÞrió mišraó mašÞri‘ mašra‘ mašÞriq mašriq mašÞriqa mašriqá mašÞráq mašriq mašÞri‘ mašra‘a mašÞrá‘ mašrã‘ mašÞ‘ir miš‘ar mašÞèil mašèal mašÞfir mišfar mašÞqq mašaqqa mašÞkin miškÞt miškawÞt miškÞt mašÞkil muškila mašÞkil muškil mašÞli‡ mašla‡ mašÞniq mišnaqa

208 mašÞhár mašhãr mašÞwár mišwÞr mašÞwin mišwÞt mašÞ'im mašáma maœÞbᇠmiœbÞ‡ maœÞbiè maœbaèa maœÞ‡if muœ‡af maœÞdir maœdar maœÞrá‘ miœrÞ‘ maœÞrán muœrÞn maœÞrif maœraf maœÞóib maœóaba maœÞ‘id maœ‘ad maœÞ‘id miœ‘ad maœÞfin miœfÞt maœÞfin maœfan muœãl maœl maœÞli‡ maœla‡a maœÞni‘ maœna‘ maœÞhir maœhar maœÞhir miœhar maœÞ'ib muœába maœÞyid maœyada maœÞ'id maœyada maœÞ'ir maœár maæÞ‚i‘ maæ‚a‘ maæÞráb miærÞb maæÞrr maæarra maæÞráb maærib maæÞráb miærib maæÞèió miæèaó maæÞmár miæmÞr maæÞmán maæmãn maæÞyif maæáf maæÞ'iq maæáq maóÞbi‰ maóba‰ maóÞbi‘ maóba‘a maóÞbi‘ mióba‘a 'amóÞr maóar maóÞrina muórÞn maóÞri‡ maóra‡ maóÞri‡ mióra‡a maóÞrif mióraf maóÞriq mióraqa maóÞ‘im maó‘am maóÞ‘ám maó‘ãm maóÞli‘ maóla‘ maóÞlim miólama maóÞláb maólãb maóÞmár miómÞr maóÞmi‡ maóma‡

209 maóÞhir maóhara maóÞyÞ maóáya ma÷Þráf ma÷rãf ma÷Þll mi÷alla ma÷Þhir ma÷har ma‘Þyib ma‘Þba ma‘Þbir ma‘bar ma‘Þbir mi‘bar ma‘Þbir mi‘bara ma‘Þtáh ma‘tãh ma‘Þ‚im mu‘‚am ma‘Þ‚án ma‘‚ãn ma‘Þ‚in mi‘‚an ma‘Þdin ma‘dan ma‘Þμir ma‘μara ma‘Þriæ ma‘rãæ ma‘Þrik ma‘raka ma‘Þzif mi‘zaf ma‘Þziq mi‘zaqa ma‘Þsil ma‘sala ma‘Þšir ma‘šar ma‘Þœir mi‘œara ma‘Þœim mi‘œam ma‘Þœin ma‘œiya ma‘Þæil mu‘æila ma‘Þóif mi‘óaf ma‘Þqil ma‘qal ma‘Þláq mi‘lÞq ma‘Þlif mi‘laf ma‘Þlim ma‘lam ma‘Þlám ma‘lãm ma‘Þmi‘ ma‘ma‘a ma‘Þmil ma‘mal ma‘Þhid ma‘had ma‘Þwán mi‘wÞn ma‘Þwil mi‘wal ma‘Þyár mi‘yÞr maèÞwir maèÞra maèÞrib maèrib maèÞris maèris maèÞrif mièrafa maèÞrim maèram maèÞzin maèzan maèÞzin maèzÞt maèÞzil maèzal maèÞsil maèsal maèÞsil maèsala maèÞóis maèóas maèÞfir mièfar maèÞláq mièlÞq maèÞmiz maèmaz

210 maèÞmiz mièmaz maèÞnim maènam maèÞnin maènan maèÞwár mièwÞr mafÞwiz mafÞza mafÞrák mifrÞk mafÞri‰ mafra‰ mafÞriz mafraza mafÞriš mifraš mafÞriq mafraq mafÞriq mafriq mafÞrim miframa mafÞsid mafsada mafÞœid mifœad mafÞœil mafœil mafÞ‘ál maf‘ãl mafÞqis mifqas mafÞhám mafhãm maqÞbir maqbara maqÞbis maqbas maqÞbiæ miqbaæ maqÞ‡ám miq‡Þm maqÞdár miqdÞr maqÞdám miqdÞm maqÞdi‡ miqda‡ maqÞμáf miqμÞf maqÞμáf maqμãfa maqÞμáf maqμãf maqÞri‘ miqra‘a maqÞsim maqsam maqÞšió miqšaó maqÞšió miqšaóa maqÞœœ miqaœœ maqÞœib maqœad maqÞœif maqœaf maqÞœil miqœala maqޜᜠmaqœãœ maqÞœár maqœãra maqÞæib miqæab maqÞói‘ maqóa‘ maqÞói‘ miqóa‘ maqÞóif maqóaf maqÞ‘id maq‘ad maqÞ‘id maq‘ada maqÞlá‘ miqlÞ‘ maqÞláb maqlab maqÞli‘ maqla‘ maqÞwid miqwad maqÞwir miqwara maqÞyás miqyÞs makÞbb mikabb

211 makÞbi‡ mikba‡ makÞbis mikbas makÞtáb maktãb makÞ‡il muk‡ala makÞrim makruma makÞrim makrama makÞrih makraha mukãs maks makÞsi‡ miksa‡a makÞsir maksir makÞšió mikšaó makÞmin makman makÞwin mikwÞt makÞnis miknasa makÞkák makkãk makÞyál mikyÞl makÞ'id makáda mukanÞ' makán malÞlá mulla malÞbin malbana malÞ‚i' mal‚a' malÞ‡if mil‡afa malÞ‡if mil‡af malÞ‡im mil‡ama malÞ‘ib mal‘ab malÞ‘iq mil‘aqa malÞ‘áb mal‘ãb malÞqin malqan malÞqió milqaó malÞ‡id mul‡id mula‡ mul‡a mulãk malik malÞhin malhan malÞwin malwan mulakÞ' malák mamÞ‡in mim‡Þt mamÞsi‡ mimsa‡ mamÞsi‡ mimsa‡a mamÞšin mamšan mamÞœœ mimaœœ mamÞóir mimóar mamÞli‡ mimla‡a mamÞli‡ mamla‡a mamÞlik mamlaka 'amnÞn mann manÞ'ir manÞr manÞ'ir manÞra manÞbir manbar manÞbit manbat manÞbi‘ manba‘ manÞ‚in man‚Þt

212 manÞ‚ir min‚ar manÞ‚il min‚al manÞ‚il man‚ala manÞ‚im man‚am ma‚Þniq man‚anáq manÞ‡it min‡at manÞ‰ár min‰Þr manÞ‰ár min‰ar manÞ‰is min‰as manÞ‰il min‰al manÞdir mandara manÞdif mandaf manÞdál mandál manÞzi‘ manza‘ manÞzil manzil manÞzil manzila manÞsi‚ mansa‚ manÞsi‚ minsa‚ manÞsir mansar manÞsáb mansãb manÞšir manšar manÞšár manšãr manÞšió manšaó manÞšif manšafa manÞšš minašša manÞœib manœab manÞœib manœib manÞæi‡ minæa‡a manÞæid minæaæa manÞóád munóÞd manÞóiqa manóiqá manÞ÷ár min÷Þr manÞ÷ir man÷ar manÞ÷ir man÷ara manÞfበminfÞ‰ manÞfiμ manfaμ manÞfis manfas manÞfiæ minfaæa manÞfi‘ manfa‘a manÞfin manfan manÞqád minqÞd manÞqár minqÞr manÞqáš minqÞš manÞqiš minqaš manÞqil manqal manÞqil minqala manÞkáš minkÞš manÞkib mankib manÞkád mankãd manÞhi‚ minhÞ‚ manÞhi‚ minha‚

213 manÞhá‚ minhÞ‚ manÞhil manhal manÞwir manwar mahÞbb mahabb mahÞbil mahbal mahÞbió mahbió mahÞ‚ir mah‚ar muhãr mahr mahÞrás mahrab mahÞzil mahzala mahÞzál mahzãl mahÞlik mahlaka mahÞmáz mihmÞz mahÞwin mahwÞt mahÞwin mahwan muhanÞ' mahán mawÞõáq mauõiq 'amwÞ‚ mau‚ mawÞrid maurid mawÞsin mãsÞ mawÞšár maušãr mawÞæi‘ mauæa‘ mawÞæá‘ mauæã‘ mawÞóin mauóin mawÞói' mauói' mawÞ‘i÷ mau‘i÷a mawÞqit mauqit mawÞqid mauqid mawÞqi‘ mauqa‘ mawÞqi‘ mauqi‘a mawÞqif mauqif mawÞlid maulid mawÞlid maulãd mawÞlin maulan mawÞhib mauhiba mautÞ mait mayÞtim maitam mayÞdin mádÞn 'amyÞr mair mawÞráõ márÞõ mayÞzáb mázÞb mayÞzán mázÞn 'amyÞs más mayÞsim maisam mayÞsár maisãr 'amyÞl mál mayÞmán maimãn muyãn main nawÞfi‚ nÞfi‚a nuqqÞd nÞqid

214 nawÞqil nÞqil 'ÞnÞ' na'y nibÞl nabla 'anbÞl nabla nabÞbát nabbãt nubahÞ' nabáh natÞ'i‚ natá‚a ni‚Þd na‚d nu‚ãd na‚d nu‚ãm na‚m na‚ÞwÞ na‚wÞ nu‚abÞ' na‚áb nu‡ãs na‡s nu‡afÞ' na‡áf na‡lÞ na‡ál na‰Þšáš na‰šãš nudãb nadab nadÞmÞ nadmÞn nudadÞ' nadád nudamÞ' nadám nudmÞn nadám nudamÞ' nidÞm nuμãr naμr nuμur naμár nuμalÞ' naμál narÞbá‚ narbá‚ narÞbáš narbáš narÞ‚ál nar‚ála nuzalÞ' nazál nuzahÞ' nazáh nusãr nisr nisÞm nasám našÞwÞ našwÞn nišÞó našáó niœÞl naœl nuœa‡Þ' naœá‡ naœÞ'i‡ naœá‡a nuœarÞ' naœár naæÞ'iæ naæáæa nu÷arÞ' na÷ár na÷Þ'ir na÷ár nu÷afÞ' na÷áf nu‘ãt na‘t nu‘ãš na‘š ni‘Þl na‘l 'anèÞm naèam nufãs nafs nawÞfis nafsÞ' nafÞ'is nafása nafÞ'iæ nafáæa 'anqÞb naqb

215 nuqãr naqr nuqãš naqš niqÞó nuqóa nuqãl nuql nuqabÞ' naqáb naqÞ'ib naqába naqÞ'is naqáœa naqÞ'iæ naqáæa 'anki‡a nikÞ‡ nukãl nikl numãr nimr namÞriq numruq nimÞl naml namÞμi‚ namãμa‚ namÞ'im namáma nuhur nahÞr nuhã‚ nah‚ nawÞri‚ naura‚ nawÞris nauras nayÞzik naizak nayÞšán nášÞn hawÞwán hÞwin 'ah‚iya hi‚Þ' hu‚un ha‚án hu‚anÞ' ha‚án mahÞ‚án ha‚án ha‚Þ'in ha‚ána hadÞ'id hudhud hirara hirr harÞóiqa haróaqa hazlÞ hazál hazÞ'im hazáma hiæÞb haæaba humãm hamm hanawÞt hinna hawÞdi‚ hauda‚ wu‡dÞn wÞ‡id watÞ'ir watára wuõuq wiõÞq wu‚ãh wa‚h wu‚ahÞ' wa‚áh wu‡ãš wa‡š wadÞ'i‘ wadá‘a wuraõÞ' waráõ 'auzÞn wazn wasÞ'id wisÞda 'ausa‰ wasa‰ 'ausÞó wasaó 'ausÞq wasq

216 wusãq wasq wasÞwis wiswÞs wusaóÞ' wasáó wisÞ‘ wasá‘ wisÞm wasám wušãm wašm wišÞ' waši wašÞ'i‚ wašá‚a wašÞ'i‘ wašá‘a 'auœÞf waœf wuœafÞ' waœáf waœÞ'if waœáf waœÞ'if waœáfa wiæÞ‘ waæá‘ wuæa‘Þ' waæá‘ waæÞ'i‘ waæá‘a waóÞwáó waówÞó wa÷Þ'if wa÷áfa wu‘ãd wa‘d wu‘ãl wa‘l wu‘Þl wa‘la wifÞæ wafæa wuqãb waqb wukalÞ' wakál 'aulÞd walad walÞ'id waláda walÞ'im waláma walÞyÞ waláya wihÞd wahda yatÞmÞ yatám yu‰ãt ya‰t yarÞbá‘ yarbã‘ ya‘Þsáb ya‘sãb 'ayfÞ‘ yafa‘ yaq÷Þ yaq÷Þn yaqÞ÷Þ yaq÷Þn yanÞbá‘ yanbã‘

217 Bibliography:

Dictionaries: Baalbaká, Ro‡á (1987) Al-Mawrid: QÞmãs ‘arabá ’inglázá. óab‘a ûadáda mulawwana, 15th edition (2001), Beirut, Lebanon: DÞr al-‘Ilm lil-MalÞyán. Duden, (2001) Deutsches Universalwörterbuch, 4th updated and expanded edition, Leipzig, Mannheim, Wien, Zürich. Al-FairãzÞbÞdá, Ma‚di d-Dán Mu‡ammad, al-QÞmãs al-Mu‡áó: óab‘a fanáya mufahrasa, 6th edition (1998), Beirut, Lebanon: Mu'ssasat ar-RisÞla.

Kropfitsch, Lorenz (2003) Langenscheidt Handwörterbuch Arabisch-Deutsch. Neuausgabe. Berlin/ München/ Wien/ Zürich/ New York: Langenscheidt. Schregle, Götz (1977) Götz Schregle Deutsch-Arabisches Wörterbuch. Lizenzausgabe der Librarie Du Liban für den Vorderen Orient. Unter Mitwirkung von Fahmi Abu l- Fadl, Mahmoud Hegazi, Tawfik Borg und Kamal Radwan, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.

Wehr, Hans (1976) Arabisches Wörterbuch für die Schriftsprache der Gegenwart und Supplement. (Nebentitel: Muζğam al-Luġa al-‘arabiyya al-mu‘āsira: ‘arabī- almānī), Licensed edition, Beirut-London: Librarie du Liban, Macdonald & Evans.

Wehr, Hans (1985) Arabisches Wörterbuch für die Schriftsprache der Gegenwart. (Nebentitel: Muζğam al-Luġa al-‘Arabáya al-Mu’āsira: ‘arabī- ’almānī). Arabisch- Deutsch, 5. Aufl. Unter Mitwirkung von Lorenz Kropfitsch, Wiesbaden. Otto Harrassowitz.

Reviews:

Fergusson, Charles A. (1952) „Review of the first edition of Hans Wehr,“ in: Language, 30, 174-177.

Spitaler, Anton. (1959) „Review of the third edition of Hans Wehr,“ in: Der Islam 34, 227- 232.

Studies

El-Ayubi, Hashem et al (2001) Syntax der arabischen Schriftsprache der Gegenwart. Wiesbaden. Reichert Verlag.

Bergenholtz, Henning/ Joachim Mugdan (eds) (1984), Lexikographie und Grammatik. Tübingen. Niemeyer.

Bobzin, Hartmut/ Otto Jastrow (1982) “Verzeichnis der Schriften von Hans Wehr,“ in: Zeitschrift für arabische Linguistik 8, 7-11.

218 Caspari, Carl Paul (1981) A Grammar of the Arabic Language, translated and revised by W. Wright. Third edition revised by W Robertson Smith/ M. J. De Goeje, Beirut, Librairie Du Liban.

Cop, Margret (1991) “Collocations in the Bilingual Dictionary,” In: Franz Josef Hausmann/ Oskar Reichmann/ Herbert Ernst Wiegand/ Ladislav Zgusta (eds): Wörterbücher. Dictionaries. Dictionnaires. Band 3., Berlin/ New York: Walter de Gruyter, 2775-2778.

Duda, W. et al (1986) “Zu einer Theorie der zweisprachigen Lexikographie. Überlegungen zu einem neuen russisch-deutschen Wörterbuch,“ In: Linguistische Studien. Reihe A. Arbeitsberichte. Berlin, 1-122.

Haas, R. Mary (1967) “What Belongs in a Bilingual Dictionary,” in: Householder et al (ed.): Problems in Lexicography, Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 45-50.

Hansen, Gitte Baunebjerg (1990) Artikelstruktur im zweisprachigen Wörterbuch: Überlegungen zur Darbietung von Übersetzungsäquivalenten im Wörterbuchartikel, Tübingen: Max Niemeyer.

Harrell, R. S. (1967) ”Some Notes on Bilingual Lexicography,” in: Householder et al (eds) Problems in Lexicography, 51-57.

Hartmann, R.R.K (1987) “Dictionaries of English: The User’s Perspective,” in: Richard W Bailey (eds) Dictionaries of English: Prospects for the Record of Our Language, Univ of Michigan Press,121-135.

Hartmann, R.R.K/ Gregory James (1998) Dictionary of Lexicography, London/ New York: Routledge.

Hartmann, R.R.K. (2001) Teaching and Researching Lexicography, Harlow/ Munich: Longman.

Hausmann, Franz Josef (1977) Einführung in die Benutzung der neufranzösischen Wörterbücher, Tübingen: Niemeyer.

Hausmann, Franz Josef (1985) “Kollokationen im deutschen Wörterbuch: Ein Beitrag zur Theorie des lexikographischen Beispiels,“ in: Henning Bergenholtz/ Joachim Mugdan (eds) Lexikographie und Grammatik, Tübingen: Niemeyer, 118-129.

Hausmann, Franz Josef (1988) “Grundprobleme des zweisprachigen Wörterbuchs,“ in : Karl Hyldgaard-Jensen und Arne Zettersten (eds), Symposium On Lexicography III, Tübingen: Niemeyer, 137-154.

Hausmann, Franz Josef (1989) “Wörterbuchtypologie,“ in: Franz Josef Hausmann/ Oskar Reichmann/ Herbert Ernst Wiegand/ Ladislav Zgusta (eds): Wörterbücher. Dictionaries. Dictionnaires. Band 1., Berlin/ New York: Walter de Gruyter, 968-981.

Hausmann, Franz Josef/ Reinhold Werner, (1991) “Spezifische Bauteile und Strukturen zweisprachiger Wörterbücher,“ in: Franz Josef Hausmann/ Oskar Reichmann/

219 Herbert E. Wiegand/ Ladislav Zgusta (eds): Wörterbücher.Dictionaries. Dictionnaires, Berlin/ New York: Walter de Gruyter, 2729-2769.

Hausmann, Franz Josef / Oskar Reichmann/ Herbert Ernst Wiegand/ Ladislav Zgusta (eds) (1991) Wörterbücher. Dictionaries. Dictionnaires. Ein internationales Handbuch zur Lexikographie. Band 3., Berlin/New York: de Gruyter.

Hausmann, Franz Josef (1991) “Collocation in Monolingual and Bilingual English Dictionaries,” in: Vladimir Ivir/ Damir Kalogiera (eds) Languages in contact, Berlin/ New York: Walter de Gruyter, 225-236.

Haywood, John A. (1960) Arabic Lexicography: Its History, and its Place in the general History of Lexicography, Leiden: E. J. Brill.

Herbst, Thomas (1985) “Das zweisprachige Wörterbuch als Schreibwörterbuch: Information zur Syntax im zweisprachigen Wörterbuch Englisch-Deutsch,“ in: Bergenholtz et al. (eds) Lexikographie und Grammatik, Tübingen: Niemeyer, 208- 331.

Herbst, Thomas (1987) “A Proposal for a Valency Dictionary of English,” in: Robert Ilson (eds.) A Spectrum of Lexicography: Papers from AILA Brussels 1984. Amsterdam/ Phildelphia: John Benjamin Publishing House.

Herbst, Thomas/Gabriele Stein (1987) “Dictionary using skills: A Plea for a New Orientation in Language Teaching,” In: The dictionary and the Language Learner. Papers from EURALEX Seminar at the University of Leeds, 1-3 April 1985 (ed. A. Cowie), Tübingen, Niemeyer,115-127.

Herbst, Thomas/ Michael Klotz (2003) Lexikografie, Paderborn/ München/ Wien/ Zürich: Ferdinand Schöningh.

Householder, F. W./ Sol Saporta (eds) (1967) Problems in Lexicography, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Al-Kasimi, M. Ali, (1977) Linguistics and Bilingual Dictionaries, Leiden: Brill.

Kromann, H. P. et al (1983) “Active and Passive Bilingual Dictionaries: The Ščerba Concept reconsidered,” in: R.R.K. Hartmann (ed.): LEXeter ‘83 Proceedings, Tübingen: Niemeyer, 207-215.

Kromann, H. P. et al (1984) “Überlegungen zu Grundfragen der zweisprachigen Lexikographie,“ in: Herbert Ernst Wiegand (ed): Studien zur neuhochdeutschen Lexikographie V, Hildesheim, Zürich, New York,159-238.

Kromann, H. P. et al (1991) “Grammatical Constructions in the Bilingual Dictionary,” in: Franz Josef Hausmann/ Oskar Reichmann/ Herbert Ernst Wiegand/ Ladislav Zgusta (eds): Wörterbücher. Dictionaries. Dictionnaires. Band 3., Berlin/ New York: Walter de Gruyter, 2770-2775.

Kromann, Hans-Peder/ Theis Riiber/ Poul Rosbach (1991) “Principles of Bilingual Lexicography,” in: Franz Josef Hausmann/ Oskar Reichmann/ Herbert Ernst 220 Wiegand/ Ladislav Zgusta (eds): Wörterbücher. Dictionaries. Dictionnaires, Berlin/ New York: Walter de Gruyter, 2711-2728.

Lötsch, Ronald (1991) “Die Komposita im zweisprachigen Wörterbuch,“ in: Franz Josef Hausmann/ Oskar Reichmann/ Herbert Ernst Wiegand/ Ladislav Zgusta (eds): Wörterbücher. Dictionaries.Dictionnaires. Band 3., Berlin/ New York: Walter de Gruyter, 2779-2782.

Manley, James/ Jane Jacobsen/ Viggo Hjornagger Pedersen (1988) ”Telling Lies efficiently: Terminology and the Microstructure in the Bilingual Dictionary,” in: Karl Hyldgaard-Jensen/ Arne Zettersten (eds) Symposium On Lexicography III, Tübingen: Niemeyer, 281-302.

McArthur, Tom (ed.)(1996) The Oxford Companion to the English Language. Abridged Edition, Oxford, New York: OUP.

NassÞr, Hussein (1956) Al-Mu‘‚am al-‘Arabi: naš’atuhu wa taóawuruhu, fourth edition. Cairo: Maktabat Miœr.

Sultani, Muhammad ‘Ali (2001) at-Taμkira fi l-Ma‘Þ‚im al-‘arabiya: ma‘Þ‚im al-'alfÞz naš’atuhÞ wa taóawãruhÞ, Damascus: Dar al-’aœmÞ’.

Tarp, Sven (1995) “Wörterbuchfunktionen: Utopische und realistische Vorschläge für die bilinguale Lexikographie,“ in: Herbert Ernst Wiegand (ed): Studien zur zweisprachigen Lexikographie mit Deutsch II, Hildesheim/ New York: Georg Olms Verlag, 17-61.

Versteegh, Kees (1997) The Arabic Language, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Wehr, Hans (1943) “Entwickelung und traditionelle Pflege der arabischen Schriftsprache der Gegenwart,“ In: ZDMG 97, 16-46.

Wiegand, Herbert Ernst (ed.)(1984), Studien zur neuhochdeutschen Lexikographie II, germanistische Linguistik, Hildesheim/ New York: Georg Olms Verlag.

Wiegand, Herbert Ernst (ed.)(1995), Studien zur zweisprachigen Lexikographie mit Deutsch II, germanistische Liguistik, Hildesheim/ Zürich/ New York: Georg Olms Verlag.

Wild, Stefan (1965) Das Kitab Al-‘Ain und die Arabische Lexikographie, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.

Wolski, Werner (ed.)(1982) Aspekte der sowjetrussischen Lexikographie: Übersetzungen, Abstracts, Bibliographische Angaben, Tübingen: Max Niemeyer.

221

222